NA_Frnt_Cover_2012_Layout 1 11/12/12 10:27 AM Page 1 S I E M O N C ATA L O G NETWORK CABLING SOLUTIONS NA_INS_FRNT_BACK_Cover_2012_Layout 1 11/12/12 10:29 AM Page 1 Siemon Innovation Inspired by our past, focused on the future In 1903, Carl Siemon launched The Siemon Company on the strength of his own innovative plastic compounds and soon began pioneering new telecommunication technologies. Over a century later that spirit of innovation is still at the core of everything we do at Siemon - driving us to develop the most forward-looking, high-quality line of network cabling solutions in the world. This catalog represents over a century of Siemon expertise, detailing the latest innovations and key products in each of Siemon's high-performance cabling systems. New in this edition: 8Ultra-Efficient IcePack Cooling-Door System for Data Centers 8Innovative Intelligent Power Distribution Units (PDU) for Data Center Power Management 8V600 Cabinets - Feature-Rich, Cost-Effective 600mm (24 inch) Cabinet Solution 8Universal Modular Furniture Adapter - Easily Adapts to Mount Connectivity in Nearly All Furniture Openings 8New MapIT G2 Solutions, Including Interconnect Topology and Plug and Play Fiber Options (R) 8High-Quality RouteIT TM Cable Tray and J-Hooks TOC_2012_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 9:34 AM Page 1 Category 7A/Class FA Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 Z-MAX(R) Category 6A Network Cabling Solutions . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 Category 6 UTP and S210(R) Connecting Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 Category 5e Shielded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 Category 5e UTP and S110(R) and S66TM Connecting Blocks . . . . . . 6.0 Fiber Connectivity and Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.0 Fiber Enclosures and Splicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 MapIT (R) G2 Infrastructure Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 Work Area Mounting and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.0 Racks and Cable Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.0 VersaPOD(R) and V600TM Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 Data Center Power and Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.0 High Speed Interconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0 Ruggedized/Industrial Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.0 Tools and Testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.0 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.0 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . www.siemon.com TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:36 AM Page 1 C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A P R O D U C T S Category 7A/Class FA Products Exceeding ISO/IEC category 7A / class FA specifications, Siemons fully shielded TERA endto-end cabling solution is the highest-performing, most secure twisted-pair copper cabling system available. TERA(R) supports performance of 10Gb/s and passes stringent TEMPEST security testing. Beyond industry best speed and best total cost of ownership, TERAs unique cable-sharing ability in support of lower speed applications results in a more "Green" solution and can also provide up-front savings through the reduction of cable counts. By combining the use of one TERA outlet dedicated for high-speed applications of 10Gb/s and another for cable sharing of lower speed voice and video applications, end-users simultaneously benefit from the highest performing and most cost effective copper solution. The only non-RJ connector approved as a category 7A /class FA interface, TERA fits within a standard RJ45 footprint and is easily connected to RJ45 equipped electronics via hybrid TERA to RJ patch cords. Section Contents TERA 4-Pair Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2 TERA Cable Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2 TERA-MAX(R) Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3 TERA Patch Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.4 - 1.5 TERA Video Baluns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 TERA S/FTP Trunking Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.6 TERA S/FTP 1000 MHz Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7 1.0 www.siemon.com NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:36 AM Page 2 Invented by Siemon in 1999 and subsequently chosen as an industry standard interface for category 7/class F and category 7A /class FA, the Siemon TERA outlet is by far the highest performing twisted-pair copper connector in the world. When installed as part of a TERA solution, each pair delivers 1.2 GHz of bandwidth -- exceeding category 7A /class FA specifications. This extra bandwidth supports demanding applications like 10GBASE-T and broadband video. Bend Relief -- Rear boot provides bend relief for cable exiting the plug and outlet Tempest Security Tested -- The TERA system is the first and only copper system to pass TEMPEST emissions testing by an independent, NSA certified lab, Dayton T. Brown Inc. Compact Design -- Slim, compact design allows outlets to be side-stacked and inserted from either the front or rear of faceplates and patchpanels Application Sharing -- TERA's ability to support multiple applications over a single 4-pair cable and outlet can save significant material and installation costs Shielded Termination -- Connector automatically assures proper termination of cable shield -- no additional processes required for grounding cable Fully Shielded -- Terminates fully shielded (F/FTP and S/FTP) cable virtually eliminates alien crosstalk Easy Installation CPT-T tool reduces preparation and termination time. www.siemon.com C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A P R O D U C T S (R) TERA Outlet Quadrant Isolation -- Shielded quadrant design fully isolates pairs for optimum NEXT performance Hinged Door -- Outlets include a hinged door to prevent exposure to dust and other contaminates Mounting Options The TERA outlet is compatible with TERAMAX(R) patch panels and all MAX series faceplates. Quick-GroundTM Termination No additional steps required for termination. Cable shield is automatically terminated within the outlet without additional steps or tools. 1.1 NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:37 AM Page 3 C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A P R O D U C T S (R) TERA 4-Pair Outlet TERA outlets are the industrys highest performing network cabling connectors. Outlets accept 1-, 2- and 4-pair plugs and terminate fully shielded category 7 and 7A cables. TERA outlets can be used in both the work area and in the telecommunications room. Part # Description T7F-01-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERA 4-pair outlet with black door, latch and boot. Compatible with 0.64-0.55mm (22-23 AWG) solid S/FTP and F/FTP cable TERA Cable Sharing Up to four simultaneous applications can be served from a single 4-pair, S/FTP cable and TERA outlet, saving significant materials, labor, pathway and rack space. Broadband Video (1-pair) Voice (1-pair) 10/100 Ethernet (2-pair) One TERA replaces four 1-pair analog voice outlets -- perfect for call centers. 1.2 www.siemon.com NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:37 AM Page 4 (R) TERA-MAX 19 inch patch panels provide outstanding performance and reliability in a shielded, high-density modular solution. As outlets are snapped into place, resilient ground tabs assure that each outlet is properly grounded. No secondary outlet grounding operations are required, reducing overall installation time. Angled TERA-MAX -- Allows direct routing of cables to vertical managers, eliminating the need for horizontal cable managers Cable Management Integral rear cable manager facilitates the orderly routing of horizontal cables as well as maintaining proper bend radius for optimum performance. Standard Fit -- Panels can be mounted directly on standard 19 inch relay rack or cabinet Durable -- High strength steel with black or metallic finish Port Identification -- Bold port numbering enables quick identification of outlets High Density -- 24 ports in only 1U up to 96 ports with cable sharing Installation Friendly -- Individual modules snap into place, providing integrated grounding without additional steps Slim Design Use TERA outlets in TERA-MAX patch panel for telecommunications room applications. C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A P R O D U C T S (R) TERA -MAX Patch Panels Integrated Grounding Panels feature integrated grounding via resilient ground tabs engaged during module insertion. TERA-MAX Patch Panels Part # Description TM-PNLZ-24-01 . . . . . . . . . .24-port TERA-MAX panel, black, 1U TM-PNLZ-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .24-port TERA-MAX panel, metallic, 1U TM-PNLZA-24-01 . . . . . . . .24-port Angled TERA-MAX panel, black, 1U TM-PNLZA-24 . . . . . . . . . . .24-port Angled TERA-MAX panel, metallic, 1U Panels include designation labels, cable ties and mounting hardware. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com 1.3 NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:37 AM Page 5 C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A P R O D U C T S (R) TERA - Patch Cords Part of the TERA cabling solution, TERA-to-TERA patch cords exceed bandwidth of category 7A / class FA specifications when combined with the TERA outlet. TERA delivers up to 1.2 GHz of bandwidth per pair, providing the extra bandwidth for demanding applications like 10GBASE-T and Broadband Video. Facilitated by 1- and 2-pair patch cords, TERAs extended performance also supports cable sharing -- the simultaneous convergence of video, voice and data onto a single 4-pair cable and outlet. 2-Pair TERA to Shielded Category 5e RJ-45 plug for 10/100 Ethernet, VoIP and video over IP 4-Pair TERA to TERA -- supports category 7A/class FA performance to 10Gb/s and beyond Standard Footprint ISO recognized interface allows TERA cords and outlets to fit within a standard RJ45 footprint. 1-Pair TERA to TERA -- for analog voice and video patching. Video balun cord also available 1-Pair TERA to RJ11 plug for analog voice Fully Compatible With Active Electronics TERA to RJ45 patch cords allow the TERA system to be easily connected to RJ45 equipped active electronics. Standard Compliant Interface -- Recognized within ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0 4-Pair TERA to Shielded Category 6A RJ-45 plug for 1G/10G Ethernet performance Cable Sharing Multiple applications can be run over one 4pair cable and outlet, saving significant material and pathway space. TERA Field-Terminated Plug TERA 4-pair plugs can be used to terminate horizontal cable into exact lengths for consolidation point applications. Plugs terminate fully shielded category 7 and 7A solid cable. Part # Description T7P4-B(XX)-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair TERA plug with colored boot. Compatible with 0.64 - 0.55mm (22 - 23 AWG) solid S/FTP and F/FTP cable Use (XX) to specify boot color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green 1.4 www.siemon.com NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:37 AM Page 6 TERA Category 7A Patch Cords TERA Category 5e Compatible Patch Cords Category 7A compatible, TERA to TERA, LS0H cable assembly, ivory jacket, colored boot. TERA to Shielded RJ-45, or TERA to 6 position (Voice) modular plug, LS0H cable assembly, ivory jacket, colored boot. T(X)-(XX)M-B(XX)L T(XXX)-(XX)M-B(XX)L Plug Type: Boot Color: Plug Type: Boot Color: 1 = 1-Pair 01 = Black 01 = Black 4 = 4-Pair 02 = White 2E2 = 2-Pair, RJ-45, 10/100BASE-T 2UT = 2-Pair, RJ-45, Token Ring 03 = Red 1U1 = 1-Pair, UTP, 6-position, Voice 06 = Blue 03 = Red 05 = Yellow Cord Length: 01 = 1m (3.28 ft.) 02 = 2m (6.56 ft) 06 = Blue 07 = Green 03 = 3m (9.84 ft.) 02 = White 05 = Yellow 07 = Green Cord Length: 05 = 5m (16.4 ft.) 01 = 1m (3.28 ft.) 02 = 2m (6.56 ft.) 03 = 3m (9.84 ft.) TERA Category 6A Patch Cords 05 = 5m (16.4 ft.) Augmented Category 6A, TERA to Shielded RJ-45 modular plug, LS0H cable assembly, ivory jacket, colored boot T4(X)-S(XX)M-B(XX)L Plug Type: Boot Color: A = T568B 01 = Black T = T568A 02 = White C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A P R O D U C T S (R) TERA Patch Cords 03 = Red 05 = Yellow Cord Length: 06 = Blue 01 = 1m (3.28 ft.) 07 = Green 02 = 2m (6.56 ft.) 03 = 3m (9.84 ft.) 05 = 5m (16.4 ft.) CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color coding clip, bag of 25 Clip Color 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green 08 = Violet 09 = Orange TERA Video Balun Cords TERA CATV baluns provide the optimum solution for the transmission of TV or CATV signals over structured cabling systems that were historically limited to voice and data transmission. These products convert the unbalanced TV signals designed for coaxial cabling (75 impedance) to balanced signals (100 impedance) as required for transmission over twisted pair (balanced) cabling. The TERA CATV adapters are specified and useable to 862 MHz. The 1-pair TERA to PAL and TERA to "F" patch cords utilise an integrated balun. The 1-pair shielded TERA to shielded RJ45 patch cord allows connection to third-party RJ45 baluns. Part # Description T1VC-(XX)M-B01L . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair TERA to PAL connector, LS0H cable assembly, gray jacket T1VF-(XX)M-B01L . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair TERA to F connector, LS0H cable assembly, gray jacket T1S4V-(XX)M-B01L . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair shielded TERA to RJ45 patch cord Use (XX) to specify length: 01 = 1m (3 ft.), 1.5 = 1.5m (4.5 ft.), 02 = 2m (6 ft.), 03 = 3m (9 ft.), 05 = 5m (15 ft.) T1VF-(XX)M-B01L www.siemon.com T1S4V-(XX)M-B01L 1.5 NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:37 AM Page 7 C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A P R O D U C T S (R) TERA - S/FTP Trunking Cable Assemblies Siemons TERA copper trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient and cost effective alternative to individual field-terminated components. Combining factory terminated and tested TERA outlets and fully shielded Siemon category 7A cable, Siemon TERA trunking cable assemblies offer industry leading performance to 10Gb/s and beyond. Standard configurations also help maintain consistent cable layout, facilitate efficient moves, adds and changes and significantly reduce scrap versus typical field installation. Modular design, in conjunction with reduced scrap, makes trunks the most "Green" method for copper cabling installations. Data Centers Ideal for data center, raised floor and ladder rack environments enabling up to 75% faster deployment time. Well organized cable bundles improve cable management and air flow Identification -- Each cable assembly is coded with a unique identification number for administrative purposes Simple, Snap-In Installation Straight Cut aligns TERA outlets for optimal snap in installation into TERA-MAX(R) patch panels and allows left, right or centre exit. Fully Shielded Cable -- Utilizes high quality category 7A S/FTP Siemon cable Breakout Kit -- Unique breakout kit creates optimal cable orientation and limits cable crossing Factory Terminated and Tested -- Utilizes TERA outlets, factory terminated and tested for performance to 10Gb/s and beyond Protective Packaging Each assembly is packaged individually to protect factory terminations. TERA S/FTP Trunking Cable Assemblies 6 Leg Double-Ended Trunking Cable Assemblies Part # STRAIGHT CUT Description TJRD6E-F1F1(XXX)F . . . . . . . . Riser rated (CMR), blue jacket, 1000MHz TJPD6E-F1F1(XXX)F . . . . . . . . Plenum rated (CMP), blue jacket, 1000MHz Use (XXX) to specify length: 2.7 - 90m (009 - 295 ft.) in increments of 1 meter (3 feet) Other lengths and configurations available upon request. Note: These products are made to order. Call for lead time and part number availability in your region. 1.6 www.siemon.com NA_1_Cat7A_A 11/12/12 9:37 AM Page 8 COMPLIANCE * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 7) Part # * ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed Amendment 1 9T7P4-E10-06-R1 . . . . . . . . . . . Plenum (CMP, CSA FT6), Blue Jacket, 305m (1000 ft.) Reel 9T7R4-E10-06-R1 . . . . . . . . . . . Riser (CMR, CSA FT4), Blue Jacket, 305m (1000 ft.) Reel * IEC 61156-5:2002 (Category 7) * IEC 61156-5 Ed 2.0 (Category 7A) * UL CMR and CSA FT4 Description * UL CMP and CSA FT6 CABLE CONSTRUCTION * S/FTP * 0.64mm (0.025 in.) (22 AWG) solid bare copper * 8.9mm (0.35 in.) [CMR], 8.4mm (0.33 in.) [CMP] max jacket diameter * Pairs individually shielded with aluminum-polyester foil * Overall tinned copper braid ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PHYSICAL PROPERTIES DC Resistance <17.0/100m DC Resistance Unbalance 2% Mutual Capacitance 5.6 nF/100m Capacitance Unbalance <330 pF/100m Characteristic Impedance (ohms) 1-100 MHz: 100 15% 100-250 MHz: 100 22% 250-1000 MHz: 100 25% NVP CMR = 79% - CMP = 60% TCL 40-10 log(f) dB CMR 110N (25 lbf) 110N (25 lbf) Bend Radius (min) 50mm (2.0 in.) 50mm (2.0 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) 20ns Delay Screw TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) CMP Pulling Tension (max) Insertion Loss (dB) GUARANTEED WORSE CASE NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL PSACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0* 4.0 2.1 3.7 1.7 3.4 78.0 78.0 100.0 100.0 75.0 75.0 97.0 97.0 75.9 74.3 98.3 96.6 72.9 71.3 95.3 93.6 78.0 78.0 90.0 90.0 75.0 75.0 87.0 87.0 20.0 23.0 30.0 33.0 570 552 492 474 10.0 5.8 5.0 78.0 100.0 75.0 97.0 72.2 95.0 69.2 92.0 74.0 90.0 71.0 87.0 25.0 35.0 545 467 16.0 7.3 6.4 78.0 100.0 75.0 97.0 70.7 93.6 67.7 90.6 69.9 90.0 66.9 87.0 25.0 35.0 543 465 20.0 8.2 7.1 78.0 100.0 75.0 97.0 69.8 92.9 66.8 89.9 68.0 90.0 65.0 87.0 25.0 35.0 542 464 31.25 10.3 9.0 78.0 100.0 75.0 97.0 67.7 91.0 64.7 88.0 64.1 90.0 61.1 87.0 23.6 33.6 540 462 62.5 14.6 13.0 75.5 100.0 72.5 97.0 60.9 87.0 57.9 84.0 58.1 85.0 55.1 82.0 21.5 31.5 539 461 100.0 18.5 16.8 72.4 98.0 69.4 95.0 53.9 81.2 50.9 78.2 54.0 81.0 51.0 78.0 20.1 30.1 538 460 200.0 26.5 23.9 67.9 93.0 64.9 90.0 41.4 69.1 38.4 66.1 48.0 77.0 45.0 74.0 18.0 28.0 537 459 250.0 29.7 28.5 66.4 92.1 63.4 89.1 36.7 63.6 33.7 60.6 46.0 76.0 43.0 73.0 17.3 27.3 536 458 300.0 32.7 29.2 65.2 91.0 62.2 88.0 32.6 61.8 29.6 58.8 44.5 71.0 41.5 68.0 17.3 27.3 536 458 350.0 35.4 31.8 64.2 90.3 61.2 87.3 28.8 58.5 25.8 55.5 43.1 69.0 40.1 66.0 17.3 27.3 536 458 400.0 38.0 33.4 63.4 89.1 60.4 86.1 25.4 55.7 22.4 52.7 42.0 68.1 39.0 65.1 17.3 27.3 536 458 550.0 45.0 37.2 61.3 87.3 58.3 84.3 16.3 50.1 13.3 47.1 39.2 66.2 36.2 63.1 17.3 27.3 536 458 600.0 800.0 47.1 54.9 42.5 48.2 60.7 58.9 86.1 83.1 57.7 55.9 83.1 80.1 13.6 3.9 43.6 34.9 10.6 0.9 40.6 31.9 38.4 35.9 60.0 52.1 35.4 32.9 57.0 49.1 17.3 16.1 27.3 27.3 536 477 458 457 900.0 58.5 53.8 58.1 82.0 55.1 79.0 -0.4 28.2 -3.4 25.2 34.9 48.0 31.9 45.0 15.5 25.0 477 456 1000.0 61.9 57.5 57.4 81.0 54.4 78.0 -4.5 23.5 -7.5 20.5 34.0 46.0 31.0 43.0 24.0 24.0 477 456 *Values below 4 MHz are for information only. www.siemon.com C AT E G O R Y 7 A / C L A S S F A (R) P R O D U C T S (R) TERA S/FTP 1000 MHz 4-Pair Cable (US) All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). 1.7 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:38 AM Page 1 Z-MAX NETWORK CABLING SOLUTIONS (R) Siemon's Z-MAX Network Cabling Solutions The development of the Z-MAX line began with a simple goal -- design and build the best RJ-45 based cabling solution -- period. And "best" was not a vague metric. Z-MAX was built to be best across the board: * Highest performance margins across all critical transmission parameters * Fastest, easiest and most reliable termination process * Superior transmission consistency * The best customer focused usability, efficiency and ergonomic features To meet these goals, we did what we have done for over a century -- innovate. As you explore the Z-MAX line, youll see Siemon innovation at every turn. From our patent-pending Zero-CrossTM termination to the exclusive PCB-based smart plug technology integrated into every Z-MAX cord to our hybrid flat/angled outlets to the easy-to-use Z-TOOLTM, no opportunity to improve this family was overlooked. Section Contents Z-MAX Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1 - 2.3 Z-MAX 6A Shielded Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.4 - 2.5 Z-MAX 6A Shielded Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.6 Z-MAX 6A Shielded Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.7 Z-MAX 6A Shielded Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 TERA(R)-MAX(R) Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.9 Z-MAX 6A Pre-terminated Shielded Trunk Cable Category 6A Shielded BladePatch (R) . . . . . .2.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.11 Category 6A F/UTP Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.12 - 2.13 Z-MAX 6A UTP Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.14 - 2.15 Z-MAX 6A UTP Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.16 Z-MAX 6A UTP Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.17 Z-MAX 6A UTP Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.18 Z-MAX 6A UTP Trunk Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.19 Category 6A UTP BladePatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.20 Category 6A UTP Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.21 2.0 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:38 AM Page 2 Best-in-class category 6A performance for UTP and Shielded 1 in as little as 60 seconds. 0:30 sec. Prepare cable and place into Z-MAXs patent-pending Zero-CrossTM lacing cap. Close hinged cable retention/grounding clip. 2 0:45 sec. Lace conductor pairs into color-coded linear lacing channels and trim excess. 3 Z-MAX NETWORK CABLING SOLUTIONS DON'T BLINK 0:60 sec. Insert lacing cap into Z-MAX outlet and terminate with the one-step Z-TOOLTM. Complete! Watch Z-MAX termination video at www.siemon.com/us/zmax www.siemon.com 2.1 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:38 AM Page 3 Z-MAX NETWORK CABLING SOLUTIONS Siemon Innovations that make it possible. . . Highest-Performing Category 6A Systems Z-MAX 6A UTP IL Z-MAX 6A F/UTP 3% 3% NEXT 3.0 dB 3.0 dB PSNEXT 3.5 dB 3.5 dB ACR-F 7 dB 7 dB PSACR-F 10 dB 10 dB RL 3 dB 3 dB PSANEXT 1 dB 10 dB PSAACR-F 1 dB 5 dB ACR-N 6 dB 6 dB 6.5 dB 6.5 dB PSACR-N With Z-MAX, Siemon has shattered the RJ-45 barrier. We have achieved best-in-class performance through an innovative "matched" system which combines an optimally tuned plug with a higher performance outlet. * * * * * * Best UTP and F/UTP category 6A margins Leading performance on all parameters, not just NEXT Exceptional alien crosstalk performance TIA channel, link and component compliant ISO channel, link and component compliant Consistent, superior performance, eliminates marginal testing (*PASS) Performance based on use of 24 x 2M cords and 24 port /1U density. Because we continually improve our product, Siemon reserves the right to change specifications and availability without prior notice. Patent-Pending Smart Plug Technology A critical element of Z-MAX systems exceptional performance is our smart-plug technology. The Z-MAX smart plug contains a tuned printed circuit board (PCB), normally only found in outlets, to achieve high performance tuning. This advancement in miniaturization has packaged the tuning capability and consistency of a PCB in an industry standard RJ-45 footprint, giving the Z-MAX patch cord unsurpassed performance capabilities. * Patent pending PCB-based plug enables performance levels not possible with traditional cords * Narrower NEXT range provides capability to tune to higher channel performance levels * Advanced contact technology and automated assembly results in decreased performance variability compared with crimp-type plugs Eliminates pair untwist required in standard RJ-45 plugs * Smart-Plug is fully backwards-compatible and standards compliant * PCB-based contacts eliminate pair-crossing condition present in traditional cords 2.2 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:38 AM Page 4 The crossing of cable pairs has long been recognized as a source of variability and performance degradation in connector systems. The linear design of the Z-MAX termination module allows conductors to feed naturally into position without the need for pair crossing. * Linear design dramatically speeds and simplifies cable prep and conductor alignment * Removes a significant source of noise and interference present in all other RJ-45 outlets * Maintains and protects cable pair structure for optimized transmission performance consistency * Intuitive cable lacing significantly minimizes miswires that lead to costly reworks Z-MAX NETWORK CABLING SOLUTIONS ZeroCrossTM Terminations Diagonal IDC Contact Orientation Siemon engineers thought "outside of the box" when they developed our diagonally-oriented IDC contact technology. This unique configuration places contacts on a single plane yet varies the alignment of each individual contact within the Z-MAX outlet. This design provides distinct performance benefits compared with traditional rectangular contact layouts. * Maximizes pair-to-pair separation from adjacent outlets to minimize alien crosstalk even in the most dense category 6A patching environments * * * www.siemon.com Enhances NEXT performance within outlets Limits untwist of pairs at termination to maximize cable performance Fully enclosed IDC's eliminates exposure of uninsulated conductors 2.3 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:38 AM Page 5 Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A Shielded System Features and Benefits Combining consistent best-in-class performance, unparalleled usability and speed of termination with the security and robust noise immunity of a shielded cabling system, Siemons Z-MAX 6A shielded end-to-end solution represents the cutting edge of category 6A cabling. The Z-MAX 6A shielded system provides the highest margins on all TIA and ISO performance requirements for category 6A/class EA, including critical alien crosstalk parameters. Siemons Z-MAX 6A shielded channel consists of the shielded Z-MAX 6A outlet, Siemon category 6A F/UTP cable and Z-MAX patch panels as well as shielded, stranded or solid cord options. Z-TOOLTM Termination - Fast - Simple - Consistent PCB-based Smart PlugTM Features and Benefits * * * Z-MAX cords feature exclusive PCB-based smart plug specifically tuned to maximize overall system performance Hybrid work area outlets mount in either flat or angled orientation Industry's fastest termination time accelerates project completion Guided, tool-based termination process enhances system quality and reliability * Field-terminated outlets or pre-terminated trunking cables can be quickly snapped into patch panels and released to enable rapid deployment or changes * High density 48 port, 1U options provide the flexibility to work within strict space limitations saving valuable rack and cabinet space * Integrated Quick-GroundTM outlet shield and panel connections ensures fast and reliable grounding * Rapid Deployment Modular Quick-SnapTM panel design speeds initial deployment and subsequent MACs Shielded outlet and modular cord color-coding provides the capability to code and customize your cabling system 2.4 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 6 Standard Compliance * * * * * * * * * * * ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed Amendment 1 ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed Amendment 2 ETL Tested UL-listed IEEE 802.3an IEEE 802.3af (PoE) IEEE 802.3at (PoE+) IEC 60603-7 TIA-968-A (formerly FCC Part 68 Subpart F) Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM System Performance Overview Z-MAX 6A F/UTP Performance GUARANTEED 4-CONNECTOR CHANNEL MARGINS TO ISO / IEC 11801 2.1 (1 - 500 MHz) PARAMETER VALUE IL 3% NEXT 3.0 dB PSNEXT 3.5 dB ACR-F 7 dB PSACR-F 10 dB RL 3 dB PSANEXT 10 dB PSAACR-F 5 dB ACR-N 6 dB PSACR-N 6.5 dB Performance based on use of 24 x 2M cords and 24 port /1U density. Because we continually improve our products, Siemon reserves the right to change specifications and availability without prior notice. www.siemon.com 2.5 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 7 Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A Shielded Outlets The shielded Z-MAX outlet offers best-in-class performance in every critical specification, exceeding all category 6A performance requirements, including alien crosstalk. Its innovative features not only speed and simplify termination, but remove installation variability for consistently high and repeatable performance -- every termination, every time! Flexibility and Simplified Ordering A single hybrid outlet supports both angled and flat mounting orientations High-Visibility Icon System -- Printed icons allow designation for voice / data applications and also provide an additional color coding option Compact -- Slim and side-stackable for highdensity applications. Supports "pass-thru" feature to mount from the front or rear of a faceplate Guided Termination Features -- Linear lacing channels guide correct conductor placement while 2-sided color-coding provides wiring verification before and after lacing Enhanced Shielding Effectiveness High level of shielded effectiveness exceeds ISO 360 degree shielding requirements via die cast housing and hinged cable retention/grounding clip 100% Jack-to-Jack Plastic Isolation Plastic bezels prevent contact between metal housings when side stacking to ensure ground quality and ANEXT performance Robust Hinged Cable Retention -- Clip accommodates multiple cable diameters Fastest Termination Time -- Zero-CrossTM termination module and Z-TOOLTM termination process combine for best-in-class termination time Quick-GroundTM Termination Cable shield is automatically terminated to the outlet without additional steps Color Coding Capability -- Bezel allows outlets to be color coded for customer identification to match faceplates and other mounting accessories Spring Door Option Minimizes exposure to dust and other contaminants. Ordering Information: Z6A-S(X)(XX)(X). . . . . . . Shielded Z-MAX 6A outlet, T568A/B Mounting Style Bezel Color (Blank) = Hybrid Flat/Angled K = Keystone 01= Black 02= White 03= Red 04= Gray 05= Yellow Door Option (Blank) = No Door D = Door (Hybrid only) 06= Blue 07= Green 09= Orange 20= Ivory 80= Light Ivory Outlet terminates S/FTP, F/FTP and F/UTP cable constructions with 22 - 26 AWG (0.64 - 0.51mm) solid and 26 AWG (0.48mm) stranded conductors, with up to 0.60mm diameter conductors and up to 1.48mm diameter over insulation. Add "D" to end of part number for spring door option. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 modules (hybrid modules include icons). 2.6 Each Z-MAX 6A hybrid outlet includes 1 printed icon set with the following color/print options. Front 1 - Red Data 1 - Blue Data 1 - Bezel Color-matching Data 1 - White Blank Rear 1 - Red Voice 1 - Blue Voice 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Voice 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Blank For more Z-MAX icon colors and options see page 9.5. www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 8 Combining the unparalleled performance of an exclusive PCB-based plug, noise-resistant shielded construction and a host of innovative user friendly features, the shielded Z-MAX 6A modular cords are the ultimate category 6A cord. All cords are 100% factory-tested to ensure performance and compliance. High Performance Cable -- Patch cords feature category 7 S/FTP stranded cable for optimal transmission performance while eliminating alien cross-talk Low Profile Boot Design -- Optimizes sidestackability of patch cords and allows use in even the most dense patching environments Excellent Bend Relief Boot ensures proper bend relief, critical for category 6A performance Integrated PCB -- PCB equipped Smart Plug optimizes signal tuning for exceptional transmission Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A Shielded Modular Cords Colored Clips Removable clips allow field color coding even when cords are connected Fixed Front Contacts -- Ensure proper mating with outlets to eliminate the performance variability of traditional crimp-style terminations Superior Performance Consistency -- Rear contacts maintain cable pair symmetry to point of termination and provide robust strain relief Cantilevered Latch -- Allows latch activation from further back on the boot for superior accessibility in high density environments Solid Cord Option Solid F/UTP assemblies are available for consolidation point and equipment cord applications Ordering Information: ZM6A-S(XX)(XX) . . . . . . . . . Z-MAX 6A shielded (S/FTP), double-ended, stranded modular cord, clear boot, T568A/B, dual-listed CMP/LS0H Length Jacket Color 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red ZC6A-S(XX)(X)(X)(X) . . . . . . Z-MAX 6A shielded (F/UTP) solid modular cord, blue jacket, clear boot Plugs Length 04 = Gray 07 = Green 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 06 = Blue 09 = Orange 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 30 = 9.1m (30 ft.) 40 = 12.2m (40 ft.) 50 = 15.2m (50 ft.) 60 = 18.3m (60 ft.) Jacket R = CMR P = CMP (Blank) = Single-ended D = Double-ended (T568A/B) Wiring A = T568B T = T568A Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 cords. CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color coding clip, bag of 25 Clip Color 01 = Black 04 = Gray 07 = Green 02 = White 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 03 = Red 06 = Blue 09 = Orange www.siemon.com 2.7 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 9 Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A Shielded Patch Panels Z-MAX patch panels provide outstanding performance and aesthetics in a shielded, high-density modular solution. The Z-MAX panels provide rapid and reliable installation by accelerating outlet mounting, grounding, and cable tie-down operations. In addition to traditional 24 port / 1U flat and angled versions, the Z-MAX shielded panels are also available in 48 port / 1U configurations to permit high density installations. Installation Friendly Quick-Snap feature allows Z-MAX panel outlets to be quickly inserted and removed Port Identification -- High visibility magnifying labeling system enables quick identification of outlets High-Density -- Provides up to 48 ports in just 1U to reduce valuable rack/cabinet space consumption Durable -- High strength steel with black finish and scratch/fade resistant port marking Trunking Applications Ideal for Trunking applications combine Z-MAX trunk assemblies (with panel outlets) and empty Z-MAX panels for rapid data center deployment Flexible -- Both flat and angled panel options Kits Integrated Quick-GroundTM -- Panels feature embedded conductive strips to automatically ground Z-MAX modules to panel upon insertion Panels available as complete kits including patch panel, Z-MAX panel outlets and all necessary accessories. Empty panels are also available for use with Z-MAX trunk assemblies Ordering Information: Z6AS-PNL(X)-24K.............Z-MAX 24-Port, CAT 6A Shielded Patch Panel, Kit, 1 RMS, Black, ...........................................with Jacks Z6AS-PNL(X)-U48K ..........Z-MAX 48-Port, CAT 6A Shielded Patch Panel Kit, 1 RMS, Black, ...........................................with Jacks ZS-PNL(X)-24E ................Z-MAX 24-Port Shielded Patch Panel, 1RMS, Black, Empty ZS-PNL(X)-U48E..............Z-MAX 48-Port Shielded Patch Panel, 1RMS, Black, Empty Use (X) to specify mounting style: Blank = Flat, A = Angled Panels include Z-TOOL*, label / icon holders, designation labels, cable ties, grounding lugs, and mounting hardware. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) * included in kit only 2.8 Panel Accessories: Part # Description Z-PNL-PL24 .......................Patch panel label sheet, numbered 1 to 24, bag of 100 Z-PNL-PL48 .......................Patch panel label sheet, numbered 25 to 48, bag of 100 Z-PNL-P .............................Patch panel label holder, bag of 25 Z6A-SP ................................Z-MAX 6A shielded panel outlet Note: Z-MAX shielded patch panels designed for use with Z-MAX shielded panel outlets only www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 10 (R) TERA-MAX patch panels provide outstanding performance and reliability in a shielded, high-density modular solution. As outlets are snapped into place, resilient ground tabs assure that each outlet is properly grounded for maximum protection from outside interference. No secondary outlet grounding operations are required, reducing overall installation time. Angled TERA-MAX -- Allows direct routing of cables to vertical managers, eliminating the need for horizontal cable managers Integrated Grounding Panels feature integrated grounding via resilient Quick-GroundTM tabs automatically engaged during Z-MAX outlet insertion. Single Outlet Solution Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM (R) TERA -MAX Patch Panels Hybrid (flat/angled) shielded Z-MAX outlets used in the work area are required for use in TERA-MAX panels creating a common outlet solution for all locations High Density -- 24 ports in 1U Port Identification -- Bold port numbering enables quick identification of outlets Durable -- High strength steel with black or metallic finish Future Flexibility TERA-MAX panels also accept TERA outlets to support potential future infrastructure upgrades Ordering Information: Part # Description TM-PNLZ-24-01 . . . . . . . . . .24-port TERA-MAX panel, black, 1U TM-PNLZ-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .24-port TERA-MAX panel, metallic, 1U TM-PNLZA-24-01 . . . . . . . .24-port Angled TERA-MAX panel, black, 1U TM-PNLZA-24 . . . . . . . . . . .24-port Angled TERA-MAX panel, metallic, 1U Panels include designation labels, cable ties, grounding lug and mounting hardware. Note: TERA-MAX panels are designed for use with hybrid (flat/angled) shielded Z-MAX outlets. Also compatible with TERA outlets www.siemon.com 2.9 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 11 Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A Shielded Trunking Cable Assemblies Featuring factory terminated and tested shielded Z-MAX outlets and Siemon category 6A F/UTP cable, Z-MAX 6A shielded copper trunking cable assemblies were designed with data center applications in mind, providing high-performance category 6A performance in a quickly implemented, efficient and cost effective alternative to individual field-terminated components. Data Centers Category 6A F/UTP Cable -- Utilizes high quality Siemon category 6A F/UTP cable Identification -- Each cable assembly is coded with a unique identification number for administrative purposes Ideal for data centers, raised floor and ladder rack environments enabling up to 75% faster deployment time Quick-GroundTM -- Shielded Z-MAX 6A outlets are automatically grounded upon insertion into Z-MAX panels Simple Installation Pre-terminated Z-MAX panel outlets utilize the Quick-Snap feature for easy installation and removal from Z-MAX panels Proper Orientation -- Each leg is labeled for proper outlet orientation Breakout Kit -- Unique breakout kit creates optimal cable orientation and limits cable crossing Factory Terminated and Tested -- Utilizes shielded Z-MAX outlet, factory terminated and tested for high performance Protective Packaging Each assembly is packaged individually to protect factory terminations Ordering Information: TE(X)D6E-(XXXX)(XXX)F . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Double-Ended Trunking Cable Assembly Cable Jacket R = Riser rated (CMR), blue jacket P = Plenum rated (CMP), blue jacket Length STRAIGHT CUT 009-295= Indicate length in feet (increments of 3 feet) Connector Types P7P7 = Z-MAX panel outlets for use with Z-MAX panels H1H1 = Z-MAX hybrid (flat/angled) outlets for use with TERA-MAX panels P7J7 = Z-MAX panel outlets to Z-MAX plugs H1J7 = Z-MAX hybrid flat/angled outlets to Z-MAX plugs Standard wiring is T568B. Other lengths and configurations available upon request. Keystone versions also available. Note: These products are made to order. Call for lead time and part number availability in your region. 2.10 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 12 (R) Category 6A shielded BladePatch patch cord offers a unique category 6A solution for high-density patching environments. It features an innovative push-pull boot design to control the latch, enabling easy access and removal of the cord in tight-fitting areas. The BladePatch cord is ideal for patching blade servers, patch panels, or any equipment with high density RJ-45 outlets. Universal Compatibility Backwards Compatible -- With category 5e/class D and category 6/class E systems and components Snagless -- Push-pull design eliminates external thumb latch which can snag and break Fits within any standard RJ-45 outlet. Push-Pull Boot Activates Latch Revolutionary Latch Simply push the boot forward to latch into the outlet and pull back to release. Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM Category 6A Shielded BladePatch Modular Cords High Performance -- Cords feature category 7 S/FTP stranded cable for optimal transmission performance while eliminating alien crosstalk Universal Wiring -- Compatible with T568A/B wiring schemes Revolutionary Design -- Patented push-pull latch design eliminates need to defeat thumb latch used in standard modular plug designs. Enables easy access and removal in high density patching environments Low Profile Boot Design -- Optimizes side-stackability of patch cords and allows use in even the most dense equipment High Density The push-pull design enables easy access and removal via the push/pull boot in tight-fitting areas. Ordering Information: Shielded category 6A BladePatch LS0H, double-ended, RJ-45 modular patch cord with push-pull latching design, color matching cord/boot, T568A/B. 10GBPS-(XX)M-(XX)L Cord Length: 01 = 1m (3.3 ft.) 1.5 = 1.5m (4.9 ft.) 02 = 2m (6.6 ft.) 03 = 3m (9.8 ft.) 04 = 4m (13.1 ft.) 05 = 5m (16.4 ft.) Cord Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green The use of Category 6A shielded BladePatch modular cords will provide Category 6A channel performance if used in a Z-MAX 6A system. Z-MAX 6A warranty margins do not apply. www.siemon.com 2.11 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 13 Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM Siemon Category 6A F/UTP 4-Pair Cable (North America) CABLE CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE * F/UTP * ISO/IEC 11801 * 0.57mm (0.023 in.) (23 AWG) solid bare copper * ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Pulling Tension (max) * UL CMR and CSA FT4 * 7.4mm (0.29 in.) nom. jacket diameter Bend Radius (min) * UL CMP and CSA FT6 * Central isolation member * Shield is an aluminum foil tape enclosing a 0.51mm (0.20 in.) (24 AWG) tinned copper drain wire CMP CMR 110N (25 lbf) 110N (25 lbf) 50mm (2.0 in.) 50mm (2.0 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) Ordering Information: 9A6(X)4-A5-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . . 305m (1000 ft.) Reel (North America Only) Jacket Color 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 07 = Green 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 06 = Blue 09 = Orange Jacket Material P = Plenum (CMP, CSA FT6) R = Riser (CMR, CSA FT4) Lead time and minimum order quantities may vary by cable type. Please contact Customer Service for details. TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) Insertion Loss (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL GUARANTEED WORST CASE NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) PSACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0* 2.0 1.8 74.3 86.0 72.3 82.3 72.3 84.2 70.3 80.5 67.8 91.0 64.8 85.0 20.0 33.0 570 545 4.0 3.8 3.4 65.3 77.0 63.3 73.3 61.5 73.6 59.5 69.9 55.8 79.0 52.8 73.0 23.0 35.5 552 527 10.0 6.0 5.4 59.3 71.0 57.3 67.3 53.3 65.6 51.3 61.9 47.8 71.0 44.8 65.0 25.0 38.0 545 520 16.0 7.6 6.9 56.2 68.0 54.2 64.2 46.7 61.1 46.7 57.3 43.7 67.0 40.7 61.0 25.0 35.2 543 518 20.0 8.5 7.7 54.8 67.0 52.8 62.8 46.3 59.3 44.3 55.1 41.8 65.0 38.8 59.0 25.0 35.0 542 517 31.25 10.7 9.9 51.9 64.0 49.9 59.9 41.2 54.1 39.2 50.0 37.9 61.0 34.9 55.0 23.6 33.1 540 515 62.5 15.4 14.3 47.4 59.0 45.4 55.4 32.0 44.7 30.0 41.1 31.9 55.0 28.9 49.0 21.5 32.2 539 514 100.0 19.8 18.1 44.3 56.0 42.3 52.0 24.5 37.9 22.5 33.9 27.8 51.0 24.8 45.0 20.1 31.6 538 513 200.0 29.0 27.3 39.8 52.0 37.8 47.8 10.8 24.7 8.8 20.5 21.8 45.0 18.8 39.0 18.0 29.8 537 512 250.0 32.8 31.1 38.3 50.0 36.3 46.0 5.5 18.9 3.5 14.9 19.8 43.0 16.8 37.0 17.3 28.7 536 511 300.0 36.4 35.0 37.1 49.0 35.1 45.0 0.7 14.0 -1.3 10.0 18.3 38.0 15.3 35.0 16.8 28.0 536 511 400.0 43.0 40.0 35.3 47.0 33.3 43.0 -7.7 7.0 -9.7 3.0 15.8 36.0 12.8 33.0 15.9 27.1 536 511 500.0 48.9 42.0 33.8 47.0 31.8 42.0 -15.1 5.0 -17.1 0.0 13.8 34.0 10.8 32.0 15.2 26.0 536 510 550.0* 51.8 43.0 33.2 46.0 31.2 42.0 -18.6 3.0 -20.6 -1.0 13.0 33.0 10.0 31.0 14.9 26.0 536 510 625.0* 55.8 44.9 32.4 46.0 30.4 41.0 -23.5 1.1 -25.5 -3.9 11.9 33.0 8.9 29.0 14.5 25.0 535 505 750.0* 62.3 49.0 31.2 45.0 29.2 41.0 -31.1 -4.0 -33.1 -8.0 10.3 32.0 7.3 27.0 14.0 25.0 535 504 *Values for frequencies above industry requirements are for information only. All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). Please see www.siemon.com/e-catalog for more global cable options 2.12 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 14 CABLE CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE * F/UTP * ISO/IEC 11801 * 0.57mm (0.023 in.) (23 AWG) solid bare copper * ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES LSOH Pulling Tension (max) 110N (25 lbf) 110N (25 lbf) * UL CMR and CSA FT4 Bend Radius (min) 50mm (2.0 in.) 50mm (2.0 in.) * LS0H IEC 60332-1, IEC 60754, IEC 61034 Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) * UL CM and IEC 60332-1 * 7.4mm (0.29 in.) nom. jacket diameter * Central isolation member CM/CMR * Shield is an aluminum foil tape enclosing a 0.51mm (0.20 in.) (24 AWG) tinned copper drain wire Ordering Information: 9A6(X)4-A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305m (1000 ft.) Reel (South/Central America Only) Jacket Material M = PVC (CM, IEC 60332-1), Gray Jacket R = Riser (CMR, CSA FT4), Blue Jacket L = LS0H (IEC 60332-1), Violet Jacket TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) Insertion Loss (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL ANSI/TIA & ISO/IEC NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) PSACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0* 2.0 1.8 74.3 86.0 72.3 82.3 72.3 84.2 70.3 80.5 67.8 91.0 64.8 85.0 20.0 33.0 570 545 4.0 3.8 3.4 65.3 77.0 63.3 73.3 61.5 73.6 59.5 69.9 55.8 79.0 52.8 73.0 23.0 35.5 552 527 10.0 6.0 5.4 59.3 71.0 57.3 67.3 53.3 65.6 51.3 61.9 47.8 71.0 44.8 65.0 25.0 38.0 545 520 16.0 7.6 6.9 56.2 68.0 54.2 64.2 46.7 61.1 46.7 57.3 43.7 67.0 40.7 61.0 25.0 35.2 543 518 20.0 8.5 7.7 54.8 67.0 52.8 62.8 46.3 59.3 44.3 55.1 41.8 65.0 38.8 59.0 25.0 35.0 542 517 31.25 10.7 9.9 51.9 64.0 49.9 59.9 41.2 54.1 39.2 50.0 37.9 61.0 34.9 55.0 23.6 33.1 540 515 62.5 15.4 14.3 47.4 59.0 45.4 55.4 32.0 44.7 30.0 41.1 31.9 55.0 28.9 49.0 21.5 32.2 539 514 100.0 19.8 18.1 44.3 56.0 42.3 52.0 24.5 37.9 22.5 33.9 27.8 51.0 24.8 45.0 20.1 31.6 538 513 200.0 29.0 27.3 39.8 52.0 37.8 47.8 10.8 24.7 8.8 20.5 21.8 45.0 18.8 39.0 18.0 29.8 537 512 250.0 32.8 31.1 38.3 50.0 36.3 46.0 5.5 18.9 3.5 14.9 19.8 43.0 16.8 37.0 17.3 28.7 536 511 300.0 36.4 35.0 37.1 49.0 35.1 45.0 0.7 14.0 -1.3 10.0 18.3 38.0 15.3 35.0 16.8 28.0 536 511 400.0 43.0 40.0 35.3 47.0 33.3 43.0 -7.7 7.0 -9.7 3.0 15.8 36.0 12.8 33.0 15.9 27.1 536 511 500.0 48.9 42.0 33.8 47.0 31.8 42.0 -15.1 5.0 -17.1 0.0 13.8 34.0 10.8 32.0 15.2 26.0 536 510 550.0* 51.8 43.0 33.2 46.0 31.2 42.0 -18.6 3.0 -20.6 -1.0 13.0 33.0 10.0 31.0 14.9 26.0 536 510 625.0* 55.8 44.9 32.4 46.0 30.4 41.0 -23.5 1.1 -25.5 -3.9 11.9 33.0 8.9 29.0 14.5 25.0 535 505 750.0* 62.3 49.0 31.2 45.0 29.2 41.0 -31.1 -4.0 -33.1 -8.0 10.3 32.0 7.3 27.0 14.0 25.0 535 504 *Values for frequencies above industry requirements are for information only. www.siemon.com Z-MAX 6A SHIELDED SYSTEM Siemon Category 6A F/UTP 4-Pair Cable (South/Central America) All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). 2.13 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 15 Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A UTP System Features and Benefits Siemons Z-MAX 6A UTP solution was developed from the ground up with a single goal: shattering the limitations of category 6A UTP cabling as we know it today. Combining patented PCB-based Smart Plugs, optimized outlets and high-density patch panels, the Z-MAX 6A UTP system provides outstanding margin on all TIA and ISO performance requirements for category 6A/class EA, including critical alien crosstalk parameters. And, the innovative Z-TOOLTM termination process eliminates the variability of field terminations, providing faster, more user-friendly and less-error-prone category 6A UTP installations. Optimized For Alien Crosstalk Elimination Diagonal IDC alignment maximizes outlet to outlet pair separation to achieve AXT performance in high-density environments Features and Benefits * PCB-Based Smart Plug Exclusive PCB-based Smart Plug is specifically tuned to maximize overall system performance High density 48 port, 1U panels provide the flexibility to maximize rack/cabine space while maintaining excellent alien crosstalk isolation * * * * Industry's fastest termination time accelerates project completion Guided, tool-based termination process enhances system quality and reliability Hybrid work area outlets can be mounted in either flat or angled orientation Field-terminated outlets or pre-terminated trunking cables can be quickly snapped into patch panels and released enabling rapid deployment or changes * Outlet and modular cord color-coding provides the capability to code and customize your cabling system 2.14 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 16 Standards Compliance * * * * * * * * * * * ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed Amendment 1 ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed Amendment 2 ETL Tested UL-listed IEEE 802.3an IEEE 802.3af (PoE) IEEE 802.3at (PoE+) IEC 60603-7 TIA-968-A (formerly FCC Part 68 Subpart F) Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM System Performance Overview Z-MAX 6A UTP Performance GUARANTEED 4-CONNECTOR CHANNEL MARGINS TO ISO / IEC 11801 2.1 (1 - 500 MHz) PARAMETER VALUE IL 3% NEXT 3.0 dB PSNEXT 3.5 dB ACR-F 7 dB PSACR-F 10 dB RL 3 dB PSANEXT 1 dB PSAACR-F 1 dB ACR-N 6 dB PSACR-N 6.5 dB Performance is based on the use of 24 x 2M cords and 24port/1U density. Because we continually improve our product, Siemon reserves the right to change specifications and availability without prior notice. www.siemon.com 2.15 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 17 Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A UTP Outlets The category 6A UTP Z-MAX outlet offers best-in-class performance in every critical specification, exceeding all category 6A performance requirements, including alien crosstalk. Its innovative features not only accelerate and simplify termination, but remove installation variability for consistently high and repeatable performance -- every termination, every time! Compact -- Slim and side-stackable for high-density applications. Supports "pass-thru" feature to mount from the front or rear of a faceplate Guided Termination Features -- Lacing channels guide correct conductor placement while 2-sided color-coding provides wiring verification before and after lacing Enclosed IDC Terminations -- IDC terminations are fully enclosed in the outlet housing for robust protection High-Visibility Icon System -- Printed icons allow designation for voice / data applications and also provide an additional color coding option Optimized For Alien Crosstalk Isolation Diagonal IDC alignment maximizes outlet to outlet pair separation to achieve AXT performance in high-density environments Robust Hinged Cable Retention -- Hinged clip accommodates multiple cable diameters Flexibility and Simplified Ordering A single hybrid outlet supports both angled and flat mounting orientations Fastest Termination Time -- Zero-CrossTM termination module and 2-step Z-TOOLTM termination process combine for best-in-class termination time Ordering Information: Z6A-(X)(XX)(X) . . . . . . . .UTP Z-MAX 6A outlet, T568A/B Mounting Style Bezel Color (Blank) = Hybrid Flat/Angled K = Keystone 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 =-Yellow Door Option (Blank) = No Door D = Door (Hybrid only) 06 = Blue 07 = Green 09 = Orange 20 = Ivory 80 = Light Ivory Outlet terminates UTP cable constructions with 23 - 26 AWG (0.64 - 0.51mm) solid and 26 AWG (0.48mm) stranded conductors, with up to 0.60mm diameter conductors and up to 1.48mm diameter over insulation. Spring Door Option Minimizes exposure to dust and other contaminants. Each Z-MAX 6A UTP hybrid flat/angled outlet includes 1 printed icon set with the following color/print options. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 modules (hybrid modules include Icons). Front Z-MAX 6A UTP outlets utilize 10G MAX faceplates and cannot be side-stacked in standard MAX faceplates. Rear 1 - Red Voice 1 - Red Data 1 - Blue Voice 1 - Blue Data 1 - Bezel Color-matching Data 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Voice 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Blank 1 - White Blank For more Z-MAX icon colors and options see page 9.5. 2.16 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 18 Combining the unparalleled performance of an exclusive PCB-based smart plug, alien crosstalk resistant construction and a host of innovative end-user features, Z-MAX 6A UTP modular cord sets the bar for category 6A UTP patching. Solid Cord Option -- Solid UTP cords are available for consolidation point and equipment cord applications High Performance Cable -- Z-MAX 6A UTP cords feature dual jacket construction for excellent alien crosstalk performance 100% Factory-Tested Cords are 100% transmission tested to ensure compliance with applicable standards requirements Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A UTP Modular Cords Low Profile Boot Design -- Optimizes sidestackability of modular cords and allows use in even the most dense equipment Colored Clips Cantilevered Latch Guard -- Allows latch activation from further back on the boot for superior accessibility in high density environments Superior Performance Consistency -- Precision PCB-based conductor terminations eliminate the performance variability of traditional direct wire to contacts Removable clips allow field color coding even when cords are connected Integrated PCB -- PCB equipped Smart Plugs optimize signal tuning for exceptional transmission Excellent Bend Relief Boot ensures proper bend relief, critical for category 6A performance Ordering Information: ZM6A-(XX)(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z-MAX 6A UTP, double-ended, stranded modular cord, clear boot, T568A/B, CMG Length 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Jacket Color 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green 09 = Orange ZC6A-(XX)(X)(X)(X) . . . . . . . . . . Z-MAX 6A UTP, solid modular cord, blue jacket, clear boot Length 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 30 = 9.1m (30 ft.) 40 = 12.2m (40 ft.) 50 = 15.2m (50 ft.) 60 = 18.3m (60 ft.) Plugs Jacket R = CMR P = CMP (Blank) = Single-ended D = Double-ended (T568A/B) Wiring A = T568B T = T568A Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 cords. CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color coding clip, bag of 25 Clip Color 01 = Black 04 = Gray 07 = Green 02 = White 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 03 = Red 06 = Blue 09 = Orange www.siemon.com 2.17 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 19 Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A UTP Patch Panels Z-MAX patch panels provide outstanding 10 Gb/s performance and aesthetics in a high-density, modular UTP solution. The Z-MAX UTP panels provide rapid and reliable installation by accelerating module mounting, and cable tie-down operations. In addition to traditional 24 port / 1U flat and angled versions, the Z-MAX UTP panels are also available in 48 port / 1U configurations to permit high density installations. Installation Friendly -- Quick-Snap feature allows outlets to quickly be snapped into place Kits Panels available as complete kits including patch panel, Z-MAX panel outlets and all necessary accessories. Empty panels are also available for use with Z-MAX trunk assemblies Ideal for Trunking Applications Combine Z-MAX trunk assemblies (with preterminated panel outlets) and empty Z-MAX panels for rapid data center deployment High Density -- Provides 48 ports in just 1U while still meeting strict category 6A Alien Crosstalk parameter Durable -- High strength steel with black finish and scratch/fade resistant port marking Port Identification -- High visibility magnifying labeling system enables quick identification of outlets Aesthetics -- The Z-MAX panel provides a clean front surface to improve the installation appearance Integrated Cable Management Ensures proper cable management practices for all installations, critical to category 6A performance Ordering Information: Z6A-PNL(X)-24K ...............Z-MAX 24-Port, CAT 6A UTP Patch Panel, Kit, 1 RMS, Black, ...........................................with Jacks Z6A-PNL(X)-U48K.............Z-MAX 48-Port, CAT 6A UTP Patch Panel Kit, 1 RMS, Black, ...........................................with Jacks Z-PNL(X)-24E...................Z-MAX 24-Port UTP Patch Panel, 1RMS, Black, Empty Z-PNL(X)-U48E................Z-MAX 48-Port UTP Patch Panel, 1RMS, Black, Empty Use (X) to specify mounting style: Blank = Flat, A = Angled Panel Accessories: Part # Description Z-PNL-PL24 .......................Patch panel label sheet, numbered 1 to 24, bag of 100 Z-PNL-PL48 .......................Patch panel label sheet, numbered 25 to 48, bag of 100 Z-PNL-PS ...........................Patch panel label holder, bag of 25 Z6A-P...................................Z-MAX 6A UTP panel outlet Panels include Z-TOOL*, label / icon holders, designation labels, cable ties, and mounting hardware. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) * included in kit only 2.18 Note: Z-MAX UTP patch panels are designed for use with Z-MAX UTP panel outlets only www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 20 Siemons Z-MAX 6A UTP trunking cable assemblies provide an easily installed and cost effective alternative to individual field-terminated channels. Combining factory terminated and tested Z-MAX outlets with Siemons category 6A UTP cable in a high-performance modular cable assembly, Z-MAX 6A UTP trunking cable assemblies are designed to simplify the installation of category 6A systems in data centers and other high-density high-performance environments. Data Centers Ideal for Data Centers, raised floor and ladder rack environments enabling up to 75% faster deployment time Identification -- Each cable assembly is coded with a unique identification number for administrative purposes Siemon Category 6A UTP Cable -- Utilizes high quality Siemon category 6A UTP cable Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM (R) Z-MAX 6A UTP Trunking Cable Assemblies Simple Installation Pre-terminated Z-MAX panel outlets utilize the Quick-Snap feature for easy installation and removal from Z-MAX panels Factory Terminated and Tested -- Utilizes Z-MAX 6A UTP outlets, factory terminated and tested for high performance Breakout Kit -- Unique breakout kit creates optimal cable orientation and limits cable crossing Proper Orientation -- Each leg is cut and labeled for proper module orientation Protective Packaging Each assembly is packaged individually to protect factory terminations Ordering Information: TD(X)D6E-(XXXX)(XXX)F . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Double-Ended Trunking Cable Assembly Length Cable Jacket R = Riser rated (CMR, CSA FT6), blue jacket P = Plenum rated (CMP, CSA FT4), blue jacket Connector Types STRAIGHT CUT 009-295 = Indicate length in feet (increments of 3 feet) P0P0 = Z-MAX panel outlets for use with Z-MAX panels H1H1 = Z-MAX hybrid flat/angled outlet P0J0 = Z-MAX panel outlets to Z-MAX plugs H1J0 = Z-MAX hybrid flat/angled outlet to Z-MAX plugs Standard wiring is T568B. Other lengths and configurations available upon request. Keystone versions also available. Note: These products are made to order. Call for lead time and part number availability in your region. www.siemon.com 2.19 NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 21 Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM (R) Category 6A UTP BladePatch Modular Cords Siemons Category 6A UTP BladePatch patch cord offers a unique category 6A solution for high-density patching environments. It features an innovative push-pull boot design to control the latch, enabling easy access and removal of the cord in tight-fitting areas. The BladePatch cord is ideal for patching blade servers, patch panels, or any equipment with high density RJ-45 outlets. Universal Compatibility Fits within any standard RJ-45 outlet. Universal Wiring -- Compatible with T568A/B wiring schemes Snagless -- Push-pull design eliminates external thumb latch which can snag and break Optimized Bend Radius -- Patent pending design removes second outer jacket layer at plug ends to reduce bend radius and improve flexibility when entering and exiting switches and patch panels Push-Pull Boot Activates Latch Revolutionary Latch High Performance -- Cords feature dual jacket construction for excellent alien crosstalk performance Revolutionary Design -- Patented push-pull latch design eliminates need to defeat thumb latch used in standard modular plug designs. Enables easy access and removal in high density patching environments Simply push the boot forward to latch into the outlet and pull back to release. Low Profile Boot Design -- Optimizes side-stackability of patch cords and facilitates use in equipment with extremely high port density High Density Ordering Information: The push-pull design enables easy access and removal via the boot in tight-fitting areas. Category 6A BladePatch double ended, 4-pair UTP stranded modular cord with push-pull latching design, color matching cord/boot, T568A/B, CMG BP6A-(XX)(XX) Cord Length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) Cord Color 01 = Black 04 = Gray 07 = Green 02 = White 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 03 = Red 06 = Blue 09 = Orange 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) The use of Category 6A UTP BladePatch modular cords will provide Category 6A channel performance if used in a Z-MAX 6A system. Z-MAX 6A warranty margins do not apply. 2.20 www.siemon.com NA_2_ZMAX_A 11/12/12 9:39 AM Page 22 CABLE CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE * UTP * ISO/IEC 11801 * 0.58mm (0.022 in.) (23 AWG) solid bare copper * ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 * 7.6mm (0.30 in.) CMP nom. jacket diameter * UL CMP and CSA FT6 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Pulling Tension (max) * UL CMR and CSA FT4 Bend Radius (min) * Round jacket with Internal Longitudinal Striations (ILS) CMP CMR 110N (25 lbf) 110N (25 lbf) 34mm (1.3 in.) 34mm (1.3 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 50C (+32 to 122F) 0 to 50C (+32 to 122F) Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) Ordering Information: 9C6(X)4-A5-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . . 305m (1000 ft.) Reel Jacket Material P = Plenum (CMP, CSA FT6) R = Riser (CMR, CSA FT4) TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Jacket Color 01 = Black 04 = Gray 07 = Green 02 = White 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 03 = Red 06 = Blue 09 = Orange Z-MAX 6A UTP SYSTEM Category 6A UTP 4-Pair Cable (Americas) GUARANTEED WORSE CASE Frequency (MHz) Insertion Loss (dB) NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) PSACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0 2.1 74.3 72.3 72.2 70.2 67.8 64.8 20.0 570 4.0 3.8 65.3 63.3 61.5 59.5 55.7 52.7 23.0 552 10.0 5.9 59.3 57.3 53.4 51.4 47.8 44.8 25.0 545 16.0 7.5 56.2 54.2 48.8 46.8 43.7 40.7 25.0 543 20.0 8.4 54.8 52.8 46.4 44.4 41.7 38.7 25.0 542 31.25 10.5 51.9 49.9 41.4 39.4 37.9 34.9 23.6 540 62.5 15.0 47.4 45.4 32.4 30.4 31.8 28.8 21.5 539 100.0 19.1 44.3 42.3 25.2 23.2 27.8 24.8 20.1 538 200.0 27.6 39.8 37.8 12.2 10.2 21.7 18.7 18.0 537 250.0 31.1 38.3 36.3 7.3 5.3 19.8 16.8 17.3 536 300.0 34.3 37.1 35.1 2.9 0.9 18.2 15.2 16.8 536 350.0 37.2 36.1 34.1 -1.1 -3.1 16.9 13.9 16.3 535 400.0 40.1 35.3 33.3 -4.8 -6.8 15.7 12.7 15.9 535 500.0* 45.3 33.8 31.8 -11.4 -13.4 13.8 10.8 15.2 536 625.0* 51.2 32.4 30.4 -18.8 -20.8 11.8 8.8 14.5 535 750.0* 56.7 31.2 29.2 -25.5 -27.5 10.3 7.3 14.0 535 *Performance for frequencies beyond TIA requirements are for information only. All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). Please see www.siemon.com/e-catalog for more global cable options www.siemon.com 2.21 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 1 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P Category 6 UTP Siemon offers multiple systems levels of system performance based on our high-performance category 6 connectivity. * Paired with Siemon Premium 6TM UTP cable, our connectivity provides a warranted, end-to-end Premium 6 UTP cabling solution. Premium 6 exhibits exceptional margin on all parameters beyond category 6 -- exceeding connecting hardware and channel performance specifications set forth for category 6/class E by the TIA and ISO/IEC * With the use of Siemons Z-MAX(R) 6 UTP outlets, Siemons Z-MAX Premium 6 System provides margins beyond those of Premium 6, offering industry leading category 6 system performance * Utilized with Siemon System 6TM UTP cable, Siemon category 6 connectivity offers excellent performance/price value in an end-to-end system that meets or exceed all category 6 parameters * When deployed with Solution 6 UTP cable, Siemon category 6 connectivity delivers a very cost-effective, standards-compliant system designed for installations where the additional performance headroom of Premium 6 and System 6 is not required Section Contents Category 6 UTP S210 (R) Connection System Z-MAX(R) 6 UTP Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 S210 Field Termination Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.17 MAX 6 UTP Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 S210 Field Terminated 19 Inch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.18 CT 6 UTP Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Vertical S210 Field Terminated Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.18 Z-MAX 6 UTP Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.4 S210 Tower Termaination Kits and Accessories . . . . . . . .3.19 HD 6 UTP Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5 - 3.6 S210 Connecting Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.20 HD Panel Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 System 6 Cross Connect Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.20 MAX Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.7 - 3.8 S110/ S210 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.20 MAX Panel Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.8 Wall Mount S110/ S210 Cable/ Wire Managers . . . . . . . .3.21 CT Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.9 S210 Patch Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 BladePatch 6 UTP Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.10 S210 Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 MC 6 UTP Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.11 S210 to MC 6 Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.23 IC 6 Solid Single-Ended Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.12 S210 Designation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.23 (R) (R) (R) (R) (R) Category 6 UTP Trunking Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . .3.13 Premium 6TM UTP Cable (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.14 System 6TM UTP Cable (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.15 Solution 6 UTP Cable (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.16 3.0 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 2 The category 6 UTP Z-MAX outlet offers best-in-class performance exceeding all category 6 performance requirements. Its innovative features not only accelerate and simplify termination, but remove installation variability for consistently high and repeatable performance - every termination, every time! This consistency eliminates troubleshooting time due to passes during field testing. * Compact -- Slim and side-stackable for high-density applications. Supports "pass-thru" feature to mount from the front or rear of a faceplate Guided Termination Features -- Lacing channels guide correct conductor placement while 2-sided color-coding provides wiring verification before and after lacing C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) Z-MAX 6 UTP Outlets Flexibility and Simplified Ordering A single hybrid outlet supports both angled and flat mounting orientations Enclosed IDC Terminations -- IDC terminations are fully enclosed in the outlet housing for robust protection High-Visibility Icon System -- Printed icons allow designation for voice / data applications and also provide an additional color coding option Robust Hinged Cable Retention -- Hinged clip accommodates multiple cable diameters Fastest Termination Time -- Zero-CrossTM termination module and 2-step Z-TOOLTM termination process combine for best-in-class termination time Spring Door Option Minimizes exposure to dust and other contaminants. Ordering Information: Z6-(X)(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .UTP Z-MAX 6 outlet, T568A/B Bezel Color Mounting Style (Blank) = Hybrid Flat/Angled K = Keystone 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green 09 = Orange 20 = Ivory 80 = Light Ivory Outlet terminates UTP cable constructions with 23 - 26 AWG (0.64 - 0.51mm) solid and 26 AWG (0.48mm) stranded conductors, with up to 0.60mm diameter conductors and up to 1.48mm diameter over insulation. Door Option Hybrid Keystone Each Z-MAX 6 UTP hybrid flat/angled outlet includes 1 printed icon set with the following color/print options. Additional color options available. Add "D" to end of part number for spring door option. (Hybrid only) Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 modules. (hybrid modules include icons.). Note: Z-MAX outlets utilize the Z-TOOL termination tool. Included with each standard pack of Z-MAX outlets. Note: Keystone version is designed for integration with various international mounting products and is not compatible with MAX mounting hardware. www.siemon.com Front 1 - Red Data 1 - Blue Data 1 - Bezel Color-matching Data 1 - White Blank Rear 1 - Red Voice 1 - Blue Voice 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Voice 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Blank For more Z-MAX icon colors and options see page 9.5. 3.1 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 3 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) MAX 6 UTP Modules Part of Siemons category 6 UTP end-to-end Cabling Solution, the MAX 6 module exceeds category 6 connecting hardware performance specifications. Its compact design is ideal for high density applications. Up to six modules can be utilized in a single gang faceplate and twelve modules in a double gang faceplate. Also, the angled MAX module provides a gravity feed, low-profile design for the work area -- greatly improving cable management in installations where front or rear clearance is at a minimum. Quick Installation Pyramid wire entry system on S310 blocks separates paired conductors when lacing cables to simplify and reduce installation time. Quick Identification -- Colored Icons provided for port identification Flexible Installation -- Install from either front or rear of faceplate Easy Termination -- Punch down with standard 110 termination tools Termination Siemon's Palm Guard with MAX insert (p/n: PG-MX6) assists in securing module during termination. Universal Wiring -- T568A and T568B wiring compatible Backward Compatible -- With category 5e/class D system components Protective Doors -- Minimize exposure to dust and other contaminants (doors not shown) MAX 6 UTP Modules MX6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6 Angled MAX module, T568A/B, rear strain relief cap and protective colormatching rubber door* MX6-F(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6 Flat MAX module, T568A/B, rear strain relief cap MX6-K(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6 Keystone MAX module, T568A/B, rear strain relief cap Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue,07 = green, 09 = orange, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 80 = light ivory Angled modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. *Door color is clear for red, yellow, blue and orange angled modules. Flat modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 modules (angled and flat modules include icons). Add "VP" to end of part number for value pack option. Value pack is a kit of 250 jacks, doors, terms caps and color match icons. (Available in flat/ angled only. Door only included with angled version.) Note: Keystone version is designed for integration with various international mounting products and is not compatible with MAX mounting hardware. 3.2 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 4 Angled CT 6 Couplers Siemon's patented gravity-feed jack controls the bend radius of the mated modular cords to ensure the integrity of the transmission channel, while physically protecting the connection from incidental contact at the work area. The angled shroud creates a slim profile, perfect for installations in shallow raceways and modular furniture. CT-C6-C6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . Angled, double coupler, T568A/B CT-C6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled, single coupler, T568A/B C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) CT 6 UTP Couplers Technical Tip! Angled couplers are recommended for work area applications. Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory, 82 = alpine white Add "-D" for spring door option. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 couplers. (Bulk option includes couplers, icons, and termination caps. Cable ties are available separately, see page 1.21). Couplers include one color-matching icon (clear for black) and one termination cap per port, plus one red and one blue icon. Flat CT 6 Couplers Flat CT 6 couplers are designed for use in flush mount applications and are also recommended for use with CT patch panels. CT-F-C6-C6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . Flat, double coupler, T568A/B CT-F-C6-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . Flat, single coupler, T568A/B Technical Tip! Flat couplers are recommended for patch panel applications. Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory, Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 couplers. (Bulk option includes couplers, icons, and termination caps. Cable ties are available separately.) Couplers include one color-matching icon (clear for black) and one termination cap per port, plus one red and one blue icon. www.siemon.com 3.3 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 5 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) Z-MAX 6 UTP Patch Panels Z-MAX patch panels provide outstanding performance and aesthetics in a high-density, modular UTP solution. The Z-MAX UTP panels provide rapid and reliable installation by accelerating module mounting, and cable tiedown operations. In addition to traditional 24-port / 1U flat and angled versions, the Z-MAX UTP panels are also available in 48-port / 1U configurations for ultra high density installations. Installation Friendly -- Quick-Snap feature allows panel outlets to quickly be snapped into place Kits Panels available as complete kits including patch panel, Z-MAX panel outlets, Z-TOOL and all necessary accessories. Empty panels are also available for use with Z-MAX trunk assemblies Ideal for Trunking Applications Combine Z-MAX trunk assemblies (with panel outlets) and empty Z-MAX panels for rapid data center deployment High Density -- Provides 24 or 48 ports in just 1U Durable -- Lightweight, high strength steel with black finish and scratch/fade resistant port marking Port Identification -- High visibility magnifying labeling system enables quick identification of outlets Aesthetics -- The Z-MAX panel provides a clean front surface to improve the installation appearance Integrated Cable Management Ensures proper cable management practices for all installations Ordering Information: Z6-PNL(X)-24K..................Z-MAX 24-Port, CAT 6 UTP Patch Panel, Kit, 1 RMS, Black, ...........................................with Jacks Z6-PNL(X)-U48K ...............Z-MAX 48-Port, CAT 6 UTP Patch Panel Kit, 1 RMS, Black, ...........................................with Jacks Z-PNL(X)-24E...................Z-MAX 24-Port UTP Patch Panel, 1RMS, Black, Empty Z-PNL(X)-U48E................Z-MAX 48-Port UTP Patch Panel, 1RMS, Black, Empty Use (X) to specify mounting style: Blank = Flat, A = Angled Panel Accessories: Part # Description Z-PNL-PL24 .......................Patch panel label sheet, numbered 1 to 24, bag of 100 Z-PNL-PL48 .......................Patch panel label sheet, numbered 25 to 48, bag of 100 Z-PNL-PS ...........................Patch panel label holder, (6 port ea.) ...........................................bag of 25 Z6-P .....................................Z-MAX 6 UTP panel outlet Panels include Z-Tool*, label / icon holders, designation labels, cable ties, and mounting hardware. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) * included in kit only 3.4 Note: Z-MAX UTP panels are designed for use with Z-MAX UTP panel outlets only www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 6 Siemons HD 6 patch panel was the industrys first patch panel to exceed category 6 connecting hardware specifications for all pair combinations up to 250 MHz. Get superior performance and user-friendly termination, labeling, and cable management features with Siemons popular category 6 patch panel. Universal Wiring -- HD 6 patch panels feature universal wiring for both T568A/B compatible with standard 110 style single position punch tool. Installer Friendly -- Icon label holders and designation labels included PyramidTM Wire Entry System Pyramid wire entry system on S310 blocks separates paired conductors when lacing cables to reduce installation time. C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) HD 6 UTP Patch Panels Circuit Protection Rear metal enclosure protects printed circuitry. Standard Fit -- Panels can be mounted directly on standard 19 inch relay rack or cabinet Aesthetics -- Front surface is uninterrupted by screw heads for a clean appearance Port Identification -- Bold port numbering enables quick identification of outlets Cable Management Includes built-in cable manager to properly guide cables to point of termination. Ordering Information: Part # Description HD6-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-port category 6 UTP HD patch panel, 1U HD6-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-port category 6 UTP HD patch panel, 1U HD6-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-port category 6 UTP HD patch panel, 2U HD6-96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-port category 6 UTP HD patch panel, 4U Panels include rear cable manager(s), icon label holders, designation labels, cable ties, and mounting hardware. Add "B" for bulk project pack of 5 panels (rear cable managers [p/n: HD-RWM] not included but can be ordered separately). Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) S310 termination blocks are not compatible with S110 (R) multi-pair termination tools. www.siemon.com 3.5 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 7 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P 12-Port HD(R) 6 Mounted on S89D Bracket The HD6-89 offers an economical solution for small applications and is ideal for retrofitting S66TM punch down blocks to a high performance modular design. Part # Description HD6-89D-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-port HD 6 panel, T568A/B, mounted on S89D bracket height: 254.0mm (10.0 in), width: 85.9mm (3.38 in), depth: 60.2mm (2.37 in) HD Panel Accessories Part # Description HD-RWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cable management bracket for HD patch panels (not compatible with HD5-S-24) HD-RWM HD5-ICON6-LBL. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 sheets of labels for HD5-ICON6 for laser printing (48 labels per sheet)* HD5-LBL-480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adhesive strips for sequentially numbering panel ports 1 through 480 for 24-, 48-, or 96-port panels HD5-LBL6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White removable designation strips in a package of eight for 24-, 48-, or 96-port panels HD5-LBL-480 HD5-LBL6-2 HD5-ICON6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adhesive-backed strips in a package of 8 for color-coding and port designation for 24-, 48-, or 96-port panels (icons not included) HD5-ICON6 CT-ICON-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 colored icon tabs (phone on one side, computer on reverse) CT-ICON Use (XX) to specify color: 00 = clear (TAB-XX only), 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green, 08 = violet, 09 = orange, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 60 = brown, 80 = light ivory Add "B" for bulk pack of 100 icons. *Visit our web site or contact our Technical Support Department for labeling software. 3.6 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 8 MAX patch panels provide a flexible, high density termination solution for the telecommunications room. Using the full line of Z-MAX(R) or MAX modules (available separately), the panel can be configured for a variety of multimedia applications. Blank modules can be used to reserve ports for future capacity. Siemons MAX series angled patch panels route cables directly into the vertical cable managers eliminating the need for horizontal cable management between panels. Installation Friendly Individual modules snap into place from front or rear of panel for added installation flexibility. C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) MAX Patch Panels Installer Friendly -- Icon label holders and designation labels included Aesthetics -- Lightweight, high strength brushed aluminum with black protective finish High Density Design -- Accommodates up to 24 ports /1U and up to 72 ports /2U Designation labels Removable designation labels can be laser printed and enable proper circuit identification for each port. Standard Fit -- Panels can be mounted directly on standard 19 inch relay rack or cabinet Port Identification -- Bold port numbering enables quick identification of outlets Cable Management Rear Cable management bar included for routing horizontal cables to terminations. Versatility -- Combines modular design with high density for ultimate flexibility Eliminates Horizontal Cable Managers Angled panels route patch cords directly into vertical cable managers saving valuable rack space. Angled Panel Option -- Available in 24 and 48 ports www.siemon.com 3.7 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 9 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P MAX(R) Patch Panels Part # Description Part # Description MX-PNL-16 . . . . . . . . . . 16-port MAX patch panel, 1U MX-PNL-48 . . . . . . . . . . 48-port MAX patch panel, 2U MX-PNL-24 . . . . . . . . . . 24-port MAX patch panel, 1U MX-PNL-72 . . . . . . . . . . 72-port MAX patch panel, 2U Panels include rear cable manager, designation labels, cable ties, and mounting hardware. MAX Panels are not compatible with shielded MAX or shielded Z-MAX modules. Use the TERA-MAX or Z-MAX shielded panel. Note: 1U= 44.5mm (1.75 in.) Angled MAX Patch Panels Siemon's MAX series angled patch panels route cables directly into the vertical cable managers, eliminating the need for horizontal cable management between panels. Part # Description MX-PNLA-24 . . . . . . . . . 24-port angled MAX patch panel, 1U Part # Description MX-PNLA-48 . . . . . . . . . 48-port angled MAX patch panel, 2U Angled MAX panels are not compatible with shielded Z-MAX or shielded MAX modules. Use the TERA-MAX or Z-MAX shielded panel. Angled MAX panels are not recommended for use with RS3 rack series. RS series racks with VPC vertical patching channels are recommended. Panels include mounting hardware. Rear cable manager not included. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) 12-Port MAX(R) Panel Mounted on S89D Bracket The MAX S89D offers an economical solution for smaller applications while allowing for a range of different media using the full line of MAX modules. Part # Description MX-89D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-port MAX panel mounted on an 89D bracket height: 254.0mm (10.0 in.), width: 85.9mm (3.38 in.), depth: 47.8mm (1.88 in.) MAX Panel Accessories MX-PNL-LBL4* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MX-PNL-LBL6* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 sheets of laser printable labels for 16-port MAX panels 10 sheets of laser printable labels for 24- and 48-port MAX panels *Visit our web site or contact our Technical Support Department for labeling software. 3.8 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 10 Oversized CT Panels Oversized CT panels are available for applications that require additional labeling space. They provide the same flexibility as our standard CT panels and feature a write-on designation surface above each coupler opening that may also be used as a space for adhering your own label. Siemon offers adhesive-backed label holders with replaceable write-on labels that mount above the entire row of CT couplers. Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-24-ID. . . . . . 24-port panel . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-48-ID . . . . . . 48-port panel . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) CT Patch Panels *Number of ports when configured with two-port CT couplers. Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) CT Patch Panels Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-16 . . . . . . . . 16-port panel . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-64 . . . . . . . . 64-port panel . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 CT-PNL-24 . . . . . . 24-port panel . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 CT-PNL-32 . . . . . . 32-port panel . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 CT-PNL-96 . . . . . . 96-port panel . . . . . . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 CT-PNL-48 . . . . . . 48-port panel . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 *Number of ports when configured with two-port CT couplers. Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com Technical Tip! Flat couplers are recommended for patch panel applications. 3.9 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 11 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) BladePatch 6 UTP Modular Cords Siemons BladePatch 6 offers a unique category 6 solution for highdensity patching environments. It features an innovative push-pull boot design to control the latch, enabling easy access and removal of the cord in tight-fitting areas. The BladePatch cord is ideal for patching blade servers, patch panels, or any equipment with high density RJ-45 outlets. Universal Compatibility Fits within any standard RJ-45 opening. Snagless -- Push-pull design eliminates external thumb latch which can snag and break Easy Access and Removal -- RJ-45 patch cord with patent-pending push-pull latch design enables easy access and removal in high density patching environments Push-Pull Boot Activates Latch Revolutionary Latch Simply push the boot forward to latch into the outlet and pull back to release. High Density -- Ideal for high density data center applications and today's high-density blade servers Revolutionary Design -- Push-pull latch design eliminates need to defeat thumb latch used in standard modular plug designs Low Profile Boot Design -- Optimizes sidestackability of patch cords and allows use in even the most dense equipment High Density The push-pull design enables easy access and removal via the boot in tight-fitting areas. BladePatch 6 UTP Category 6 UTP BladePatch, double-ended, RJ-45 modular patch cord with push-pull latching design, color matching cord/boot, T568A/B. BP6-(XX)-(XX) Cord Length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Cord Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green 08 = Violet 09 = Orange Add "B" for bulk pack of 100 modular cords. 3.10 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 12 Siemons category 6 series of modular cords are key components to ensure optimum channel performance of our category 6 UTP systems. A variety of product enhancements contribute to the cords superior performance -- including 250 MHz rated stranded cordage, a patented crosspair isolator and an innovative 360 crimp, which provides excellent plug-to-cable strain relief without causing pair deformation. The cable used to manufacture the category 6 patch cords exceeds the specifications set forth by both ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and ISO/IEC 11801:2002. Jacket meets the flame resistance requirements for both CM and LSOH Excellent Bend Relief Boot and integrated strain relief ensures proper bend relief, critical for category 6 performance C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) MC 6 UTP Modular Cords Modular cords feature high performance category 6 cable for optimal flexibility and transmission performance, exceeding category 6 performance specifications Clear boots and optional color clips enable a single cord part number to be custom colored coded Boots feature an ultra slim design for high-density patching Innovative 360 crimp provides excellent plug-to-cable strain relief without causing pair deformation Integral latch guard protects plug from snagging when pulling through pathways or cable managers Color Coding Optional colored clips enable field color coding and can easily be snapped into place without having to disconnect cords STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Patented metallic isolator inside plug for consistent, exceptional NEXT performance * ISO/IEC 11801 * IEEE 802.3af (PoE) * IEEE 802.3at (PoE+) * IEC 60603-7 * cUL US Listed Internal load bar provides consistent terminations and ideal pair geometry * TIA-968-A (formerly FCC Part 68 Subpart F) MC 6 UTP Modular Cords Category 6 MC, double-ended, 4-pair UTP stranded modular patch cord, T568A/B, clear boot. MC6-(XX)-(XX) Cord Length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) Cord Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 07 = Green 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 06 = Blue 09 = Orange 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Add "B" for bulk pack of 100 modular cords. www.siemon.com CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color coding clip, bag of 25 Clip Color 01 = Black 04 = Gray 07 = Green 02 = White 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 03 = Red 06 = Blue 09 = Orange 3.11 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 13 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P (R) IC 6 Solid Single-Ended Cords Siemons category 6 IC solid single-ended modular cords are designed for use in category 6 applications requiring a consolidation point (CP) or cross-connect (as an equipment cord). The cords are 100% factory transmission tested to 250 MHz and feature the same plug construction used in Siemons stranded category 6 modular cords. These cords are available in CMP and CMR versions and are single-ended for direct termination. Premium 6 IC Modular Cords Part # Description IC6E-8A-(XX)-B(XX)R . . . . . . . . Premium 6 IC, single-ended, non-plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot, T568B, CMR IC6E-8T-(XX)-B(XX)R . . . . . . . . Premium 6 IC, single-ended, non-plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot, T568A, CMR IC6E-8A-(XX)-B(XX)P . . . . . . . . Premium 6 IC, single-ended, plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot T568B, CMP IC6E-8T-(XX)-B(XX)P . . . . . . . . Premium 6 IC, single-ended, plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot, T568A, CMP System 6 IC Modular Cords Part # Description IC6-8A-(XX)-B(XX)R . . . . . . . . . System 6 IC, single-ended, non-plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot, T568B, CMR IC6-8T-(XX)-B(XX)R . . . . . . . . . System 6 IC, single-ended, non-plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot, T568A, CMR IC6-8A-(XX)-B(XX)P . . . . . . . . . System 6 IC, single-ended, plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot T568B, CMP IC6-8T-(XX)-B(XX)P . . . . . . . . . System 6 IC, single-ended, plenum, 4-pair UTP solid modular cord, blue jacket with colored boot, T568A, CMP Use 1st (XX) to specify cord length: 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.), 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.), 30 = 9.1m (30 ft.), 40 = 12.2m (40 ft.), 50 = 15.2m (50 ft.), 60 = 18.3m (60 ft.) Use 2nd (XX) to specify color of boot: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green Add "D" to denote double-ended. 3.12 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:41 AM Page 14 Siemons category 6 UTP copper trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient and cost effective alternative to individual field-terminated components. Combining factory terminated and tested UTP Z-MAX(R) or MAX(R) modules with Siemon PremiumTM or System 6TM cable, Siemon copper trunking cable assemblies were designed with data center applications in mind. In addition to providing simple and aesthetically pleasing cable management, standard configurations also help maintain consistent cable layout and facilitate efficient moves, adds and changes. the modular design and reduced scrap of trunk assemblies make them the most "Green" method for category 6 cabling. Identification -- Each cable assembly is coded with a unique identification number for administrative purposes Data Centers Ideal for data centers, raised floor and ladder rack environments enabling up to 75% faster deployment time. Well organized cable bundles improve cable management and air flow. C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P Category 6 UTP Trunking Cable Assemblies Breakout Kit -- Unique breakout kit creates optimal orientation and limits cable crossing Siemon Cable -- Utilizes high quality Siemon cable Factory Terminated and Tested -- Utilizes Z-MAX 6A UTP outlets, factory terminated and tested for high performance Proper Orientation -- Each leg is cut and labeled for proper module orientation Straight Cut Typical installation utilizing Straight Cut ensures each cable is terminated at the proper length and allows left, right or center exit. MAX Premium 6 Double-Ended Trunking Cable Assemblies Part # Description TPRD6E-A1A1(XXX)F. . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMR TPPD6E-A1A1(XXX)F . . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMP Protective Packaging MAX System 6 Double-Ended Trunking Cable Assemblies Part # Description Each assembly is packaged individually to protect factory terminations. TCRD6E-A1A1(XXX)F. . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMR TCPD6E-A1A1(XXX)F. . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMP Z-MAX Premium 6 Double-Ended Trunking Cable Assemblies w/Panel Outlets Part # Description STRAIGHT CUT TPRD6E-P0P0(XXX)F. . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMR TPPD6E-P0P0(XXX)F . . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMP Z-MAX System 6 Double-Ended Trunking Cable Assemblies w/Panel Outlets Part # Description TCRD6E-P0P0(XXX)F. . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMR TCPD6E-P0P0(XXX)F. . . . . . . . 6 Leg Solid Cable Trunking Cable Assembly, blue jacket, CMP Use (XXX) to specify length: 009-295 ft. in increments of 3 feet Standard wiring is T568B. Other lengths and configurations available upon request. www.siemon.com 3.13 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 15 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P Premium 6TM UTP 4-Pair Cable (US) Part # COMPLIANCE Description 9C6P4-E4-(XX)-RBA . . . . . . . . . Plenum (CMP, CSA FT6) 305m (1000 ft.) Reel-in-Box 9C6R4-E4-(XX)-RBA . . . . . . . . . Riser (CMR. CSA FT4) 305m (1000 ft.) Reel-in-Box * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 6) * TIA-568-C.2 (Category 6) * IEC 61156-5:2002 (Category 6) * UL CMP and CSA FT6 Use (XX) to specify jacket color: 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green * UL CMR and CSA FT4 CABLE CONSTRUCTION * UTP * 0.57mm (0.023 in.) (23 AWG) solid bare copper * 6 mm (0.24 in.) max jacket diameter * Central isolation member PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DC Resistance <9.38/100m DC Resistance Unbalance CMP 3% Mutual Capacitance Pulling Tension (max) 5.6 nF/100m Capacitance Unbalance 1-100 MHz: 100 15% 100-250 MHz: 100 20% NVP CMP-70% CMR-68% TCL 30-10 log(f/100) dB TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) Insertion Loss (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL GUARANTEED WORST CASE NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) PSACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0 2.0 1.8 81.3 96.0 79.3 92.2 79.3 94.2 77.3 90.2 74.8 84.8 71.8 79.8 20.0 29.0 570 540 4.0 3.7 3.3 72.3 89.0 70.3 83.0 68.5 85.7 66.5 79.7 62.7 72.8 59.7 67.8 23.0 32.0 552 522 10.0 5.9 5.2 66.3 83.0 64.3 77.0 60.4 77.8 58.4 71.8 54.8 64.8 51.8 59.8 25.0 36.0 545 515 16.0 7.4 6.7 63.2 80.0 61.2 74.0 55.8 73.3 53.8 67.3 50.7 60.7 47.7 55.7 25.0 36.0 543 513 20.0 8.3 7.5 61.8 79.0 59.8 73.0 53.5 71.5 51.5 65.5 48.7 58.8 45.7 53.8 25.0 36.0 542 512 31.25 10.34 9.4 58.9 76.0 56.9 70.0 48.5 66.6 46.5 60.6 44.9 54.9 41.9 49.9 23.6 34.0 540 510 62.5 14.9 13.7 54.4 71.0 52.4 65.0 39.5 57.3 37.5 51.3 38.8 48.9 35.8 43.9 21.5 34.0 539 509 100.0 19.0 17.8 51.3 68.0 49.3 62.0 32.3 50.2 30.3 44.2 34.8 44.8 31.8 39.8 20.1 33.0 538 507 160.0 24.4 22.7 48.2 65.0 46.2 59.0 23.9 42.3 21.9 36.3 30.7 40.7 27.7 35.7 18.7 32.0 537 506 200.0 27.5 25.8 46.8 64.0 44.8 58.0 19.3 38.2 17.3 32.2 28.7 38.8 25.7 33.8 18.0 31.0 537 506 250.0 31.0 29.2 45.3 62.0 43.3 56.0 14.4 32.8 12.4 26.8 26.8 37.0 23.8 31.8 17.3 31.0 536 506 300.0* 34.2 31.5 44.1 61.0 42.1 55.0 10.0 29.5 8.0 23.5 25.2 36.0 22.2 30.0 16.8 29.0 536 505 400.0* 40.0 37.9 42.3 59.0 40.3 53.0 2.3 21.1 0.3 15.1 22.7 32.0 19.7 27.0 15.9 27.0 536 505 500.0* 45.3 39.9 40.8 48.0 38.8 52.0 -1.2 15.4 -6.4 11.9 20.8 31.0 17.8 26.0 15.2 26.0 536 505 550.0* 47.7 42.1 40.2 47.0 38.2 51.0 -7.5 14.9 -9.5 8.9 19.9 30.0 16.9 26.0 14.9 25.0 536 505 *Values for frequencies above industry requirements are for information only. 3.14 110N (25 lbf) 35.6mm (1.4 in.) 25ns Delay Screw Frequency (MHz) 110N (25 lbf) 35.6mm (1.4 in.) Bend Radius (min) <330 pF/100m Characteristic Impedance (ohms) CMR All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 16 COMPLIANCE Part # * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 6) 9C6P4-E3-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . . Plenum (CMP, CSA FT6) 305m (1000 ft.) Reelex 9C6R4-E3-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . . Riser (CMR. CSA FT4) 305m (1000 ft.) Reelex * TIA-568-C.2 (Category 6) Description Use (XX) to specify jacket color: * IEC 61156-5:2002 (Category 6) 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green * UL CMP and CSA FT6 * UL CMR and CSA FT4 CABLE CONSTRUCTION * UTP * 0.54 mm (0.021 in.) (23 AWG) solid bare copper * 5.3 mm (0.208 in.) Nom. jacket diameter - plenum Plenum * 5.6 mm (0.22 in.) Nom. jacket diameter - riser C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P System 6TM UTP 4-Pair Cable (US) * Central isolation member Riser PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DC Resistance <9.38/100m DC Resistance Unbalance 5% Mutual Capacitance 5.6 nF/100m Capacitance Unbalance <330 pF/100m Characteristic Impedance (ohms) 1-100 MHz: 100 15% 100-550 MHz: 100 22% NVP CMP-70% CMR-68% TCL 30-10 log(f/100) dB CMR 110N (25 lbf) 110N (25 lbf) Bend Radius (min) 25mm (1 in.) 25mm (1 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) -36 to 60C (-32 to 140F) Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -34 to 75C (-30 to 167F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -34 to 60C (-30 to 140F) 35ns Delay Screw TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) CMP Pulling Tension (max) Insertion Loss (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL GUARANTEED WORST CASE NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) PS ACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0 2.0 1.8 77.3 87.3 75.3 82.3 75.3 85.5 73.3 80.5 70.8 84.8 68.8 79.8 20.0 29.0 550 545 4.0 3.8 3.5 68.3 78.3 66.3 73.3 64.5 74.8 62.5 69.8 58.8 72.8 56.8 67.8 23.6 32.0 532 527 10.0 5.9 5.6 62.3 72.3 60.3 67.3 56.4 66.7 54.4 61.7 50.8 64.8 48.8 59.8 26.0 38.0 525 520 16.0 7.5 7.1 59.2 69.2 57.2 64.2 51.8 62.1 49.8 57.1 46.7 60.7 44.7 55.7 26.0 34.0 523 518 20.0 8.4 7.9 57.8 67.8 55.8 62.8 49.4 59.9 47.4 54.9 44.8 58.8 42.8 53.8 26.0 34.0 522 517 31.25 10.6 10.0 54.9 64.9 52.9 59.9 44.3 54.9 42.3 49.9 40.9 54.9 38.9 49.9 23.6 32.0 520 515 62.5 15.2 14.4 50.4 60.4 48.4 55.4 35.1 46.0 33.1 41.0 34.9 48.9 32.9 43.9 21.5 32.0 519 514 100.0 19.6 18.6 47.3 57.3 45.3 52.3 27.7 38.7 25.7 33.7 30.8 44.8 28.8 39.8 20.1 32.0 518 513 160.0 25.4 24.1 44.2 54.2 42.2 49.2 18.9 30.1 16.9 25.1 26.7 40.7 24.7 35.7 18.7 31.0 517 512 200.0 28.7 26.8 42.8 52.8 40.8 47.8 14.1 26.0 12.1 21.0 24.8 38.8 22.8 33.8 18.0 29.0 517 512 250.0 32.6 30.5 41.3 51.3 39.3 46.3 8.8 20.8 6.8 15.8 22.8 37.0 20.8 31.8 17.3 29.0 516 511 300.0* 36.1 33.7 40.1 50.0 38.1 45.0 4.0 16.3 2.0 11.3 21.3 36.0 19.3 30.0 16.8 27.0 516 511 400.0* 42.6 40.3 38.3 48.0 36.3 43.0 -4.3 7.7 -6.3 2.7 18.8 32.0 16.8 27.0 15.9 26.0 516 511 500.0* 48.5 39.9 36.8 48.0 34.8 42.0 -11.7 8.1 -13.7 2.1 16.8 31.0 14.8 26.0 15.2 25.0 516 511 550.0* 51.3 39.7 39.7 46.0 34.2 42.0 -15.1 6.3 -17.1 2.3 16.0 30.0 14.0 26.0 14.9 24.0 516 510 *Values for frequencies above industry requirements are for information only. www.siemon.com All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). 3.15 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 17 C AT E G O R Y 6 U T P Solution 6TM UTP Cable- Plenum (US) COMPLIANCE Part # * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 6) 9C6P4-E2-(XX)-RXA .................Plenum (CMP, CSA FT6) 305m (1000 ft.) Reelex * TIA/EIA-568-C.2 Use (XX) to specify jacket color: * UL CMP and CSA FT6 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green, 08 = violet, 09 = orange * RoHS Compliant CABLE CONSTRUCTION * UTP * 0.57mm (0.023 in.) (23 AWG) solid bare copper * 5 mm (0.192 in.) max jacket diameter PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DC Resistance <9.38/100m DC Resistance Unbalance CMP 5% Mutual Capacitance 5.6 nF/100m Capacitance Unbalance <330 pF/100m Characteristic Impedance (ohms) 1-100 MHz: 100 15% 100-520 MHz: 100 22% NVP CMP-70% LCL 30-10 log(f/100) dB TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) Pulling Tension (max) 110N (25 lbf) Bend Radius (min) 25mm (1 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) 45ns Delay Screw Insertion Loss (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL GUARANTEED WORST CASE NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR-N (dB) PS ACR -N (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0 2.0 1.8 74.3 98.8 72.3 96.3 72.3 97.1 70.3 94.6 67.8 88.8 64.8 86.2 20.0 27.1 570 493 4.0 3.8 3.5 65.3 85.4 63.3 83.6 61.3 81.8 59.5 80.1 55.8 77.4 52.8 75.3 23.0 35.2 552 491 10.0 6.0 5.6 59.3 75.6 57.3 74.3 53.3 70.0 51.3 68.7 47.8 71.0 44.8 67.8 25.0 34.2 545 487 16.0 7.6 7.1 56.2 74.9 54.2 73.8 48.7 67.8 46.7 66.6 43.7 66.6 40.7 64.3 25.0 34.1 543 485 20.0 8.5 8.0 54.8 71.4 52.8 69.3 46.3 63.4 44.3 61.3 41.8 65.4 38.8 62.2 25.0 37.6 542 485 31.25 10.7 10.0 51.9 70.8 49.9 68.6 41.2 60.8 39.2 58.6 37.9 62.7 34.9 58.7 23.6 35.0 540 484 62.5 15.4 14.4 47.4 62.7 45.4 62.3 32.0 48.3 30.0 47.9 31.9 55.4 28.9 52.5 21.5 27.6 539 482 100.0 19.8 18.5 44.3 58.7 42.3 58.4 24.5 40.2 22.5 39.8 27.8 50.6 24.8 47.9 20.1 27.4 538 482 160.0 25.6 24.0 41.2 62.1 39.2 59.2 15.6 38.1 13.6 35.2 23.7 46.7 20.7 43.5 18.7 25.7 537 481 200.0 29.0 27.0 39.8 54.6 37.8 54.2 10.8 27.6 8.8 27.2 21.8 44.4 18.8 41.4 18.0 22.2 537 481 250.0 32.8 30.5 38.3 53.0 36.3 52.1 5.5 22.5 3.5 21.6 19.8 41.7 16.8 39.7 17.3 25.3 536 481 300.0* - 33.8 - 53.5 - 52.3 - 19.7 - 18.5 - 39.9 - 37.5 - 20.1 - 481 400.0* - 39.9 - 49.9 - 49.0 - 10.1 - 9.2 - 34.1 - 33.0 - 18.2 - 481 500.0* - 45.2 - 55.3 - 52.7 - 10.0 - 7.4 - 34.4 - 31.2 - 17.7 - 480 550.0* - 48.2 - 46.2 - 44.5 - -2.0 - -3.8 - 33.1 - 30.2 - 19.6 - 480 *Values for frequencies above industry requirements are for information only. 3.16 Description All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 18 The Siemon S210 offers the best connecting block performance in the telecommunications industry. Its NEXT performance is so exceptional that it is essentially transparent when used as a consolidation point in a category 6 channel. Colored Labels -- Designation strip with interchangeable colored labels can be mounted between each row of connecting blocks Easy Termination -- Utilizes same termination practices as existing S110 product and is compatible with all single-position S110 termination tools as well as Siemon's S210 multi-pair termination tool Internal Crosstalk Barriers Provide superior NEXT performance (13 dB NEXT margin over category 6 specifications) via 360 pair isolation. PyramidTM Wire Entry System Separates paired conductors when lacing cables to simplify and reduce installation time. Stand-off Legs -- Patented stand-off legs may be detached from the block before, during, or after installation on 64-pair version S210 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) S210 Connection System Compatibility -- Utilizes same wiring base footprint as standard S110(R) products to be fully compatible with existing S110 mounting and cable management solutions Patented Cable Access Openings Allow cables to be routed through the rear of the block directly to the point of termination. S210 Field Termination Kits Complete S210 installation kits include S210 wiring blocks with detachable legs*, S210 connecting blocks, and label holders with white designation labels. Part # Description S210AB2-64FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-pair, S210 field termination kit height: 91.4mm (3.60 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) S210AB2-128FT . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-pair, S210 field termination kit height: 182.9mm (7.20 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) S210AB2-192FT . . . . . . . . . . . . 192-pair, S210 field termination kit height: 275mm (10.81 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) *Legs detachable on 64-pair version only. www.siemon.com 3.17 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 19 S210 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S210(R) Field Terminated 19 Inch Panels S210 panels allow wiring blocks to be mounted directly to a 19 inch rack or cabinet. Each panel includes the appropriate quantity of S210 connecting blocks, mounting hardware and label holders with white designation labels. Patented openings between rows allow horizontal cables to be routed from behind the panel and enter the block from the rear, helping to maintain cable jacket and twist up to the point of termination. Part # Description S210DB2-64RFT . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-pair, 19 inch S210 field termination kit, 1U S210DB2-128RFT . . . . . . . . . . . 128-pair, 19 inch S210 field termination kit, 2U S210DB2-192RFT . . . . . . . . . . . 192-pair, 19 inch S210 field termination kit, 3U Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) S210 Field Terminated 19 Inch Panels with Cable Managers Part # Description S210DB2-64RWM. . . . . . . . . . . . 64-pair, 19 inch S210 field termination kit, 2U with cable managers and covers S210DB2-128RWM. . . . . . . . . . . 128-pair, 19 inch S210 field termination kit, 3U with cable managers and covers Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) Each kit includes adequate connecting blocks to fully populate panel. Vertically Mounted S210 Field Termination Kits These 32-pair or 48-pair S210 blocks can be mounted on the same S89B or S89D brackets that hold our S66TM blocks. The high density 48-pair kit provides category 6 performance in the same footprint as a standard M1-50 66 block. Field-termination kits include the S210 connecting blocks, designation labels and label holders. Part # Description S210DB1-48FT-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-pair S210 field termination kit on an 89-type retainer* S210DB1-32FT-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-pair S210 field termination kit on an 89-type retainer* *S89 Brackets are not included and must be ordered separately. S210DB1-48FT-89 3.18 S210DB1-32FT-89 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 20 S210 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S210(R) Tower Field Termination Kits Part # Description S210MB2-192FT . . . . . . . . . . . . 192-pair, S210 Tower field termination kit height: 406mm (16 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) S210MB2-256FT . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-pair, S210 Tower field termination kit height: 541mm (21.31 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) S210MB2-320FT . . . . . . . . . . . . 320-pair, S210 Tower field termination kit height: 676mm (26.62 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) Each kit includes adequate connecting blocks to fully populate tower. Large-Scale Vertical Cable Managers The S188 large scale vertical cable manager for the S110(R)/S210 Towers accommodates our quarter-turn RS-CH cable managers. With the RS-CH managers installed, additional vertical channels can be integrated into the main channel to segregate patch cables and cross-connect wire. Part # Description S188-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Large-scale vertical cable manager for use with 192-pair S210 Tower height: 406mm (16 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) S188-400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Large-scale vertical cable manager for use with 256-pair S210 Tower height: 541mm (21.31 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) S188-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Large-scale vertical cable manager for use with 320-pair S210 Tower height: 676mm (26.62 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) Small-Scale Vertical Cable Managers Part # Description S110M-WM-300. . . . . . . . . . . . . Small-scale vertical cable manager, for use with 192-pair S210 Tower height: 406mm (16 in.), width: 76.2mm (3.0 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) S110M-WM-400. . . . . . . . . . . . . Small-scale vertical cable manager, for use with 256-pair S210 Tower height: 541mm (21.31 in.), width: 76.2mm (3.0 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) S110M-WM-500. . . . . . . . . . . . . Small-scale vertical cable manager, for use with 320-pair S210 Tower height: 676mm (26.62 in.), width: 76.2mm (3.0 in.), depth: 152mm (6 in.) S210 Tower Optional Accessories Part # Description S188-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metal duct for additional horizontal cable management at base of S210 Tower height: 114.3mm (4.50 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.50 in.), depth: 203.2mm (8 in.) S188-WD S188-GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground kit consists of one, 3-position grounding busbar height: 9.0mm (0.35 in.), width: 50.8mm (2.0 in.), depth: 12.3mm (0.49 in.) S188-GND www.siemon.com 3.19 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 21 S210 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S210(R) Connecting Block Siemon S210 blocks terminate 22 - 26 AWG (0.64mm - 0.40mm) solid or 7-strand wires. They also incorporate markings to designate tip and ring conductors, color-coded pairs on each block and Siemon's patent-pending PyramidTM wire entry system to expedite lacing of pairs. Part # Description S210C-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, S210 connecting block System 6TM Cross-Connect Wire Siemon's System 6 cross-connect is ideal for cross-connect applications up to 5 meters (15 ft.). It can be used for System 6 installations using S210(R) wiring blocks. Part # Description CJ6-W4-1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6, 4-pair, 24 AWG (0.05mm), solid cross-connect wire, pair colors blue/orange/green/brown, 305mm (1000 ft.) spool COMPLIANCE * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 2nd Edition (category 6) * TIA-568-C.2 (Category 6) * IEC 61156-5:2002 (Category 6) CABLE CONSTRUCTION * 0.5mm (0.02 in.) 24 AWG bare copper conductors * 1.02mm (0.04 in.) insulation diameter nominal S110(R)/S210 Covers The Siemon Company S110/S210 covers are available in 50- and 100-pair sizes (32- and 64-pair for S210). The cover easily snaps on and off wiring blocks and S110/S210 cable managers, and enhances the appearance of the S110/S210 installation. Removable icon tabs provide color-coding on the front for compliance with the ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A administration standard. Part # Description S110-CVR-50-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair S110 cover/32-pair S210 cover S110-CVR-100-(XX) . . . . . . . . . 100-pair S110 cover/64-pair S210 cover Use (XX) to specify color: 00 = clear, 01 = black, 20 = ivory Clear covers protect connections yet allow full viewing of circuits and individual station ID's. 3.20 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 22 The Siemon S110/S210 cable managers are the foundation of a series of cable management products that are designed to support S110 or S210 cross-connects and patch panel applications. They can be ordered individually for field assembly in wall-mount applications. The cable managers are manufactured with highstrength, flame-retardant thermoplastic, and have been designed for easy cable insertion or withdrawal. The 2 RMS cable manager provides additional capacity for high-density patching applications. Siemon S110/S210 covers can be snapped on to provide color-coding and keep cables hidden. Cable Managers Without Legs S110B1RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 RMS white cable manager without legs S110B2RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RMS white cable manager without legs S110B1RMS-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 RMS black cable manager without legs S110B2RMS-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RMS black cable manager without legs Cable Managers With Legs S110A1RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 RMS white cable manager with legs S110A2RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RMS white cable manager with legs S110A1RMS-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 RMS black cable manager with legs S210 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Wall Mount S110(R)/S210(R) Cable Managers S110A2RMS-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RMS black cable manager with legs Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) S100A2 Wire Manager The S100A2 wire manager snaps onto the legs of the S110 or S210 blocks/legs to provide a channel for routing cross-connect wire or patch cords. One S100A2 is designed to be used with each 100-/64-pair leg (2 for 200-/128-pair, 3 for 300-/192-pair) to allow space to access the wires. The S100A2 can also be mounted side-by-side. The outside edges are flared and tapered for smoother wire entry and exit and preventing damage to the conductor insulation. Part # Description S100A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Snap-on S110/S210 wire manager, white S100A2-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Snap-on S110/S210 wire manager, black www.siemon.com 3.21 NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 23 The S210 patch plug utilizes internal pair isolation, pair-to-pair compensation and layered contacts to improve cross-talk performance so that the mated plug and connecting block far exceed category 6 connecting hardware transmission requirements. The clear housing keeps the conductor colors/positions visible to aid matching termination positions on the other end. Field Installable Proper Orientation -- Directional arrow provided to assist in proper insertion orientation Tapered Lacing -- Enable easy lacing of pairs for quick field termination Terminates 24-26 AWG (0.40mm-0.51mm) solid or 7-strand twisted-pair cable. -40 -50 Limit -60 (dB) S210 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) S210 Patch Plugs -70 -80 Typical -90 Worst Case Margin at 250 MHz Worst Case 2.2 dB Typical 6.7 dB -100 Ergonomic Handle -- Aids insertion and removal of patch plug -110 -120 1 10 100 250 Frequency (MHz) NEXT Performance The S210 4-pair plug provides unparalleled performance, with 6.7 dB NEXT (typical) and 2.2 dB NEXT (worst case) at 250 MHz. Clear Housing -- Durable, flame-retardant, clear thermoplastic housing keeps conductors visible during and after termination Polarization -- Each plug housing includes polarization features to ensure proper orientation of the plug when connecting to the S210 block Technical Tip! S210 to MC(R) 6 cable assemblies can be configured in the field. Siemon MC 6 modular cords can be purchased and cut in half. The cut end of the cord can then be field terminated to the S210P patch plug while the factory terminated and tested modular plug end remains undisturbed. Easy Field Termination Simply snap the base and cover together to mass terminate all conductors. S210 patch plugs can be field-terminated to 23 - 26 AWG (0.40mm - 0.51mm) solid or 7-strand twisted-pair cable. S210 Patch Plugs S210P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, field-terminated, S210 patch plug S210P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-pair, field-terminated, S210 patch plug S210P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair, field-terminated, S210 patch plug S210 Cable Assemblies The S210 cable assemblies utilize Siemon's S210P4 patch plugs for easy and reliable connections between S210 termination fields. These assemblies use high performance stranded cable which exceeds category 6 specifications and are 100% factory transmission tested to ensure optimum category 6 channel performance. Colored icons are available for color-coding S210 plugs. Part # Description S210P4-P4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, double-ended, S210 stranded cable assembly, white jacket S210P2-P2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-pair, double-ended, S210 stranded cable assembly, white jacket S210P1-P1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair, double-ended, S210 stranded cable assembly, white jacket Use (XX) to specify cord length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.), 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.), 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.), 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.), 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Custom lengths available upon request. Contact our Customer Service Department for more information. 3.22 www.siemon.com NA_3_CAT6_UTP_A 11/12/12 9:42 AM Page 24 The S210 to modular cable assemblies combine Siemon's high performing plugs for patching network equipment to S210 connecting blocks or providing test access to S210 termination fields. The combination of plugs, high performance cable and 100% factory transmission testing ensures performance is compatible with category 6 channel specifications. Part # Description S210P4A4-(XX)-(XX). . . . . . . . . 4-pair, S210P4 to MC 6 stranded cable assembly, color matching jacket/boot, T568B, CMG S210P4T4-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, S210P4 to MC 6 stranded cable assembly, color matching jacket/boot, T568A, CMG S210P2E2-(XX)-B(XX) . . . . . . . 2-pair, S210P2 to MC 6 stranded cable assembly, white jacket with colored boot, 10/100BASE-T, CMG Use 1st (XX) to specify cord length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.), 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.), 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.), 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.), 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Use 2nd (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green S210 Designation Labels Siemon S210 wiring blocks allow for designation labels to be mounted between each row of connecting blocks. S210 designation labels feature S210 listings on the side to clearly identify the termination type, 4-pair markings and can also be used for colorcoding. Part # S210 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S210(R) to MC(R) 6 Cable Assemblies Description S110-HLDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transparent plastic label holders, bag of 6 S210-LBL-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair S210 marked white labels, bag of 6 S110(R)/S210 Designation Label Sheets Siemon's S110/S210 designation label sheets provide the ability to custom print labels used on S110 or S210 blocks.*The sheets can be used to print 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-pair labels and eliminate the need to order separate sheets for different configurations. There are 20 labels per side and both sides are marked so they can be reversed and re-printed in case of an error. Part # Description S110-SHT-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110/S210 Designation label sheets, package of 6 Use (X) to specify color: 2 = white, 3 = red, 4 = gray, 5 = yellow, 6 = blue, 7 = green, 8 = violet, 9 = orange, 60 = brown *Visit our web site or contact our Technical Support Department for labeling software. www.siemon.com 3.23 NA_4_Prem5e_A 11/12/12 9:44 AM Page 1 C AT E G O R Y 5 e S H I E L D E D Category 5e Shielded In addition to the excellent EMI resistance and signal security provided by its shielded construction, Siemons end-to-end category 5e shielded system is guaranteed to deliver transmission performance margins in excess industry standards for category 5e. And thanks to the ultra-fast terminating Z-MAX(R) category 5e shielded outlets and Quick-GroundTM patch panels, deploying a high-performance, noise-resistant shielded system is every bit as fast and easy as UTP. Section Contents Z-MAX(R) 5e Shielded Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 Z-MAX 5e Shielded Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2 TERA(R)-MAX(R) Shielded Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2 BladePatch(R) 5e Shielded Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3 MC(R) 5 Shielded Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.4 Solution 5eTM F/UTP Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.5 4.0 www.siemon.com NA_4_Prem5e_A 11/12/12 9:44 AM Page 2 Combining exceptional category 5e performance with best-in-class termination time, the Z-MAX 5e shielded outlet is a vital part of an end-to-end Z-MAX 5e shielded cabling system. The Z-MAX module exceeds all applicable industry standards, including ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and Amendments 1 and 2 of ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed. Terminates in as little as 60 seconds using the Z-TOOLTM Robust die cast housing optimizes shielding from EMI and alien crosstalk Zero-cross termination module accelerates lacing and eliminates pair crossing Colored icons provided for port identification Pass-thru feature allows mounting from front or rear of faceplate. Also compatible with optional outlet door. Outlets are available in a wide range of colors and mount in MAX faceplates and accessories. User Friendly The ergonomic and easy-to-use Z-TOOL ensures a fast, low force termination C AT E G O R Y 5 E S H I E L D E D (R) Z-MAX 5e Shielded Outlets Flexibility and Simplified Ordering Rapid shield connection and cable jacket strain relief via integrated hinged metal clip Hybrid design allows the same outlet to be mounted in flat or angled orientations Keystone version also available STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 * ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed Amendment 1 * ISO/IEC 11801 2nd ed Amendment 2 * IEEE 802.3an * IEEE 802.3af (PoE) * IEEE 802.3at (PoE+) * IEC 60603-7 * TIA-968-A (formerly FCC Part 68 Subpart F) Ordering Information: Z5-S(X)(XX)(X) . . . . . . . . Shielded Z-MAX category 5e outlet, T568A/B Mounting Style Bezel Color (Blank) = Hybrid Flat/Angled K = Keystone 01= Black 02= White 03= Red 04= Gray 05= Yellow Door Option (Blank) = No Door D = Spring Door (Hybrid only) 06= Blue 07= Green 09= Orange 20= Ivory 80= Light Ivory Keystone Hybrid Outlet terminates S/FTP, F/FTP and F/UTP cable constructions with 22 - 26 AWG (0.64 - 0.51mm) solid and 26 AWG (0.48mm) stranded conductors, with up to 0.60mm diameter conductors and up to 1.48mm diameter over insulation. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 modules. (hybrid modules include icons.). Front 1 - Red Data 1 - Blue Data 1 - Bezel Color-matching Data 1 - White Blank Door Rear 1 - Red Voice 1 - Blue Voice 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Voice 1 - Bezel Color--Matching Blank For more Z-MAX icon colors and options see page 9.5. www.siemon.com 4.1 NA_4_Prem5e_A 11/12/12 9:44 AM Page 3 C AT E G O R Y 5 E S H I E L D E D (R) Z-MAX 5e Shielded Patch Panels Z-MAX 5e shielded patch panels provide unprecedented performance and reliability in a high-density modular solution. These complete patch panel kits combine 19 inch shielded patch panels with Z-MAX 5e shielded panel outlets to offer the industrys highest performing category 5e patching solution. These panels also accelerate installation through quick-snap module insertion and automatic grounding of modules via an embedded grounding conductor. The panel allows one- or two-hole ground lug connections to rack on cabinet grounding system. This complete shielded solution provides maximum protection from outside interference and superior 5e performance. Ordering Information: Z5S-PNL(X)-24K ..............24 Port, Z-MAX 5e shielded patch panel kit,1U, black Z5S-PNL(X)-U48K............48 Port, Z-MAX 5e shielded patch panel kit, 1U, black ZS-PNL(X)-24E ................24 Port, Z-MAX shielded patch panel empty,1U, black ZS-PNL(X)-U48E..............48 Port, Z-MAX shielded patch panel empty,1U, black Use (X) to specify Mounting Style. (Blank) = Flat (A) = Angled Panel Accessories Z-PNL-PL24 ...........Patch panel label sheet, numbered 1 to 24, bag of 100 Z-PNL-PL48 ...........Patch panel label sheet, numbered 25 to 48, bag of 100 Z-PNL-P ................Patch panel label holder (6-port each), bag of 25 Z5-SP ....................Z-MAX 5e shielded panel outlet Note: Z-MAX shielded patch panels designed for use with Z-MAX shielded panel outlets only Panels include Z-TOOL*, label / icon holders, designation labels, cable ties, grounding lug and mounting hardware. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) * included in kit only TERA(R)-MAX(R) Patch Panels Part # Description TM-PNLZ-24-01 . . . . . . . . . .24-port TERA-MAX panel, black, 1U TM-PNLZ-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .24-port TERA-MAX panel, metallic, 1U TM-PNLZA-24-01 . . . . . . . .24-port Angled TERA-MAX panel, black, 1U TM-PNLZA-24 . . . . . . . . . . .24-port Angled TERA-MAX panel, metallic, 1U Note: TERA-MAX panels are designed for use with hybrid (flat/angled) shielded Z-MAX outlets. Also compatible with TERA outlets Panels include designation labels, cable ties, grounding lug and mounting hardware. Note: 1U = 44.5mm 4.2 www.siemon.com NA_4_Prem5e_A 11/12/12 9:44 AM Page 4 Siemons category 5e BladePatch patch cords offer a unique solution for high-density patching environments. They feature an innovative push-pull boot design to control the latch, enabling easy access and removal of the cord in tight-fitting areas. The BladePatch cords are ideal for patching blade servers, patch panels, or any equipment with high density RJ-45 outlets. Universal Compatibility Fits within any standard RJ-45 outlet. Snagless -- Push-pull design eliminates external thumb latch which can snag and break Push-Pull Boot Activates Latch C AT E G O R Y 5 E S H I E L D E D (R) BladePatch 5e Shielded Modular Cords Revolutionary Latch Simply push the boot forward to latch into the outlet and pull back to release. Low Profile Boot Design -- Optimizes side-stackability of patch cords and allows use in even the most dense equipment Universal Wiring -- Compatible with T568A/B wiring schemes Revolutionary Design -- Patented push-pull latch design eliminates need to defeat thumb latch used in standard modular plug designs. Enables easy access and removal in high density patching environments High Density The push-pull design enables easy access and removal via the boot in tight-fitting areas. Ordering Information: Category 5e shielded bladepatch, double-ended modular patch cord with pushpull latching design, color matching cord/boot, T568A/B, LSOH BP5S-(XX)M-(XX) Cord Length: Cord Color: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green 08 = Violet 07 = Orange Add "B" for bulk project pack of 100 modular cords. www.siemon.com 4.3 NA_4_Prem5e_A 11/12/12 9:44 AM Page 5 C AT E G O R Y 5 E S H I E L D E D (R) MC 5e Shielded Modular Cords Siemons shielded MC 5e modular cords are manufactured using stranded shielded cable that meets all category 5e specifications. Modular plugs have an overall shield and meet TIA-968-A and IEC 60603-7 specifications. T568A/B wired assemblies include colored strain-relief boots and are available in a wide range of lengths. Factory-Tested Cords are factory terminated and transmission tested to ensure compliance with applicable standards requirements. Universal Wiring -- Compatible with T568A/B wiring schemes Latch Guard -- Boots feature a latch guard to protect plug from snagging when pulling through pathways or cable managers Compliance Color Options -- Variety of color options available for circuit identification * Plug geometry meets TIA-968-A and IEC 60603-7 specifications for modular plugs * Exceeds ISO/IEC 11801:2002 requirements for transfer impedance, coupling attenuation and shield effectiveness * Stranded Cable: IEC 61156-6:2002 Compliant * LS0H Cordage: IEC 60332-1, IEC 60754, and IEC 61034 compliant Superior Quality -- Quality plug components ensure long term resistance to corrosion from humidity, extreme temperatures, and airborne contaminants Excellent Bend Relief Boot ensures proper bend relief. Ordering Information: Category 5e shielded MC, double-ended 4-pair stranded modular cord, color matching jacket/boot, T568A/B, LSOH MC5S-(XX)M-(XX)L Cord Length: Cord Color: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 01 = Black 04 = Gray 07 = Green 02 = White 05 = Yellow 08 = Violet 03 = Red 06 = Blue 07 = Orange Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 cords. 4.4 www.siemon.com NA_4_Prem5e_A 11/12/12 9:44 AM Page 6 COMPLIANCE Part # * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 5e) 9A5R4-E1-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . . . Riser (CMR, CSA FT4) 305m (1000 ft.), Reel * TIA-568-C.2 (Category 5e) Description * IEC 61156-5:2002 (Category 5e) * UL CMR and CSA FT4 Use (XX) to specify jacket color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green, 08 = violet, 09 = orange CABLE CONSTRUCTION * F/UTP * 0.5mm (0.02 in.) (24 AWG) solid bare copper * 7.4mm (0.29 in.) max jacket diameter * Shield is an aluminum foil enclosing a 0.5mm (0.02 in.) (24 AWG) tinned copper drain wire ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PHYSICAL PROPERTIES DC Resistance <9.38/100m DC resistance Unbalance CMR 5% Mutual Capacitance 5.6 nF/100m Capacitance Unbalance <330 pF/100m 1-100 MHz: 100 15% 100 - 160 MHz: 100 20% 160-350 MHz: 100 22% Characteristic Impedance (ohms) NVP CMP - 70% CMR - 68% TCL 40-10 log(f) dB Pulling Tension (max) 110N (25 lbf) Bend Radius (min) 25mm (1.0 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) Storage Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) 40ns Delay Screw TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) C AT E G O R Y 5 E S H I E L D E D Solution 5eTM F/UTP 4-Pair Cable (US) Insertion Loss (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL GUARANTEED WORST CASE NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) PSACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0 2.1 2.1 65.3 68.3 62.3 66.3 63.2 66.2 60.2 64.2 63.8 67.8 60.8 65.8 20.0 20.0 570 550 4.0 4.1 4.1 59.3 56.3 53.3 57.3 52.2 55.2 49.2 53.2 51.8 55.7 48.8 53.7 23.0 23.3 552 532 10.0 6.5 6.5 53.3 50.3 47.3 51.3 43.8 46.9 40.8 44.9 43.8 47.8 40.8 45.8 25.0 25.5 545 525 16.0 8.3 8.2 50.3 47.2 44.2 48.3 39.0 42.1 36.0 40.1 39.7 43.7 36.7 41.7 25.0 25.5 543 523 20.0 9.3 9.2 48.8 45.8 42.8 46.8 36.5 39.6 33.5 37.6 37.8 41.7 34.8 39.7 25.0 25.5 542 522 31.25 11.7 11.5 45.9 42.9 39.9 43.9 31.1 34.4 28.1 32.4 33.9 37.9 30.9 35.9 23.6 24.4 540 520 62.5 17.0 16.4 41.4 38.4 35.4 39.4 21.4 24.9 18.4 22.9 27.9 31.8 24.9 29.8 21.5 22.7 539 519 100.0 22.0 21.0 38.3 35.3 32.3 36.3 13.3 17.3 10.3 15.3 23.8 44.8 20.8 25.8 20.1 21.5 538 518 160.0* 28.6 26.8 35.3 32.2 29.2 33.3 3.7 8.4 0.7 6.4 19.7 23.7 16.7 21.7 18.7 20.4 537 517 200.0* 32.4 30.2 33.8 30.8 27.8 31.8 -1.6 3.6 -4.6 1.6 17.8 21.7 14.8 19.7 18.0 19.8 536 517 250.0* 36.9 34.0 32.3 29.3 26.3 30.3 -7.5 -1.6 -10.5 -3.6 15.8 19.8 12.8 17.8 17.3 19.2 536 516 300.0* 41.0 37.4 31.2 28.1 25.1 29.2 -12.8 -6.3 -15.8 -8.3 14.3 18.2 11.3 16.2 16.8 18.8 536 516 350.0* 44.9 40.7 30.2 27.1 24.1 28.2 -17.7 -10.5 -20.7 -12.5 12.9 16.9 9.9 14.9 16.3 18.4 536 516 *Values above industry requirements are for information only. www.siemon.com All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). 4.5 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 1 C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) Premium 5e UTP and Solution 5eTM UTP Siemons end-to-end Premium 5e UTP cabling solution is guaranteed to provide transmission performance margins in excess of industry standards for category 5e/class D parameters, and has been independently verified to perform to 160 MHz. All components are approved for use in a Premium 5e channel unless otherwise indicated. Only Premium 5e components are eligible for use in a Premium 5e channel. Siemons Solution 5e UTP solution is designed for 100 MHz category 5e/class D installations in which additional performance margins provided by the Premium 5e solution are not required. Components specifically designed for use in a Solution 5e channels are indicated by product title. Both Solution 5e and Premium 5e components are eligible for use in a Solution 5e channel. Section Contents MAX(R) 5e UTP Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 Solution 5e Tool-less MAX UTP Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.2 CT(R) 5e UTP Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.3 HD(R) 5e UTP Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.4 - 5.5 CT Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.5 MAX UTP Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.6 MC(R) 5e UTP Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC 5e UTP Solid Modular Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.7 Premium 5e UTP Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.8 Solution 5e UTP Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.9 Category 5e UTP Cross-Connect Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.10 5.0 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 2 MAX 5e modules exceed category 5e performance with component and channel performance to 160 MHz. These modules offer all the functional advantages of our MAX 6 modules in a variety of color options. All modules utilize our S310 punch-down block -- making termination quick and easy. Quick Installation Pyramid wire entry system on S310(R) blocks separates paired conductors when lacing cables to simplify and reduce installation time. Easy Installation -- Install from either front or rear of faceplate Quick Identification -- Icons provided for port identification C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) MAX 5e UTP Modules Easy Termination -- Punch-down with standard single position 110 termination tools Termination Siemon's Palm Guard with MAX insert assists in securing module during termination. Universal Wiring -- T568A and T568B wiring compatible Slim Design -- Allows jacks to be side-stacked in faceplates to provide maximum density Protective Doors -- Minimize exposure to dust and other contaminants Superior Performance Use MC or BladePatch 5e modular cords to perfectly match performance of 5e MAX modules. MX5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled MAX module, T568A/B, rear strain relief cap and protective color-matching rubber door MX5-F(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat MAX module, T568A/B, rear strain relief cap MX5-K(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keystone MAX module, T568A/B, rear strain relief cap Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green, 09 = orange, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 80 = light ivory Angled modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. Door color is clear for red, yellow, blue and orange angled modules. Flat modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 modules (angled and flat modules include icons). Note: Keystone version is designed for integration with various international mounting products and is not compatible with MAX mounting hardware. www.siemon.com 5.1 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 3 C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) Solution 5eTM UTP Tool-Less MAX Modules The tool-less MAX module provides category 5e system performance and user-friendly installation features. Our tool-less termination allows all eight conductors to be terminated simultaneously when the termination cap is pressed into place. The compact size provides high-density connectivity in the work area and telecommunications room. Press-Fit Termination Easy Termination -- No termination tools required Mass terminate all eight conductors by hand or use a single-position S110(R) termination tool in the MAX termination cap. Quick Identification -- Icon tabs available in 13 colors for color-coding High-density Solutions -- Slim design allows outlet to be side-stackable Quick-Pair Placement Conductors can be sequentially placed into termination cap, minimizing cable pair untwist and simplifying termination. Proven Performance -- Patented multi-planar pair balancing technology provides category 5e system performance Easy Installation -- Flexible mounting tab allows installation from front or rear of faceplate and secures module into the faceplate Verify Proper Wiring The termination cap has a large window for viewing terminations. MX-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled module, T568A/B MX-F-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . Flat module, T568A/B MX-K-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keystone module, T568A/B Keystone version is designed for integration with various international mounting products and is not compatible with MAX mounting hardware. Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 09 = orange, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 80 = light ivory Add "-D" for optional door for angled and flat versions. Door color is white for red, yellow, blue, and orange flat modules; clear for angled. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 modules. Flat and Keystone modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. 5.2 01 02 03 04 05 06 09 20 25 80 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 4 Angled Couplers Flat Couplers CT-C5-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled, double coupler, universal T568A/B CT-F-C5-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . Flat, double coupler, universal T568A/B CT-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled, single coupler, universal T568A/B CT-F-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat, single coupler, universal T568A/B Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) CT 5e UTP Couplers Add "-D" for spring door option. Technical Tip! Angled couplers are recommended for work area applications and flat couplers are recommended for patch panel applications. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 couplers. (Bulk option includes couplers and icons only -- termination caps and cable ties are available separately.) Couplers include one color-matching icon (clear for black), 2 termination caps, and one cable tie per port, plus one red and one blue icon. www.siemon.com 5.3 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 5 C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) HD 5e UTP Patch Panels Siemons HD 5e series patch panels offer the most robust category 5e patching solution in the industry. HD 5e panels feature universal T568A/B wiring and exceed category 5e requirements with component and channel performance to 160 MHz. Compliant pin technology enables the use of multi-pair S110 (R) punch-down tools to reduce termination time. Aesthetics -- Front surface is uninterrupted by screw heads for a clean appearance Universal Wiring -- HD 5e patch panels feature universal wiring for both T568A/B Port Identification -- Bold port numbering enables quick identification of outlets Compliant Pin Technology Allows the use of Siemon's multi-pair impact tool to significantly reduce termination time. S110 termination openings on the rear are compatible with S110 patch plugs. Rear Cable Management Integrated rear cable manager properly guides cables to and from the rear of the panel. Standard Fit -- Panels can be mounted directly on standard 19 inch relay rack or cabinet Installer Friendly -- Panels available in 16-, 24-, 48- and 96-port configurations Ordering Information: HD 5e UTP Patch Panels Part # Description HD5-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-port category 5e UTP HD patch panel, T568A/B, 1U HD5-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-port category 5e UTP HD patch panel, T568A/B, 1U HD5-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-port category 5e UTP HD patch panel, T568A/B, 2U HD5-48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-port category 5e UTP HD patch panel, T568A/B, 2U HD5-96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-port category 5e UTP HD patch panel, T568A/B, 4U Panels include rear cable manager, icon/label holders, designation labels, cable ties, and mounting hardware. Add "B" for bulk project pack of 5 panels (rear cable managers (p/n: HD-RWM] not included but can be ordered separately). Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) S310 termination blocks on 16- and 32-port HD 5e panels are not compatible with S110 multi-pair termination tools. HD(R) 5e UTP Patch Panel on S89D Bracket Part # Description HD5-89D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-port category 5e UTP panel, T568A/B, mounted on S89D bracket height: 254.0mm (10.0 in.), width: 85.9mm (3.38 in.), depth: 47.8mm (1.88 in.) 5.4 www.siemon.com Quick Identification Icon and label holder kits are included with every panel. NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 6 Siemon's HD5 Quick-Patch panel provides a quick and easy category 5 channel patching solution for 10/100BASE-T hubs with 25-pair connectors. The HD5 Quick-Patch Panel incorporates many user-friendly features and benefits, including rear connectors that are staggered to enable easy routing of 25-pair cable to the connection point and a rear metal enclosure that protects printed circuitry. The black anodized panel can be mounted directly to a standard 19 inch rack or cabinet with the mounting hardware included. Icon/label holders and designation labels included. Part # Description HD5-QP-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-port 10/100BASE-T panel (Active pins 1, 2, 3 & 6 only), four 25-pair connectors (female), 2 RMS Panel includes icon/label holders, designation labels, and mounting hardware. Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) *Not eligible for Premium 5e or Solution 5e warranty C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P HD5 Quick-PatchTM Panel* (R) CT Patch Panels Oversized CT Panels Oversized CT panels are available for applications that require additional labeling space. They provide the same flexibility as our standard CT panels and feature a write-on designation surface above each coupler opening that may also be used as a space for adhering your own label. Siemon offers adhesive-backed label holders with replaceable write-on labels that mount above the entire row of CT couplers. Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-24-ID. . . . . . 24-port panel . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-48-ID . . . . . . 48-port panel . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 *Number of ports when configured with two-port CT couplers. Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) CT Patch Panels Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-16 . . . . . . . . 16-port panel . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Part # Description* RMS Maximum Quantity of CT Couplers CT-PNL-64 . . . . . . . . 64-port panel . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 CT-PNL-24 . . . . . . 24-port panel . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 CT-PNL-96 . . . . . . 96-port panel . . . . . . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 CT-PNL-32 . . . . . . 32-port panel . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 CT-PNL-48 . . . . . . 48-port panel . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 *Number of ports when configured with two-port CT couplers. Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com 5.5 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 7 C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) MAX UTP Patch Panels MAX UTP Patch Panels Part # Description Part # Description MX-PNL-16 . . . . . . . . . . 16-port MAX patch panel, 1U MX-PNL-48 . . . . . . . . . . 48-port MAX patch panel, 2U MX-PNL-24 . . . . . . . . . . 24-port MAX patch panel, 1U MX-PNL-72 . . . . . . . . . . 72-port MAX patch panel, 2U Panels include rear cable manager, designation labels, cable ties, and mounting hardware. MAX Panels are not compatible with shielded Z-MAX or TERA modules. Use the TERA(R)-MAX or Z-MAX shielded panel. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) Angled Max UTP Patch Panels Siemon's MAX series angled patch panels route cables directly into the vertical cable managers, eliminating the need for horizontal cable management between panels. Part # Description MX-PNLA-24 . . . . . . . . . 24-port angled MAX UTP patch panel, 1U Part # Description MX-PNLA-48 . . . . . . . . . 48-port angled MAX UTP patch panel, 2U Angled MAX panels are not compatible with shielded Z-MAX or TERA modules. Use the angled TERA-MAX or Z-MAX shielded panel. Angled MAX panels are not recommended for use with RS3 rack series. RS series racks are recommended. Panels include mounting hardware. Rear cable manager not included. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) Optional Accessories MX-PNL-LBL4* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MX-PNL-LBL6* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 sheets of laser printable labels for 16-port MAX panels 10 sheets of laser printable labels for 24- and 48-port MAX panels *Visit our web site or contact our Technical Support Department for labeling software. 5.6 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 8 Siemon uses the highest quality components combined with stringent manufacturing processes to produce the best performing, most durable modular patch cords available. The end result is a cord that exceeds all TIA/IEA and ISO/IEC component specifications for transmission performance. Bend Fatigue -- 24 AWG (7 strands @ 0.20mm) stranded wire for longer bend fatigue life High Performance -- MC 5e cords are constructed using high performance Siemon category 5e cable Factory Terminated Cords are tested to consistently achieve category 5e compatibility. Field termination is not recommended. Modular Plugs -- Exceed FCC CFR 47 part 68 subpart F and IEC 60603-7 specifications and have 50 microinches minimum of gold plating over nickel Cord Length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Cord Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green Latch Guard The MC 5e boot design incorporates a latch guard to protect the plug latch from snagging when pulling cords through pathways or cable managers. Ordering Information: MC5-8T-(XX)-B(XX)C . . . . . . .Category 5e UTP MC double-ended, 4-pair stranded modular cord, color matching jacket/boot, T568A/B, CMG C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) MC 5e UTP Modular Cords MC5-8-T-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . .Category 5e UTP MC double-ended, 4-pair stranded modular cord, no boot, T568A/B, CMG Cord Length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Cord Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 cords IC 5e Solid UTP Single-Ended Modular Cords Siemon's solid, single-ended IC5e cable assemblies are designed for patching between the consolidation point and the work area (CMP) or as equipment cords in cross-connect applications (CMR). These assemblies are constructed using cable that exceeds all category 5e specifications. IC5-8(X)-(XX)(X) . . . . . . .Category 5e IC, single-ended UTP solid cord blue jacket, no boot Wiring: A = T568B T = T568A Jacket Rating R = Riser P = Plenum IC5-8(X)-(XX)-B(XX)(X) . . . . . . .Category 5e IC, single-ended UTP solid cord blue jacket with colored boot Wiring: A = T568B T = T568A Jacket Rating R = Riser P = Plenum Length Length Boot Coloring 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 30 = 9.1m (30 ft.) 40 = 12.2m (40 ft.) 50 = 15.2m (50 ft.) 60 = 18.3m (60 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 30 = 9.1m (30 ft.) 40 = 12.2m (40 ft.) 50 = 15.2m (50 ft.) 60 = 18.3m (60 ft.) 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green www.siemon.com 5.7 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 9 C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P (R) Premium 5e UTP 4-Pair Cable (US) Part # COMPLIANCE * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 5e) * TIA568-C.2 (Category 5e) * IEC 61156-5 (Category 5e) * UL CMP and CSA FT6 * UL CMR and CSA FT4 Use (XX) to specify jacket color: 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green CABLE CONSTRUCTION * UTP * 0.51mm (0.020 in.) (24 AWG) solid bare copper * 4.9mm (0.194 in.) max jacket diameter PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DC Resistance CMP CMR 110N (25 lbf) 110N (25 lbf) <9.38/100m DC resistance Unbalance 5% Mutual Capacitance Pulling Tension (max) 5.6 nF/100m Capacitance Unbalance Bend Radius (min) <330 pF/100m 20 mm (0.8 in.) 20mm (0.8 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) Characteristic Impedance (ohms) 1-100 MHz: 100 15% 100-350 MHz: 100 22% Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) NVP CMP - 70% CMR - 68% Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) TCL 40-10 x log(f) dB 35ns Delay Screw GUARANTEED WORSE CASE TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) Insertion Loss (dB) NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL PSACR (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0 2.1 1.9 68.3 79.3 66.3 72.3 66.2 77.4 64.2 70.4 67.8 84.8 65.8 78.8 20.0 27.0 550 545 4.0 4.1 3.7 59.3 70.3 57.3 63.3 55.2 66.6 53.2 59.6 55.7 72.8 53.7 66.8 23.3 32.0 532 527 10.0 6.5 5.8 53.3 64.3 51.3 57.3 46.9 58.5 44.9 51.5 47.8 64.8 45.8 58.8 25.5 32.0 525 520 16.0 8.2 7.4 50.3 61.2 48.3 54.2 42.1 53.8 40.1 46.8 43.7 60.7 41.7 54.7 25.5 32.0 523 518 20.0 9.2 8.3 48.8 59.8 46.8 52.8 39.6 51.5 37.6 44.5 41.7 58.8 39.7 52.8 25.5 32.0 522 517 31.25 11.5 10.5 45.9 56.9 43.9 49.9 34.4 46.4 32.4 39.4 37.9 54.9 35.9 48.9 24.4 30.0 520 515 62.5 16.4 15.0 41.4 52.4 39.4 45.4 24.9 37.4 22.9 30.4 31.8 48.9 29.8 42.9 22.7 30.0 519 514 100.0 21.0 19.3 38.3 49.3 36.3 42.3 17.3 30.0 15.3 23.0 27.8 44.8 25.8 38.8 21.5 30.0 518 513 160.0* 26.8 25.1 35.3 46.2 33.3 39.2 8.4 21.1 6.4 14.1 23.7 40.7 21.7 34.7 20.4 28.0 517 512 200.0* 30.2 28.1 33.8 44.8 31.8 37.8 3.6 16.7 1.6 9.7 21.7 38.8 19.7 32.8 19.8 27.0 517 512 250.0* 34.0 31.4 32.3 43.3 30.3 36.3 -1.6 11.9 -3.6 4.9 19.8 36.8 17.8 30.8 19.2 26.0 516 511 300.0* 37.4 34.5 31.2 42.1 29.2 35.1 -6.3 7.6 -8.3 0.6 18.2 35.3 16.2 29.3 18.8 25.0 516 511 350.0* 40.7 39.4 30.2 41.1 28.2 34.1 -10.5 1.7 -12.5 -5.3 16.9 33.9 14.9 27.9 18.4 24.0 516 511 *Values above industry requirements are for information only. 5.8 Description 9C5P4-E2-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . . Plenum (CMP, CSA FT6) 305m (1000 ft.), Reelex 9C5R4-E2-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . . Riser (CMR, CSA FT4) 305m (1000 ft.), Reelex All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 10 Part # COMPLIANCE Description 9C5P4-E1-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . . Plenum (1000 ft.), Reelex * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 5e) * TIA568-C.2 (Category 5e) Use (XX) to specify jacket color: 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green * IEC 61156-5 (Category 5e) * UL CMP and CSA FT6 CABLE CONSTRUCTION * UTP * 0.51mm (0.020 in.) (24 AWG) solid bare copper * 4.6mm (0.180 in.) max jacket diameter PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DC Resistance CMP CMR Pulling Tension (max) 110N (25 lbf) 110N (25 lbf) Bend Radius (min) 25 mm (1 in.) 25mm (1 in.) Installation Temperature 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) 0 to 60C (+32 to 140F) <9.38/100m DC resistance Unbalance 5% Mutual Capacitance 5.6 nF/100m Capacitance Unbalance <330 pF/100m Characteristic Impedance (ohms) 1-100 MHz: 100 15% 100-350 MHz: 100 22% Storage Temperature -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) -20 to 75C (-4 to 167F) NVP CMP - 70% CMR - 68% Operating Temperature -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F) 45ns Delay Screw GUARANTEED WORSE CASE TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE Frequency (MHz) C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P Solution 5eTM UTP 4-Pair Cable (US) Insertion Loss (dB/100m) NEXT (dB) PS NEXT (dB) ACR-N (dB) SIEMON TYPICAL PS ACR-N (dB) ACR-F (dB) PS ACR-F (dB) Return Loss (dB) Propagation Delay (ns) 1.0 2.0 2.0 65.3 79.8 62.3 78.2 63.3 77.8 64.2 76.2 63.8 69.4 60.8 69.0 20.0 27.4 570 545 4.0 4.1 3.9 56.3 78.0 53.3 74.5 52.2 74.1 53.2 70.5 51.8 57.8 48.8 57.5 23.0 32.9 552 527 10.0 6.5 6.2 50.3 68.7 47.3 65.4 43.8 62.4 44.9 59.5 43.8 50.1 40.8 49.7 25.0 31.6 545 520 16.0 8.2 7.9 47.2 64.5 44.2 62.9 39.0 56.5 40.1 55.0 39.7 46.0 36.7 45.4 25.0 31.7 543 518 20.0 9.3 8.9 45.8 63.3 42.8 60.9 36.5 54.4 37.6 52.0 37.8 44.1 34.8 43.,4 25.0 32.2 542 517 31.25 11.7 11.2 42.9 59.4 39.9 57.5 31.2 48.2 32.4 46.4 33.9 40.4 30.9 39.5 23.6 33.3 540 515 62.5 17.0 16.0 38.4 50.6 35.4 49.4 21.4 34.6 22.9 33.4 27.9 34.6 24.9 33.7 21.5 28.1 539 514 100.0 22.0 20.5 35.3 48.0 32.3 46.8 13.3 27.5 15.3 26.3 23.8 31.8 20.8 31.3 20.1 25.0 538 513 160.0* - 26.4 - 48.5 - 46.6 - 22.1 - 20.2 - 30.0 - 29.5 - 22.3 - 512 200.0* - 29.6 - 42.9 - 41.8 - 13.3 - 12.2 - 29.6 - 29.2 - 19.8 - 512 250.0* - 33.4 - 44.8 - 43.1 - 11.4 - 9.7 - 31.2 - 30.9 - 20.8 - 511 300.0* - 36.9 - 38.9 - 38.7 - 2.0 - 1.8 - 33.7 - 31.1 - 18.5 - 511 350.0* - 40.2 - 41.8 - 40.7 - 1.6 - 0.5 - 34.7 - 31.3 - 20.2 - 511 *Values above industry requirements are for information only. www.siemon.com All performance based on 100 meters (328 ft.). 5.9 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 11 C AT E G O R Y 5 e U T P 5.10 Category 5e Cross-Connect Wire Siemon's cross-connect wire utilizes a unique "webbing" manufacturing process which binds conductors of a twisted-pair together to maintain consistent conductor spacing and pair twists that will not loosen during cross-connect installation. This high performance product exceeds category 5e specifications and is ideal for use with our S66TMand S110(R) wiring blocks. Part # Description CJ5-W2-1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 2-pair 24 AWG (0.51mm) webbed cross-connect wire, pair colors blue/orange, 305m (1,000 ft.) spool CJ5-W2-1000-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 2-pair 24 AWG (0.51mm) webbed cross-connect wire, pair colors orange/green, 305m (1,000 ft.) spool CJ5-W1-1000-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 1-pair 24 AWG (0.51mm) webbed cross-connect wire with red/white conductors, 305m (1,000 ft.) spool CJ5-W1-1000-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 1-pair 24 AWG (0.51mm) webbed cross-connect wire with blue/white conductors, 305m (1,000 ft.) spool www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 12 Siemon's S110 connecting block systems and accessories combine category 5e performance with user-friendly installation features. * Multi-application support -- Ideal for use in cross-connect and consolidation point applications * Durable design -- Rugged high impact, flame-retardant polycarbonate easily withstands force of impact tools * Full line -- Complete system includes field terminated and pre-wired blocks, connecting blocks, patch cords, cable managers and more. Section Contents S110 Field Termination Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12 S110 Connecting Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110 Wiring Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 Vertical S110 Wiring Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110 19 Inch Field Termination Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14 S110 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14 S110 Patch Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) S110 Connecting Block System S110 Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110 to MC(R) Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110 Tower Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.16 XLBET Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17 Pre-wired S110 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.18 - 5.19 S110 Modular Jack Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20 S110 Modular Jack Rack Mount Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20 S110 Modular Jack Vertical Mount Panels . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20 S110 Tower Modular Jack Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20 www.siemon.com 5.11 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 13 S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) S110 Connection System Siemon S110 field termination kits combine category 5e performance with unparalleled installation features. Each kit includes connecting blocks to complete each 25-pair termination strip on the S110 wiring block. Block Markings -- Termination strips on the base are marked in 5-pair increments. Connecting blocks are color-coded Patented Cable Access Openings Allow cables to be routed through the rear of the block directly to the point of termination. Durable Design -- Rugged high impact, flame-retardant polycarbonate easily withstands force of impact tools Detachable Blocks Another patented Siemon innovation allows 50- and 100-pair wiring blocks to be detached from their mounting legs providing easy access to cables. Multi-Application Support -- Ideal for use in cross-connect and consolidation point applications Labeling S110 Field Termination Kits Designation strips with interchangeable colored labels can be mounted in the center and/or outside positions. Complete S110 installation kits include S110 wiring blocks with detachable legs*, S110 connecting blocks, and label holders with white designation labels. Part # Description S110A(X)1-50FT . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair S110 field termination kit height: 45.7mm (1.80 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) S110A(X)2-100FT . . . . . . . . . . . 100-pair S110 field termination kit height: 91.4mm (3.60 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) S110A(X)2-300FT* . . . . . . . . . . 300-pair S110 field termination kit height: 274mm (10.80 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) Use (X) to specify connecting block size: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair *Legs detachable on 50- and 100-pair version only. 5.12 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 14 Siemon category 5e S110C blocks terminate 22-26 AWG (0.64mm-0.40mm) solid or 7-strand wires. They also offer markings to designate tip and ring conductors and color-coded pairs on each block and a patented single-piece, robust construction. S110C-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair connecting block, blue/orange/green/brown S110C-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-pair connecting block, blue/orange/green/ brown/slate S110 Wiring Blocks Wiring Blocks With Legs Wiring Blocks Without Legs S110AW1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair, 110 wiring block with legs height: 45.7mm (1.80 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) S110DW1-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair, 110 wiring block without legs height: 16.0mm (0.63 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 35.8mm (1.41 in.) S110AW2-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-pair, 110 wiring block with legs height: 91.4mm (3.60 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) S110DW1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair, 110 wiring block without legs height: 42.4mm (1.67 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 35.8mm (1.41 in.) S110AW2-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-pair, 110 wiring block with legs height: 182.9mm (7.20 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) S110DW2-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-pair, 110 wiring block without legs height: 88.1mm (3.47 in.), width: 216mm (8.50 in.), depth: 35.8mm (1.41 in.) S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S110(R) Connecting Blocks S110AW2-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300-pair, 110 wiring block with legs height: 274.3mm (10.80 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) Vertically Mounted S110 Blocks This 50-pair S110 block can be mounted on the same S89B or S89D brackets that hold our S66TM blocks. The wiring base is available separately or as part of a field-terminated kit that includes the 4- or 5-pair connecting blocks and designation strips. Part # Description S110DW1-50-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair S110 wiring base on an 89-type retainer.* S110 connecting blocks are not included height: 254.0mm (10.0 in.), width: 85.9mm (3.4 in.), depth: 86.6mm (3.4 in.) (dimensions include S89 bracket) S110D(X)1-50FT-89. . . . . . . . . . 50-pair S110 field termination kit on an 89-type retainer.* Includes S110 connecting blocks and designation strips height: 254.0mm (10.0 in.), width: 85.9mm (3.4 in.), depth: 86.6mm (3.4 in.) (dimensions include S89 bracket) Use (X) to specify connecting blocks: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair Shown with optional S89D bracket *S89 brackets are not included and must be ordered separately . www.siemon.com 5.13 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 15 S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S110(R) 19 Inch Field Termination Panels S110 panels allow wiring blocks to be mounted directly to a 19 inch CEA rack or cabinet. Each panel includes adequate connecting blocks to complete each 25-pair termination strip on the S110 block (e.g. S110DB1-100RFT would include five 4-pair and one 5-pair connecting block per 25-pair termination strip, or a total of twenty 4-pair and four 5-pair connecting blocks). Part # Description S110D(X)1-100RFT . . . . . . . . .100-pair, 19 inch panel, S110 field termination kit, 1U S110D(X)1-200RFT . . . . . . . . .200-pair, 19 inch panel, S110 field termination kit, 2U S110D(X)1-300RFT . . . . . . . . .300-pair, 19 inch panel, S110 field termination kit, 3U Use (X) to specify connecting block size: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) Field Terminated S110 19 Inch Panels with Cable Managers Part # Description RMS S110D(X)2-100RWM . . . . . . . . 100-pair, 19 inch panel, S110 field termination kit. . . . . . . 2 with cable managers and covers S110D(X)2-200RWM . . . . . . . . 200-pair, 19 inch panel, S110 field termination kit. . . . . . . 3 with cable managers and covers Use (X) to specify the connecting blocks: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) S110 Designation Labels Siemon S110 wiring blocks allow designation labels to be mounted between each row of connecting blocks. Each label has 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-pair markings and may be used for color-coding services in accordance with TIA/EIA-606-A. Part # Description S110-HLDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transparent plastic label holders, bag of 6 S110-LBL-(X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-pair marked colored labels, bag of 6 Use (X) to specify color: 2 = white, 3 = red, 4 = gray, 5 = yellow, 6 = blue, 7 = green, 8 = violet, 9 = orange, 60 = brown 5.14 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 16 S110 Patch Plugs Siemon S110 patch plugs are both category 5e compliant and can be field-terminated to either solid or stranded cable. 4-pair S110 patch plugs employ a patented design to improve electrical isolation between pairs, enhancing cross-talk performance so that the mated plug and connecting block significantly exceed category 5e transmission requirements. Clear Housing -- Durable, flame-retardant, clear thermoplastic housing keeps conductors visible during and after termination Ergonomic Handle -- Aids insertion and removal of patch plug Easy Termination -- Simply snap the base and cover together to mass terminate all conductors Field Installable -- Terminates 24-26 AWG (0.40mm-0.51mm) solid or 7-strand twisted-pair UTP cable S110P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, field-terminated, S110 patch plug Polarization -- Each plug housing includes polarization features to ensure proper tip-ring orientation during connection S110P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-pair, field-terminated, S110 patch plug S110P1* . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair, field-terminated, S110 patch plug Add "-B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 patch plugs. *S110P1 includes protective insert for use with single pair cross-connect wire. Colored icons are available for color-coding 4-pair S110 plugs (sold separately) S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) S110 Patch Plugs and Cable Assemblies S110 Cable Assemblies The S110 cable assemblies utilize Siemon's S110P4 patch plugs for easy and reliable connections between S110 termination fields. These assemblies use high performance stranded cable which exceeds category 5e specifications and are factory transmission tested to ensure optimum category 5e channel performance. Colored icons are available for color-coding 4-pair S110 plugs. Part # Description S110P4-P4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, double-ended stranded S110 cord, CMG S110P2-P2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-pair, double-ended stranded S110 cord, CMG S110P1-P1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair, double-ended stranded S110 cord, CMG Use (XX) to specify length: 03 = 0.91m (3 ft.), 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.), 07 = 2.13m (7 ft.), 10 = 3.05m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.57m (15 ft.), 20 = 6.10m (20 ft.) S110 to MC(R) Cable Assemblies The S110 to modular cable assemblies combine Siemon's high performance modular plugs for patching network equipment to S110 connecting blocks or providing test access to S110 termination fields. The combination of plugs, high performance cable and factory transmission testing ensures performance is compatible with Premium 5e or lower systems. Part # Description S110P4-A4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 4-pair, S110-to-modular plug, T568B, standard cable assembly, CMG S110P4-T4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 4-pair, S110-to-modular plug, T568A, standard cable assembly, CMG S110P2-UT-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 2-pair, S110-to-modular 8-position plug, Token Ring, T568A, standard cable assembly, CMG S110P2-E2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 2-pair, S110-to-modular 8-position plug, 10/100BASE-T, T568B, standard cable assembly, CMG S110P1-U1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 1-pair, S110-to-modular 6-position plug, USOC, standard cable assembly, CMG S110P1-U4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e, 1-pair, S110-to-modular 8-position plug, USOC, standard cable assembly, CMG Use 1st (XX) to specify length: 03 = 0.91m (3 ft.), 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.), 07 = 2.13m (7 ft.), 10 = 3.05m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.57m (15 ft.), 20 = 6.10m (20 ft.) www.siemon.com 5.15 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 17 S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) S110 Tower Kits S110 Tower Field Termination Kits The S110 Tower System provides a modular high-density cross-connect cable management system. S110 Tower Systems are shipped unassembled to simplify field assembly and termination. Part # Description S110M(X)2-300FT . . . . . . . . . . . 300-pair S110 Tower field termination kit height: 406.4mm (16 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), depth: 152.6mm (6 in.) S110M(X)2-400FT . . . . . . . . . . . 400-pair S110 Tower field termination kit height: 541.3mm (21.3 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), depth: 152.6mm (6 in.) S110M(X)2-500FT . . . . . . . . . . . 500-pair S110 Tower field termination kit height: 676.1mm (26.6 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), depth: 152.6mm (6 in.) Use (X) to specify connecting block size: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair S110 Tower Optional Accessories S188-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110M-WM-300. . . . . . . . . . . . . Large-scale vertical cable manager for use with 300-pair Tower height: 406.4mm (16.0 in.), Small-scale vertical cable manager for use with 300-pair Tower height: 406.0mm (16.0 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), width: 76.2mm (3.0 in.), depth: 190.5mm (7.5 in.) depth: 153.0mm (6.1 in.) S188-400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110M-WM-400. . . . . . . . . . . . . Large-scale vertical cable manager for use with 400-pair Tower height: 541.3mm (21.3 in.), Small-scale vertical cable manager for use with 400-pair Tower height: 541.2mm (21.3 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), width: 76.2mm (3.0 in.), depth: 190.5mm (7.5 in.) depth: 153.0mm (6.1 in.) S188-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110M-WM-500. . . . . . . . . . . . . Large-scale vertical cable manager for use with 500-pair Tower height: 676.1mm (26.6 in.), Small-scale vertical cable manager for use with 500-pair Tower height: 675.9mm (26.6 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), width: 76.2mm (3.0 in.), depth: 190.5mm (7.5 in.) depth: 153.0mm (6.1 in.) S188-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S188-GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metal duct for additional horizontal cable management at base of Tower height: 114.3mm (4.5 in.), Ground kit consists of one, 3-position grounding busbar height: 9.0mm (0.4 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), width: 50.8mm (2.0 in.), depth: 12.3mm (.5 in.) depth: 203.2mm (8.0 in.) Tower with S188 S188 S188-WD S110M-WM S188-GND 5.16 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 18 The Siemon XLBET (Extra Large Building Entrance Terminal) frames are designed for use in large installations where space is a premium. Compatible with Siemons vertical patching (VPC-6) and cable management (RS-CNL) channels. XLBET Frame Part # Description XL-(XX)00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ft. x 23 in. XLBET frame. Includes rack, wire management and mounting hardware. S110(R) wiring blocks not included height: 2133.6mm (84.00 in.), width: 617.5mm (24.31 in.), depth: 406.4mm (16.00 in.) Use (XX) to specify pair count: 36 = 3600-pair, 72 = 7200-pair XLBET Frame with S110 Wiring Blocks Part # Description XL-(XX)00-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ft. x 23 in. XLBET frame. Includes rack, wire management, S110 wiring blocks, clear designation holders, labels, and mounting hardware (S110 connecting blocks not included) Use (XX) to specify pair count: 36 = 3600-pair, 72 = 7200-pair S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM XLBET Frame Optional Accessories Part # Description XL-CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete mounting kit. Includes hardware to secure one 23 or 35 inch XLBET frame to a concrete floor XL-(X)-3600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110 connecting block kit. Includes the appropriate number of 4- or 5-pair connecting blocks to fully populate a 3600-pair frame. Two kits can be ordered for 7200-pair frames XL-K23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 in. (.58m) rack conversion kit. Converts one side of a standard 23 inch rack to an XLBET frame. Two kits are required to utilize both sides of a 23 inch rack. Includes wire managers, mounting bars and mounting hardware. Rack, S110 wiring blocks, clear designation holders and labels not included Use (X) to specify connecting blocks: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair www.siemon.com 5.17 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 19 S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) Pre-Wired S110 Blocks For quick, simple connection to phone equipment, the pre-wired S110 blocks provide connectorized 25-pair tails wired to 100- or 300-pair bases. The standard 6 in. (152mm) tails can be ordered extending from the top or bottom of the block with male or female connectors. Use 1st (X) to specify connecting block subassembly: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair Use (XXX) to specify connector type: CT = connectorized top (female), CTM = connectorized top (male), CB = connectorized bottom (female), CBM = connectorized bottom (male) S110A(X)-100(XXX)-(X) . . . . . . 100-pair S110 pre-wired block S110A(X)-300(XXX)-(X) . . . . . . 300-pair S110 pre-wired block Use 2nd (X) to specify cable length: Blank = standard 152mm (6 in.) tail, (X) = custom length, in feet Main Cross-Connect (MC) The pre-wired S110 block is ideal for use with phone systems due to its ability to easily accommodate connectorized 25-pair cables for fast and simple setup. In addition, the use of 25-pair cable for backbone cabling allows the pre-wired S110 block to provide an easy interface with your phone system all the way to the telecommunications room where connections can be made to the work area. Telecommunications Room (TR) 5.18 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 20 Siemon's S700 series blocks provide a simple interface method between 25-pair assemblies and punchdown fields using easily accessible connections. The blocks feature both fields on the face of the block eliminating the need to trace cables or access the rear of the block when making connections. Each block comes with label holders and white designation labels as well as hook and loop hold-downs to secure the 25-pair connectors. Part # Description S700A110-B1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair pre-wired S110 block with legs height: 91.4mm (3.60 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) Pre-Wired S110 Panels S110 pre-wired panels mount directly to a 19 inch EIA rack. The panels are available in either 100-, 200-, or 300-pair configurations pre-wired to female 25-pair connectors with black universal connector hold-downs. For optimum transmission performance, pre-wired blocks may be ordered with the pair twisting maintained between the wiring block and the connector. Each panel comes complete with mounting hardware, label holders, and white designation labels. Part # Description S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Pre-Wired S110(R) Blocks RMS S110D(X)(Y)-100RCT . . . . . . . . 100-pair pre-wired S110 panel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 with 25-pair connectors S110D(X)(Y)-200RCT . . . . . . . . 200-pair pre-wired S110 panel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 with 25-pair connectors S110D(X)(Y)-300RCT . . . . . . . . 300-pair pre-wired S110 panel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 with 25-pair connectors Use (X) to specify the connecting blocks: A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair Use (Y) to specify twisted-pair option: 1 = without twisted-pairs, T = twisted-pairs Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com 5.19 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 21 S110 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) S110 Modular Jack Blocks and Panels S110 Modular Jack Wall Mount Blocks Part # Description S110AB5-50JP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-port, T568A/B, with detachable legs height: 45.7mm (1.80 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) Part # Description S110AB5-200JP . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-port, T568A/B, with permanent legs height: 183mm (7.20 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) Rack Mount Panels Part # Description S110AB5-100JP . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-port, T568A/B,with detachable legs height: 91.4mm (3.60 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) Part # Description S110AB5-300JP . . . . . . . . . . . 36-port, T568A/B, with permanent legs height: 274.3mm (10.8 in.), width: 272mm (10.71 in.), depth: 82.8mm (3.26 in.) Vertical Mount Panels Part # Description S110DB5-50JP89 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-port, T568A/B for mounting on S89 bracket height: 254.0mm (10.00 in.), width: 85.9mm (3.38 in.), depth: 86.6mm (3.41 in.) Part # Description S110DB5-24RJP . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-port jack panel, on a 19 inch panel, T568A/B, 2 RMS (dimensions include S89 bracket) *S89 brackets are not included and must be ordered separately. Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) S110 Tower Modular Jack Panels Part # Description S110MB5-(XXX)JP . . . . . . . . . . S110 Tower modular jack panel kit, T568A/B Use (XXX) to specify port counts: 300 = 36 ports, height: 406.4mm (16.0 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), depth: 152.6mm (6.0 in.) 400 = 48 ports, height: 541.3mm (21.3 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), depth: 152.6mm (6.0 in.) 500 = 60 ports, height: 676.1mm (26.6 in.), width: 215.9mm (8.5 in.), depth: 152.6mm (6.0 in.) 5.20 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 22 The Siemon S66 connecting block system is a proven, economical connecting block solution supporting up to category 5e performance levels. It's familiar, user-friendly termination features, reliable performance and wide range of styles and configurations make the 66 block an ideal choice for supporting technologies such as analog voice, Voice over IP (VoIP) and Gigabit ethernet. The Siemon S66 block system is supported by a full range of mounting, cable management, labeling and over voltage protection accessories Section Contents Field -Terminated M Series S66 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22 Pre-Wired S66 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23 S66 Modular Jack Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.24 S66M425-2T2-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.25 S66M1-50-3T25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.25 Network Interface Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.26 S66M425-128LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.26 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S66TM Connecting Block System Field-Terminated B Series S66 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 Stand-Off Brackets for S66 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.28 Cross-Connect Frames and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 Metal Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 Snap-on Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 Hinge Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31 Labels and Designation Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31 Bridging Clips and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 Organizer Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 Wire Distribution Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 Tap Adapters(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 SMAK(R) Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 Pico(R) Protector and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.34 - 5.35 www.siemon.com 5.21 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 23 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM S66TM Connecting Block System Field-Terminated M Series S66 Blocks 4 x 50 Blocks S66M1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 50, Quick Clip: 500 S66M1-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 25, Quick Clip: 569 S66M1-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 100, Quick Clip: 279MS* height: 254mm (10 in.), width: 86.4mm (3.4 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) height: 254mm (10 in.), width: 86.4mm (3.4 in.), depth: 24.6mm (1.0 in.) height: 254mm (10 in.), width: 86.4mm (3.4 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) S66M4-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 12, Quick Clip: 569 S66M4-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 24, Quick Clip: 571 S66M4-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 50, Quick Clip: 279MS* height: 127mm (5 in.), width: 53.3mm (2.1 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) height: 127mm (5 in.), width: 53.3mm (2.1 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) height: 127mm (5 in.), width: 53.3mm (2.1 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) S66M6-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 36, Quick Clip: 842 S66M6-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 75, Quick Clip: 279MS* 4 x 25 Blocks 6 x 25 Blocks S66M6-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 24, Quick Clip: 843 height: 127mm (5 in.), width: 71.1mm (2.8 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) height: 127mm (5 in.), width: 71.1mm (2.8 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) height: 127mm (5 in.), width: 71.1mm (2.8 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) *All connecting blocks that use the 279MS quick clip have a tail pin that protrudes 3.3mm (0.13 in.) below the retainer base. Note: Center-to-center vertical spacing between rows of clips is 6.4mm (0.25 in.). 5.22 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 24 S66M2-3W . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 25 One female 25-pair connector S66M2-5W . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 50 Two female 25-pair connectors Add "B" for back mounted connector (not shown), add "M" for male connector. Please call for connector/block compatibility. Note: all connector options not available for all blocks. Pre-Wired M4 Series S66M4-2W . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 50 (bridged) Two female 25-pair connectors S66M4-4W . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 100 (unbridged) Four female 25-pair connectors S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Pre-Wired M2 Series Add "B" for back mounted connector (not shown), add "M" for male connector. Please call for connector/block compatibility. Note: all connector options not available for all blocks. Pre-Wired 157 Series 157A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 25 One male 25-pair connector www.siemon.com 157B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 50 (unbridged) Two male 25-pair connectors 157C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 50 (unbridged) Two female 25-pair connectors 5.23 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 25 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Modular Jack Blocks S66M2-5T-68L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six 8-position, 4-pair modular jacks, T568B S66M2-5T-84L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eight 6-position, 2-pair modular jacks, USOC S66M2-5T-86L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eight 6-position, 3-pair modular jacks, USOC S66M2-5T-124LR. . . . . . . . . . . . Twelve 6-position, 2-pair modular jacks, USOC S66M2-5T-128LR. . . . . . . . . . . . Twelve 8-position, 4-pair modular jacks, T568B End view of blocks with modular jacks Pre-Wired Modular Jack Blocks S66M2-5T-68L-125R . . . . . . . . . Six 4-pair modular jacks, one 25-pair female connector, T568B S66M2-5T-84L-125R . . . . . . . . . Eight 6-position, 2-pair modular jacks, one 25-pair female connector, USOC S66M2-5T-86L-125R . . . . . . . . . Eight 6-position, 3-pair modular jacks, one 25-pair female connector, USOC S66M25T-124LR-125R . . . . . . . Twelve 6-position, 2-pair modular jacks, one 25-pair female connector, USOC 5.24 End view of blocks with modular jacks and a 25-pair connector www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 26 Our economical Modular Patch Blocks provide a convenient 24-port modular cross-connect field for equipment with 25-pair female connector input. They are excellent for use with voice, broadcast, or alarm systems. The blocks fit a standard 66M block footprint for backboard or rack mounting applications. Part # Description SPB-V1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One, 25-pair connector wired to 24, 1-pair 6-position modular jacks, USOC. Black universal hold-down SPB-V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two, 25-pair connectors, each wired to 24, 2-pair 6-position modular jacks, USOC. One black, one blue universal hold-down SPB-V4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four, 25-pair connectors, each wired to 24, 4-pair modular jacks, USOC. Black, blue, red, and green universal hold-downs SPB-V4-ATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four, 25-pair connectors, each wired to 24, 4-pair modular jacks, T568B. Black, blue, red, and green universal hold-downs S66M425-2T2-8 This block is pre-wired to eight 6-position, 2-pair modular cords, each 0.61m (2 ft) long, and it is also equipped with an S89E bracket, clear plastic cover, and designation labels. It is ideal for use with 2-pair key systems that have modular jacks. Two-pair station cables are punched down on the face of the block and the modular cords are plugged into the ports of the key service unit. S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Modular Patch Blocks(R) Twisted-Pair Horizontal Cabling System Equipment M425-2T2-8 Work Area Outlet S66M1-50-3T25 Designed for use with key systems that have a 25-pair male connector, this block is also ideal for 10BASE-T hubs that have a 25-pair male connector. It provides a 0.91m (3 ft) long, high-performance 25pair cable (female) that is category 3 compliant, punched down to Row D. Also comes with a protective cover and labels for 2- and 3-pair systems. Add "M" for male connector. 25-Pair Cable Assembly Twisted-Pair Horizontal Cabling System Equipment M1-50-3T25 Work Area Outlet www.siemon.com 5.25 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 27 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Network Interface Block - S66M1-50R The M1-50 block with one female 25-pair connector is oriented for bottom cable entry and pre-wired to Row D. Uses S89D bracket (included) and blue/white wiring between 25-pair connector and S66 quick clip. Orange hinged cover included. Add "M" for male connector. ;; ;; Network Interface Block - 700A-66-B1-25 S66M1-50R Same as S66M1-50R except it uses S89B bracket and color-coded 25-pair cable between 25-pair connector and S66TM quick clips. From Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) Network Interface Block (RJ21X) 700A-66-B1-25 To Customer Premise Cabling S66M425-128LR Designed for use with 4-pair key systems with modular jack connectors on the equipment. This block has twelve, 4-pair modular jacks wired to T568B specifications. It is also useful for 10BASE-T systems that use modular jack outputs. Jacks and the S66 block are mounted on a printed circuit board and are clearly labeled. The block is mounted on an S89E bracket and can be removed for cable management. Twisted-Pair Horizontal Cabling System Equipment M425-12BLR Work Area Outlet 5.26 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 28 6 x 4 Blocks S66B4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 2, Quick Clip: 848 S66B3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 4, Quick Clip: 843 height: 48.3mm (1.9 in.), width: 71.1mm (2.8 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) S66B3-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 6, Quick Clip: 843 Includes CV-6 cover (see page 11.13) height: 61.0mm (2.4 in.), width: 71.1mm (2.8 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) S66B1-12 . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 12, Quick Clip: 843 height: 99.1mm (3.9 in.), width: 71.1mm (2.8 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) 6 x 6 Blocks S66B4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 3, Quick Clip: 848 6 x 12 Blocks S66B1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 6, Quick Clip: 848 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Field-Terminated B Series S66TM Blocks 6 x 50 Blocks height: 340.0mm (13.4 in.), width: 71.1mm (2.8 in.), depth: 30.5mm (1.2 in.) S66B4-25 . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 25, Quick Clip: 848 S66B3-50 . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 50, Quick Clip: 843 S66B3-75 . . . . . . . . . . . Pair Capacity: 75, Quick Clip: 842 Note: Center-to-center vertical spacing between rows of clips is 6.4mm (0.25 in.). www.siemon.com 5.27 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 29 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Stand-Off Brackets for S66TM Blocks All of our brackets are designed to create clean, efficient, and space-saving installations when used with S66 connecting blocks. They are open-ended to enable installers to lay in cable before snapping a block into place. 25-pair connectors and/or modular components can be mounted on the sides or back of the brackets. The brackets are molded from flame retardant thermoplastic. Which bracket do you need? It depends on the block you're ordering ... Block Type M4 X 50* M4 X 25 M6 X 25 B6 X 50 All other B-type Bracket S89B or S89D S89E S89F SB6 SB8-10 *The M1-100 can only be used with the S89D bracket. The stand-off brackets (S89D shown) allow cables to be routed behind blocks and provide a means to route cables to the front of the block for termination. S89D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use with all M4 X 50 blocks. Can mount two 25-pair connectors on each side and four on the back S89B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use with M1-25 or M1-50 blocks. Can mount one 25-pair connector on each side S89E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use with all M4 X 25 blocks. Can mount one 25-pair connector on each side and two on the back S89F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use with all M6 X 25 blocks. Can mount one 25-pair connector on each side and three on the back SB6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use with all B6 X 50 series blocks. Can mount three 25-pair connectors on each side and six on the back SB8-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use for mounting all sizes of S66B blocks Technical Tip! When mounting blocks end-to-end using SB8-10 brackets, use three brackets for two blocks, four brackets for three blocks and so on. 5.28 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 30 Frames with Brackets and Top Spools Frames with Brackets and Top and Bottom Spools Frames Only Frames with Brackets CC-2024-NS-NB. . . . . . . . . Full size frame (8 bracket capacity) CC-2024-NS-DC. . . . . . . . . Full size frame, S89D Brackets (8) CC-2024-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . Full size frame, S89D Brackets (8), top spool CC-2024-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . Full size frame, S89D Brackets (8), top & bottom spools CC-2014-NS-NB. . . . . . . . . Half size frame (4 bracket capacity) CC-2014-NS-DC. . . . . . . . . Half size frame, S89D Brackets (4) CC-2014-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . Half size frame, S89D Brackets (4), top spool CC-2014-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . Half size frame, S89D Brackets (4), top & bottom spools CC-2025-NS-NB. . . . . . . . . Full size frame (10 bracket capacity) CC-2025-NS-DC. . . . . . . . . Full size frame, S89D Brackets (10) CC-2025-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . Full size frame, S89D Brackets (10), top spool CC-2025-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . Full size frame, S89D Brackets (10), top & bottom spools CC-2015-NS-NB. . . . . . . . . Half size frame (5 bracket capacity) CC-2015-NS-DC. . . . . . . . . Half size frame, S89D Brackets (5) CC-2015-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . Half size frame, S89D Brackets (5), top spool CC-2015-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . Half size frame, S89D Brackets (5), top & bottom spools S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Cross-Connect (CC) Frames CC Frame Cable Manager Assemblies For mid-to-large cross-connect installations these cable manager assemblies provide efficient and effective wire management on the CC Frames. They may be mounted either flush to a wall or on a relay rack. Part # Description RMS CC-2005-144 . . . . . . . . . Cable manager with five S144 managers . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 CC-2005-145 . . . . . . . . . Cable manager with five S145 managers . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 CC-2005-146 . . . . . . . . . Cable manager with five S146 managers . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com 5.29 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 31 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Metal Housings Metal housings protect blocks and connections from damage when installed in "high risk" areas such as on a wall in a warehouse or factory. Our housings are manufactured from durable 18 gauge steel with a gray or beige finish. We provide two options -- you can purchase housings with the blocks already assembled or just the housings to install your own blocks. These metal housing are not weatherproof and are recommended for indoor use only. Part # Description MH-25-49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing for one 6 X 50 B block or one 4 X 50 M block, gray height: 442mm (17.40 in.), width: 137mm (5.40 in.), depth: 45.7mm (1.80 in.) MH-50-49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing for two 6 X 50 B blocks or two 4 X 50 M blocks, gray height: 442mm (17.40 in.), width: 229mm (9.03 in.), depth: 45.7mm (1.80 in.) Housing with Blocks Part # Description S66M1-25MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . One S66M1-25 block in a MH-25 gray metal housing S66M1-50MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . One S66M1-50 block in a MH-25 gray metal housing S66M1-100MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . . Two S66M1-50 blocks in a MH-50 gray metal housing S66B4-25MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . One S66B4-25 block in a MH-25 gray metal housing S66B4-50MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . Two S66B4-25 blocks in a MH-50 gray metal housing S66B3-50MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . One S66B3-50 block in a MH-25 gray metal housing S66B3-100MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . . Two S66B3-50 blocks in a MH-50 gray metal housing Snap-on Covers These economical snap-on covers protect S66TM quick clips while providing a clear view of the wiring terminations. Made of flame-retardant plastic. Part # 5.30 For Use With Part # For Use With MC4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M4 X 50 BC612 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6 X 12 MC425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M4 X 25 BC6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6 X 50 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 32 Use these lasting hinge covers and you'll save up to 90% of the cost of a colored backboard system -- and with colored covers, the planner or installer can color-code individual blocks instead of working in groups of four or eight. Made from flame-retardant thermoplastic, the covers protect the quick clips and provide a convenient surface for marking circuit designations. Each cover is hinged and can be easily removed and replaced. There are two depths for the covers; the standard-profile allows for standard plug-on accessories, and the high-profile cover allows for larger accessories such as the Colored Bridging Clips. Part # Description MC425LH-(X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover for M425-type block Use (X) to specify color: 6 = blue, 9 = orange MC4LH-(X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover for M450-type block Use (X) to specify color: 2 = white, 3 = red, 4 = gray, 5 = yellow, 6 = blue, 7 = green, 8 = violet, 9 = orange MC4LH-HP-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-profile orange cover for M450-type block S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Lasting Hinge Covers Labels These adhesive backed, lined labels allow technicians to write and maintain circuit information on the MC4 plastic snap-on cover. Part # Description MC4-LBL-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Label for MC4 cover, numbered 1-25 Designation Strips Designation strips mount quickly and easily on the fanning strips of both M and B series S66 blocks. The strips provide a convenient labeling surface for circuit identification. For M Blocks D10-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White lined designation strip For B Blocks D13-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White lined designation strip www.siemon.com 5.31 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 33 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Bridging Clips These industry standard bridging clips are used to connect adjacent quick clips on S66TM blocks. The clips are easy to remove for isolating and testing incoming pairs from outgoing pairs and are reusable. Available in either tin-plated grade A copper alloy (voice and data) or stainless steel (voice only). Tin-plated Copper Alloy Clips Stainless Steel Clips* SA1-(XXXX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-position clip SA1-SS-(XXXX). . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-position clip, stainless steel Use (XXXX) to specify quantity: 100 = 100/bag, 1000 = 1000/bag *Not recommended for use with data applications. Colored Bridging Clips Designed to fit the 66M type connecting block, each of these plug-on adapters contain two standard SA-1 bridging clips, so they actually bridge a complete pair when installed, not just a single wire. The plastic housings are color-coded and serve to protect the quick clip. Technicians can test lines with the clips in place by using our TPE in-line test probe. SMBC-2-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bridging clip TPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test probe/extractor Use (X) to specify color: 2 = white, 3 = red, 5 = yellow, 6 = blue, 7 = green, 8 = violet Special Service Markers These red plastic markers slide over S66 quick clips and terminated wires and are ideal for marking special circuits on blocks. Part # Description S-857-916 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-position red marker Capacity Expanding Adapters These adapters create additional capacity on S66 blocks by plugging directly onto the S66 quick clips -- with or without wires punched down. The adapters come with either one or two additional quick clips. Use a high-profile lasting hinge cover to fit over the adapters . The adapters are top and bottom stackable, but not side-by-side stackable. Not designed for use on category 5e S66M1-50 blocks. SA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adapter with 1 double quick clip 5.32 SA2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Adapter with 2 single quick clips SA3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adapter with 1 single quick clip www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 34 These plastic rings snap directly onto the side of an S89-type mounting bracket to organize, position, and retain cable and cross-connect wire. They also work well as a patch cord manager when used with our Modular Patch Blocks. Part # Description S606P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organizer ring Wire Distribution Spools All of these high-impact plastic spools are used to neatly guide and retain cable or jumper wires. Cabling is held in place by the spool's rim to allow easy access for changes or modifications. The S20A and S20B are white and can be used with either a main cross-connect frame or backboard. The S20C is black to match our CC frames and modular patch panels, and screws directly into the mounting holes of a standard 19 or 23 inch relay rack. S20A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White spool without screw height: 42.7mm (1.68 in.), width: 42.7mm (1.68 in.), depth: 74.9mm (2.95 in.) S20B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White spool with captive (#10) wood screw height: 42.7mm (1.68 in.), width: 42.7mm (1.68 in.), depth: 74.9mm (2.95 in.) S20C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black spool with captive (#12-24) machine screw height: 42.7mm (1.68 in.), width: 42.7mm (1.68 in.), depth: 74.9mm (2.95 in.) Technical Tip! We recommend a (#10) wood screw for wall mount applications and a (#12-24) machine screw for rack mount applications. S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Organizer Rings Tap(R) Adapters The TAP is a flexible modular connecting adapter designed to access 66M connecting blocks. When installed, the TAP permits customer administration of moves and changes using modular cords, and provides test access. The TAP is designed in 1-, 2-, 3-, and 4-pair configurations and can be end-stacked (except TAP-2) or mounted side by side on a 66M block. Part # Description TAP-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair, 6-position adapter, USOC TAP-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-pair, 6-position adapter, USOC TAP-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pair, 6-position adapter, USOC TAP-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, 8-position adapter, T568B SMAK(R) Kit Our SMAK Kits allow you to add modular components to a S66TM block in the field. Designed to mount on the sides of S66 stand-off brackets, each kit contains a one-piece plastic yoke, two self-tapping screws, and three or four modular components. Part # Description SMAK-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four, 1-pair 6-position modular jacks and 1 yoke SMAK-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four, 2-pair 6-position modular jacks and 1 yoke SMAK-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four, 3-pair 6-position modular jacks and 1 yoke SMAK-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three, 4-pair modular jacks and 1 yoke www.siemon.com 5.33 NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 35 S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM (R) Pico Protector Module Designed for use a secondary protection (to supplement primary protection). Each Pico module provides both overvoltage and "sneak current" protection on 66M blocks in one pair increments. The Pico uses very high-speed, solid-stated technology for voltage protection and fuses for current protection. The Pico Protector provides and effective and economical way to protect expensive equipment and sensitive electron equipment. The system consists of two components: a protector module and a ground kit. Ground kits are available and consist on a snap-on ground plate or "bus bar" and jumpers to safely divert surge energy to ground. Guidelines for choosing the correct voltage level for Pico Protectors 1 Measure the operating DC signal voltage of your equipment. For example: 48Vdc 2 3 Measure the peak AC voltage of your equipment, (RMS voltage x 1.41). For example: 90Vac x 1.41 = 127Vpeak Add together the voltage values determined by steps 1 and 2 above: 48Vdc + 127V = 175Vpeak 4 Select the Pico module rated for the stand-off voltage nearest to, but not below, the value determined by step 3. For this example: the PM-230 module is the best selection since its stand-off voltage is 180V Pico Protector Module Part # DC Breakover Voltage (15%) Stand-off Voltage (Vso) PM-027. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.0 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.0 volts PM-068. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.0 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.0 volts PM-140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.0 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.0 volts PM-180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180.0 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131.0 volts PM-230* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230.0 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180.0 volts *For protecting equipment that is connected to Central Office (voice, fax, modem, etc.) lines, the PM-230 module is always recommended. Definitions DC breakover voltage: The voltage range at which a given module will activate to divert surge energy to ground. Stand-off voltage: The maximum voltage level of the Pico module under no-surge conditions that will keep it from interfering with normal operation of the circuit. Technical Tip! You can retrofit Pico Protectors on an installed M150 block. The ground bar mounts inside the fanning strip (as shown here) allowing the Pico module to be plugged into the center rows of an M1-50 block. Note: Frequency bandwidth limitations may apply. Contact our Technical Support Department. 5.34 www.siemon.com NA_5_CAT5eUTP_A 11/12/12 9:46 AM Page 36 Part # Description PG-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-pair kit includes snap-on ground plate and six 203mm (8 in.), femaleended, quick-connect jumpers PG-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair retrofit kit for a pre-installed M1-50 block includes bus bar assembly, snap-on ground plate, and two 102mm (4 in.), female-ended, quick-connect jumpers PG-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair retrofit kit for a pre-installed M1-100 block includes two bus bar assemblies, snap-on ground plate, two 102mm (4 in.) and two 203mm (8 in.) female-ended, quick-connect jumpers PK-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair kit includes M1-50 block, S89D bracket, snap-on ground plate, two 102mm (4 in.) female-ended, quick-connect jumpers, and one bus bar assembly PK-50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-pair kit includes M1-100 block, S89D bracket, snap-on ground plate, two 102mm (4 in.) female-ended, quick-connect jumpers, two 203mm (8 in.) quick-connect jumpers, and two bus bar assemblies Current Protection Module Our CPM-2PLUS(R) prevents cable and equipment damage due to "sneak currents" (continuous foreign current levels exceeding 0.350 amperes). Sneak currents are not high enough to trigger overvoltage protectors but can pose fire hazards and cause damage to sensitive electronic equipment. They may be caused by direct or indirect contact with power lines, a low impedance connection to earth ground, or by a short circuit somewhere on the line. S66 CONNECTING BLOCK SYSTEM Ground Kits Each Current Protection Module contains two fuses in a clear plastic carrier. They are installed across two adjacent pairs of 66 quick clips, establishing solid contact with the clips. When the module is activated, the fuse opens, cutting off the flow of excessive current, preventing fire risk and shock hazards on data and voice transmission lines. The modules are side- and end-stackable, allowing up to 50-pair protection on a standard M1-100 block or 25-pair protection in a standard M1-50 block. Red plastic caps are available to designate priority circuits. Part # Description CPM-2PLUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current protection module with two replaceable fuses www.siemon.com 5.35 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:48 AM Page 1 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE Fiber Connectivity and Cable Siemons end-to-end line of high-performance fiber optic cable and connectivity delivers a comprehensive solution set to meet nearly any network infrastructure need: * A complete line of rapidly-deployed, high-density plug and play solutions supporting up to 40 and 100Gb/s speeds * High-performance, factory tested jumpers and pigtails * Innovative XLR8TM mechanical splice termination system for LC and SC field terminations * Epoxy-polish field-terminated connectivity -- multiple LC, SC and ST configurations * Preterminated trunking cable assemblies available in custom lengths, fiber counts and configurations * Fiber Cable -- Multimode, 50/125, 62.5/125 and Singlemode Section Contents Plug and Play Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 MTP (R) Adapter Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 MTP Reels and Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 MTP to LC Trunks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 High Density 1U Fiber Connect Panel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.4 Plug and Play System Performance Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Fiber Cleaning Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 XGLO (R) Jumpers and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 - 6.7 LightSystem (R) Jumpers and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.8 ValuLightTM Jumpers and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 XLR8TM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.10 XLR8 Pre-Polished Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.11 SC and ST Epoxy Polish Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 LC Epoxy Polish Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.13 LightSpeed (R) ST, SC Fiber Termination Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 LC Fiber Termination Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 LightSpeed Fiber Consumables Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Replacement Tools for Fiber Termination Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Fiber Trunking Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.15 - 6.17 XGLO & LightSystem Indoor Tight Buffer Fiber Optic Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.18 - 6.19 XGLO & LightSystem Interlocking Armor Indoor Tight Buffer Fiber Optic Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.20 - 6.21 6.0 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:48 AM Page 2 Siemon Plug and Play Modules Siemon LC to MTP(R) and SC to MTP Plug and Play modules provide a quick and efficient way to deploy up to 24 LC or 12 SC fibers in a single module. These factory terminated and tested ports are protected within the housing for reliable high performance and simply connected via 12-strand MTP ports. Modules are available in multimode (62.5/125, standard 50/125 and XGLO laser optimized 50/125 OM3/OM4) and singlemode cable. Compact Housing -- Reduces mounting depth for greater cable management space within enclosures Recessed Base -- Allows cable to be fit under the modules for added cable management space when installed in the horizontal orientation (i.e. within FCP drawer) Optimized Adapter Spacing -- Enables easy finger access to fiber jumper connector latches in high density patching environments Durable and Lightweight -- High-impact molded plastic body with single-finger access Compatible with Existing Siemon Enclosures -- Fits within RIC, FCP and SWIC Siemon fiber enclosures and VersaPOD vertical patch panels Multimode and Singlemode Modules -- Utilize zirconia ceramic sleeves for optimum performance PP2-12-(XX)(X)-01(X) . . . . . . . . 12 Fiber P&P Module with 1 MTP port, black Interface LC = LC SC = SC PP2-24-LC(X)-01(X) . . . . . . . . . 24 Fiber LC P&P Module with 2 MTP ports, black Configuration Configuration L = Low Loss Blank = Standard Loss L = Low Loss Blank = Standard Loss Fiber Type 5 = 50/125 Multimode 6 = 62.5 Multimode 5L = XGLO 300 50/125 Multimode/OM3 5V = XGLO 550 50/125 Multimode/OM4 SM = Singlemode FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE Plug and Play Modules and Adapter Plates Fiber Type 5 = 50/125 Multimode 6 = 62.5 Multimode 5L = XGLO 300 50/125 Multimode/OM3 5V = XGLO 550 50/125 Multimode/OM4 SM = Singlemode MTP to MTP Adapter Plates Siemon MTP Adapter Plates offer a user friendly "pass-through" option for MTP connectors. Fitting within Siemon's fiber enclosures and VersaPOD(R) vertical patch panels, these plates secure MTP connectors, allowing efficient implementation of MTP to MTP reels and extenders as well as MTP to LC Trunks for direct equipment and patching connections. High Density Supports up to 96 fibers per adapter plate - providing up to 1152 fibers in 4U Flexible Configurations 1, 2, 4, 6 and 8 port versions available, supporting both singlemode and multimode 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s Ready Enables simple upgrade path to future 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s applications over multimode 50/125 laser optimized fiber Popular RIC Adapter Footprint Fits within RIC, FCP and SWIC Siemon fiber enclosures and VersaPOD vertical patch panels RIC-F-MP(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . MTP Adapter Plate, black Fiber Count 12 = 12 (1 MTP adapter) 24 = 24 (2 MTP adapters) 48 = 48 (4 MTP adapters) 72 = 72 (6 MTP adapters) 96 = 96 (8 MTP adapters) www.siemon.com 6.1 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:48 AM Page 3 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE Plug and Play Cable Assemblies MTP(R) to MTP Reels and Extenders Combining Siemon's reduced-diameter RazorCoreTM cable with 12-fiber MTP connectors, Plug and Play Reels are designed to be quickly pulled and connected to Siemon Plug and Play Modules and MTP Adapter Plates. Custom configurable to precise application requirements, these reels efficiently put high-performance, high-density fiber connections exactly where you need them. Extenders offer Male MTP Connectors on one end and female MTP adapters on the other to allow field extension of MTP Reels. Custom Configurations -- Available from 12 to 144 fiber counts in increments of 12 fibers Multiple Fiber Types -- Available in multimode (62.5/125, standard 50/125 and laser optimized 50/125 OM3/OM4) and singlemode. Reduced Pathway Fill -- Siemon's RazorCore cable has significantly reduced cable O.D. resulting in less cable tray fill and pathway restrictions 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s Ready -- Enables simple upgrade path to future 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s applications over multimode 50/125 laser optimized fiber Protective Packaging -- Dual shelf reel keeps unprotected connectivity away from harm during payout Ordering Information: Non-Armored F(X)(XX)-(XX)(X)(XXX)(X)-(X) ...............Fiber Plug & Play Cable ...............................................................Assembly, 12 Fiber MTP ...............................................................Connectors Configuration R = Standard Loss L = Low Loss E* = Standard Loss Extender B* = Low Loss Extender Polarity C = Polarity method C per TIA-568-C.O * for fiber reels (FR and FL) only Blank = Fiber Extender (FE and FB) Fiber Count 12 = 12 24 = 24 36 = 36 48 = 48 72 = 72 96 = 96 144 = 144 Fiber Type 5 = 50/125 Multimode 6 = 62.5/125 Multimode 5L = XGLO 300 50/125 Multimode OM3 5V = XGLO 550 50/125 Multimode OM4 SM = Singlemode Length Unit F = Feet M = Meters Length** Length must be 3 digits Example: 003 = 3m 010 = 10 ft. Jacket Rating R = Riser P = Plenum L = LSOH Ordering Information: Armored F(X)(XX)-(XX)(XX)(XXX)(X)C ................Armored Fiber Plug & Play Cable Reel Assembly, 12 Fiber MTP Female Connectors, Polarity Method C Configuration R = Standard Loss L = Low Loss Length Unit F = Feet M = Meters Fiber Count 12 = 12 24 = 24 36 = 36 48 = 48 72 = 72 96 = 96 144 = 144 Jacket Rating AR = Armored Riser AP = Armored Plenum Length** Length must be 3 digits Example: 003 = 3m 010 = 10 ft. Fiber Type 5 = 50/125 Multimode 6 = 62.5/125 Multimode 5L = XGLO 300 50/125 Multimode OM3 5V = XGLO 550 50/125 Multimode OM4 SM = Singlemode Ordering Length 1 meter (3 ft.) 1 meter (3 ft.) See performance details on page 6.5. * Fiber Extenders ship with MTP Adapter for quick transition. ** Order length is measured connector tip to connector tip. Multi-leg versions offered with standard 1 meter (3.3 ft.) legs. Minimum order length is 1 meter (3 ft.) for 12 strand and 3 meters (9 ft.) for 24 strands or greater (See diagram at right) 6.2 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:48 AM Page 4 Utilizing high quality Siemon RazorCoreTM cable, MTP to LC Trunks offer a connectivity transition from 12-fiber MTP connectors to duplex LC connectors. These may be implemented using Siemons MTP to MTP Adapter Plates to provide direct MTP to LC patching options over a wide range of distances and infrastructure configurations. Custom Configurations -- Available from 12 to 144 fiber counts in increments of 12 fibers Multiple Fiber Types -- Available in multimode (62.5/125, standard 50/125 and laser optimized 50/125 OM3/OM4) and singlemode. Protective Packaging -- Dual shelf reel keeps connectivity protected during payout Ordering Information: T(X)(X)(X)(XX)(X)(XX)LC(XXX)(X). . . . . . . . . . MTP to LC Trunk (distribution to breakout) Configuration L = Low Loss F = Standard Loss Length Unit Length* Fiber Count B = 12 C = 24 E = 36 F = 48 G = 72 H = 96 J = 144 F = Feet M = Meters FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) Plug and Play MTP to LC Trunks Length must be 3 digits Example: 003 = 3m 010 = 10 ft. Pulling Eye A = Side A B = Side B C = None Fiber Type Jacket Rating 5 = 50/125 Multimode 6 = 62.5/125 Multimode 5L = XGLO 300 50/125 Multimode OM3 5V = XGLO 550 50/125 Multimode OM4 SM = Singlemode R = Riser P = Plenum L = LSOH MTP Connector Gender MM = Male MF = Female See performance details on page 6.5. * Minimum order length is 1 meter (3 ft.) Order length is measured connector tip to connector tip. Jacketed duplex LC legs offered in standard 1 meter (3 ft.) length for trunk lengths greater than 1 meter (3 ft.) (See diagram below) > 1 meter (3 ft.) 1 meter (3 ft.) 1 meter (3.3 ft.) www.siemon.com 50cm (1.7 ft.) 6.3 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:48 AM Page 5 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE High Density 1U Fiber Connect Panel System High-Density FCP3 Fiber Connect Panel Economically connect, protect and manage up to 96 fibers within 1 rack mount space. Designed to integrate with high-density FCP3 fiber plug and play modules (details below). High Density Supports up to 96 fibers in just 1 rack-mount space Enhanced Accessibility Fiber drawer slides to the front and rear for maximum access to fiber connections Bend Radius Management Recessed modules provide a high-capacity jumper management zone that helps maintain proper fiber bend radius Part # Description FCP3-DWR-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-density FCP3 Fiber Enclosure, black PPM-BLNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-density FCP3 Blank Panel Filler, black High-Density FCP3 Plug and Play Modules and Adapter Plates Siemon LC to MTP(R) FCP3 Plug and Play modules and LC adapter plates are designed for simple, snap-in deployment within the high density FCP3 fiber connect panel. Providing 24 LC fibers per module, the factory terminated and tested modules are available in OM3 and OM4 multimode and singlemode configurations. The LC adapter plates provide a simple way to integrate traditional LC to LC connectivity within the ultra-high density FCP3 enclosure. High Density Modules provide 24 LC fibers per module, supporting up to 96 ports within the 1U FCP3 fiber connect panel Fast Deployment Snap-in mounting and multi-fiber MTP connectivity offers ultra-fast deployment of high-performance fiber channels Compact Housing Reduces mounting depth for greater cable management space within enclosures Optimized Adapter Spacing Enables easy finger access to fiber jumper connector latches in high density patching environments Multimode and Singlemode Modules Utilize zirconia ceramic sleeves for optimum performance Ordering Information: PPM-(XX)-LC(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . High-density LC to MTP Module, black Fiber Count 12 = 12 Fiber 24 = 24 Fiber 6.4 Fiber Type 5 = 50/125 Multimode 6 = 62.5 Multimode 5L = XGLO 300 50/125 Multimode/OM3 5V = XGLO 550 50/125 Multimode/OM4 SM = Singlemode PPM-F-LC(X)(XX)-01. . . . . . . . . High-density FCP3 LC Adapter plates Fiber Type Blank = Biege MM U = Blue SM Fiber Count 12 = 12 Fiber 24 = 24 Fiber www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:48 AM Page 6 STANDARD MODULES AND ASSEMBLIES MAX Insertion (dB) Fiber Type MAX Return Loss (dB) Performance Class MTP LC MTP LC 5L-MM 50/125 10G (OM3) 0.50 0.25 20 30 XGLO(R) 300 5V-MM 50/125 10G (OM4) 0.50 0.25 20 30 XGLO 550 SM-LWP SM (OS2) 0.75 0.40 55 55 XGLO LOW LOSS MODULE ASSEMBLIES MAX Insertion (dB) Fiber Type MAX Return Loss (dB) MTP LC MTP LC Performance Class 5L-MM 50/125 10G (OM3) 0.20 0.15 20 30 XGLO 300 5V-MM 50/125 10G (OM4) 0.20 0.15 20 30 XGLO 550 SM-LWP SM (OS2) 0.60 0.25 55 55 XGLO FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE Plug and Play Fiber System Optical Performance Fiber Cleaning Tools Simple to use and highly effective at removing contaminants that can degrade the optical performance of critical fiber connections, these dry cloth cleaning tools are specially designed to clean multi-fiber MTP(R) connectors as well as LC and SC fiber connectors. The MTP version cleans both male MTP connectors in Plug and Play modules and female connectors in Adapter plates. LC and SC versions clean installed connectors as well as unmated connectors via an innovative dustcap/adapter. Ordering Information: Part # Description PP-CT-MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTP multi-fiber connector cleaning tool PP-CT-LC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC simplex fiber connector cleaning tool PP-CT-SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC simplex fiber connector cleaning tool www.siemon.com 6.5 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:48 AM Page 7 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) XGLO Jumper & Pigtails XGLO fiber optic cable assemblies are ideal for supporting 10 Gigabit fiber applications over extended distances and next-generation backbones. XGLO cable assemblies feature premium fiber that meets IEEE 802.3 10 Gigabit Ethernet Standard as well as IEC-60793-2-10 and TIA-492AAAC (OM3), TIA-492AAAD (OM4) specifications for laser bandwidth Differential Mode Delay (DMD) specifications. In addition, these assemblies offer a superior connector polish that meets stringent Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for end-face geometry and exceeds all ANSI/TIA and ISO/IEC insertion loss and return loss requirements. These precision cable assemblies are warranted for 20 years and ensure optimum applications support for 10 Gigabit Ethernet serial transmission when installed in a qualified XGLO system. 100% factory inspection ensures superior performance and quality. Supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet Singlemode assemblies feature blue connectors with a yellow jacket; multimode assemblies feature beige connectors with an aqua jacket Dust caps included to protect factory polish from dirt and damage 50/125m multimode and singlemode assemblies available Laser bandwidth optimized cable reduces impurities in the core of fiber, ensuring robust 10 Gigabit Ethernet transmission SC duplexing clip allows for polarity correction Exceeds TIA/EIA and ISO/IEC requirements for aging, exposure to humidity, temperature extremes, impact, vibration, coupling strength, and cable resistance to stress and strain XGLO fiber optic cable assemblies meet all Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for ferrule end face geometry - including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical undercut. Compliance ensures minimum Return Loss, thereby reducing back reflection of laser energy which could degrade transmission performance or damage transceivers 6.6 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 8 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength (nm) Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHz*km) 50/125 m Multimode (OM3) 50/125 m Multimode (OM4) 850 1300 850* 850 1300 850* 1310/1550nm 1500 (OFL) 500 (OFL) 2000 (EMB) 3500 (OFL) 500 (OFL) 4700 (EMB) N/A Max. Insertion Loss (dB) Singlemode (OS2) 0.25 (0.10 Typical) 0.25 (0.10 Typical) 0.40 (0.10 Typical) 30 (35 Typical) 30 (35 Typical) 55 (60 Typical) Min. Return Loss (dB) *Laser Bandwidth Ordering Information: OFNR LSOH (IEC 60332-3C) XGLO 300 50/125m Multimode OM3 XGLO 300 50/125m Multimode OM3 Duplex Jumpers: Duplex Jumpers: FJ2-SCSC5L-(XX)AQ .................SC to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCLC5L-(XX)AQ..................LC to LC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCSC5L-(XX)AQ..................LC to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-SASA5L-(XX)AQ..................ST to ST aqua duplex jumper FJ2-SASC5L-(XX)AQ .................ST to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCSA5L-(XX)AQ..................LC to ST aqua duplex jumper FJ2-SCSC5L-(XX)AH .................SC to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCLC5L-(XX)AH ..................LC to LC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCSC5L-(XX)AH..................LC to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-SASA5L-(XX)AH..................ST to ST aqua duplex jumper FJ2-SASC5L-(XX)AH .................ST to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCSA5L-(XX)AH..................LC to ST aqua duplex jumper Simplex Pigtails - 900 micron buffered Simplex Pigtails - 900 micron buffered FP1B-SC5L-(XX)AQ ...................SC simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-LC5L-(XX)AQ....................LC simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-SA5L-(XX)AQ ...................ST simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-SC5L-(XX)AH ...................SC simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-LC5L-(XX)AH....................LC simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-SA5L-(XX)AH ...................ST simplex pigtail, aqua XGLO 550 50/125m Multimode, OM4 XGLO 550 50/125m Multimode, OM4 Duplex Jumpers: Duplex Jumpers: FJ2-SCSC5V-(XX)AQ .................SC to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCLC5V-(XX)AQ..................LC to LC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCSC5V-(XX)AQ .................LC to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-SCSC5V-(XX)AH .................SC to SC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCLC5V-(XX)AH ..................LC to LC aqua duplex jumper FJ2-LCSC5V-(XX)AH..................LC to SC aqua duplex jumper Simplex Pigtails - 900 micron buffered Simplex Pigtails: 900 micron buffered FP1B-SC5V-(XX)AQ ...................SC simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-LC5V-(XX)AQ ...................LC simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-SC5V-(XX)AH ...................SC simplex pigtail, aqua FP1B-LC5V-(XX)AH....................LC simplex pigtail, aqua XGLO Singlemode OS2 (UPC) XGLO Singlemode OS2 (UPC) Duplex Jumpers: Duplex Jumpers: FJ2-SCUSCUL-(XX) ...................SC to SC yellow duplex jumper FJ2-LCULCUL-(XX)....................LC to LC yellow duplex jumper FJ2-LCUSCUL-(XX) ...................LC to SC yellow duplex jumper FJ2-SAUSAUL-(XX)....................ST to ST yellow duplex jumper FJ2-LCUSAUL-(XX)....................LC to ST yellow duplex jumper FJ2-SAUSCUL-(XX) ...................ST to SC yellow duplex jumper FJ2-SCUSCUL-(XX)H ................SC to SC yellow duplex jumper FJ2-LCULCUL-(XX)H .................LC to LC yellow duplex jumper FJ2-LCUSCUL-(XX)H.................LC to SC yellow duplex jumper FJ2-SAUSAUL-(XX)H .................ST to ST yellow duplex jumper FJ2-LCUSAUL-(XX)H .................LC to ST yellow duplex jumper FJ2-SAUSCUL-(XX)H.................ST to SC yellow duplex jumper Simplex Pigtails - 900 micron buffered Simplex Pigtails - 900 micron buffered FP1B-SCUL-(XX)........................SC simplex pigtail, yellow FP1B-LCUL-(XX) ........................LC simplex pigtail, yellow FP1B-SAUL-(XX) ........................ST simplex pigtail, yellow FP1B-SCUL-(XX)H .....................SC simplex pigtail, yellow FP1B-LCUL-(XX)H .....................LC simplex pigtail, yellow FP1B-SAUL-(XX)H .....................ST simplex pigtail, yellow Use (XX) to specify length: 01=1m (3 ft.), 02 = 2m (6 ft.), 03 = 3m (9 ft.), 05 = 5m (15 ft.) Angled Polish (APC) singlemode options are also available. FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE Product Information Custom lengths and jacket colors are available upon request. Contact our Customer Service Department for more information. www.siemon.com 6.7 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 9 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) LightSystem Jumper & Pigtails Siemon offers a comprehensive line of multimode fiber jumpers and pigtails available in standard lengths of 1m (3 ft.), 2m (6 ft.), 3m (9 ft.), 5m (15 ft.), and custom lengths. Each and every terminated connector is optically tested to assure that 100% of the Siemon-built cable assemblies meet stringent performance specifications. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS 50/125 m Multimode (OM2) 62.5/125 m Mulitmode (OM1) Wavelength (nm) 850 1300 850 1300 Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHz*km) 500 500 200 500 Max. Insertion Loss (dB) Min. Return Loss (dB) 0.50 (0.15 Typical) 25 (30 Typical) Ordering Information: OFNR LightSystem Multimode Duplex Jumpers FJ2-SCSC(X)MM-(XX) ......................SC to SC orange duplex jumper FJ2-SASA(X)MM-(XX).......................ST to ST orange duplex jumper FJ2-SASC(X)MM-(XX) ......................ST to SC orange duplex jumper FJ2-LCLC(X)MM-(XX).......................LC to LC orange duplex jumper FJ2-LCSC(X)MM-(XX).......................LC to SC orange duplex jumper FJ2-LCSA(X)MM-(XX).......................LC to ST orange duplex jumper LightSystem Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900 micron buffered FP1B-SC(X)MM-(XX) ........................SC simplex pigtail, orange FP1B-SA(X)MM-(XX) ........................ST simplex pigtail, orange FP1B-LC(X)MM-(XX).........................LC simplex pigtail, orange LSOH (IEC 60332-3C) LightSystem Multimode Duplex Jumpers FJ2-SCSC(X)MM-(XX)H ........................SC to SC orange duplex jumper FJ2-SASA(X)MM-(XX)H.........................ST to ST orange duplex jumper FJ2-SASC(X)MM-(XX)H.........................ST to SC orange duplex jumper FJ2-LCLC(X)MM-(XX)H .........................LC to LC orange duplex jumper FJ2-LCSC(X)MM-(XX)H.........................LC to SC orange duplex jumper FJ2-LCSA(X)MM-(XX)H .........................LC to ST orange duplex jumper LightSystem Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900 micron buffered FP1B-SC(X)MM-(XX)H ..........................SC simplex pigtail, orange FP1B-SA(X)MM-(XX)H...........................ST simplex pigtail, orange FP1B-LC(X)MM-(XX)H...........................LC simplex pigtail, orange 6.8 Use (X) to specify fiber type: 5 = 50/125m (OM2); 6 = 62.5/125m (OM1) Custom lengths and jacket colors are available upon request. Use (XX) to specify length: 01 = 1m (3 ft.), 02 = 2m (6 ft.), 03 = 3m (9 ft.), 05 = 5m (15 ft.) Contact our Customer Service Department for more information. www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 10 ValuLight jumpers and pigtails provide exceptional value at a very competitive price. ValuLight fiber cable assemblies meet TIA-568-C.3 and ISO/IEC 11801 specifications for insertion loss and return loss. They are ideal for commercial cabling data applications up to and including 1 Gigabit. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS 50/125 m Multimode (OM2) 62.5/125 m Mulitmode (OM1) Singlemode (OS2) Wavelength (nm) 850 1300 850 1300 1310/1550 Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHz*km) 500 500 200 500 N/A Max. Insertion Loss (dB) Min. Return Loss (dB) 0.75 (0.15 Typical) 0.75 (0.25 Typical) 20 (25 Typical) 50 (55 Typical) Ordering Information: Multimode Duplex Jumpers Part # Description J2-SCSC(X)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . SC to SC orange duplex jumper, OFNR J2-SASA(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . ST to ST orange duplex jumper, OFNR J2-SASC(X)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . ST to SC orange duplex jumper, OFNR J2-LCLC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . LC to LC orange duplex jumper, OFNR J2-LCSC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . LC to SC orange duplex jumper, OFNR J2-LCSA(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . LC to ST orange duplex jumper, OFNR FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE ValuLightTM Jumpers and Pigtails Multimode Pigtails Part # Description P1B-SC(X)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC orange simplex pigtail, 900 micron, buffered P1B-SA(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST orange simplex pigtail, 900 micron, buffered P1B-LC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC orange simplex pigtail, 900 micron, buffered Use (X) to specify fiber type: 5 = 50/125m (OM2); 6 = 62.5/125m (OM1) Use (XX) to specify length: 01 = 1m (3 ft.), 02 = 2m (6 ft.), 03 = 3m (9 ft.), 05 = 5m (15 ft.) Singlemode OS2 Duplex Jumpers Part # Description J2-SCSCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC to SC yellow duplex jumper, OFNR J2-SASAP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST to ST yellow duplex jumper, OFNR J2-SASCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST to SC yellow duplex jumper, OFNR J2-LCLCP-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC to LC yellow duplex jumper, OFNR J2-LCSCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC to SC yellow duplex jumper, OFNR J2-LCSAP-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC to ST yellow duplex jumper, OFNR Singlemode OS2 Pigtails Part # Description P1B-SCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC yellow simplex pigtail, 900 micron, buffered P1B-SAP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST yellow simplex pigtail, 900 micron, buffered P1B-LCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC yellow simplex pigtail, 900 micron, buffered Use (XX) to specify length: 01 = 1m (3 ft.), 02 = 2m (6 ft.), 03 = 3m (9 ft.), 05 = 5m (15 ft.) www.siemon.com Custom lengths and jacket colors are available upon request. Contact our Customer Service Department for more information. 6.9 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 11 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE XLR8TM Fiber Termination Kit Siemons XLR8 mechanical splice termination kit incorporates an exclusive dual-process activation tool which dramatically reduces termination time per connector. This process is intended for use with 900m tight buffered fiber cables. Flexible Ergonomics -- Tool optimized for use in handheld or table-top orientation Robust Process -- Single-step termination prevents fiber movement by eliminating the need to handle the connector between splice and crimp processes, maintaining integrity of the splice Faster Terminations -- XLR8 tool combines both splice activation and mechanical crimp significantly reducing termination time Fiber Alignment Aid -- Smooth alignment channel simplifies fiber insertion and avoids damage to fiber end face Oil Dampening System -- Oil dampening system allows the blade to cleave at a uniform speed eliminating user variance resulting in a consistent high quality cleave Reliable -- XLR8 tool has been validated for over 500,000 cycles Precision Cleaver -- Kit features a user-friendly fiber cleaver designed to provide clean, precise and high performance cleaves on an array of fiber types Reduced Risk of Polish Contamination -- All termination steps completed with connector dust cap in place Universal LC/SC Compatibility -- Tool terminates both LC and SC connectors with no time-consuming changeover required Cleaver Life Span -- Increased blade life span resulting in 48,000 cleaves Safety -- Integrated cleaver fiber collection bin eliminates handling of cleaved fiber Ordering Information: Part # Description FTERM-XLR8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR8 fiber termination kit Kit Includes: * Activation tool * Jacket stripper * Buffer stripper * Scissors * Precision cleaver * Strip template * Marker * Alcohol pads * Electrical tape * Convenient carrying case * DVD instructions Replacement Parts Part # Description FTERM-XLR8-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiber activation tool, replacement FTERM-XLR8-C2 . . . . . . . . . . . Precision fiber cleaver, replacement Visit www.siemon.com/XLR8 for installation instructions and demonstration 6.10 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 12 Combined with the patent-pending XLR8 activation tool, Siemons pre-polished XLR8 mechanical splice connectors can be deployed with unsurpassed termination speed and quality. Available in both LC and SC configurations, these connectors support both the multimode and singlemode versions of Siemons 10 Gb/s XGLO(R) and Gigabit LightSystem(R) solutions. Optical Performance Insertion Loss * SM: 0.20dB Typ * MM: 0.20dB Typ Return Loss * SM: -55dB Typ * MM: -37dB Typ Fewer Termination Steps - XLR8 SC connectors ship factory-assembled, eliminating time-consuming field assembly of inner and outer connector bodies Enhanced Splice Integrity - XLR8 connector termination process combines splicing and crimping in a single step, eliminating connector handling that can impact splice integrity Robust Polish Protection - Entire connector termination process is completed with dust-cap in place, protecting the critical end face polish from contamination High Quality Performance - Exceeds TIA standards for optical performance and fiber retention strength FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE XLR8TM Pre-Polished Connectors Ordering Information: LC Multimode Part # Description FC1M-LC-5V-B12 . . . . . . . . . . . LC Simplex connector, beige, 50/125m (OM3/OM4) laser optimized, 900m buffered fiber*, aqua boot (XGLO) FC1M-LC-6MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . LC Simplex connector, beige, 62.5/125m multimode, 900m buffered fiber*, beige boot (LightSystem) FC1M-LC-5MM-B01 . . . . . . . . . LC Simplex connector, beige, 50/125m multimode, 900m buffered fiber*, black boot (LightSystem) LC Singlemode Part # Description FC1M-LC-SM-B06 . . . . . . . . . . . LC Simplex connector, blue, singlemode, 900m buffered fiber*, blue boot (XGLO and LightSystem) FC1M-LCA-SM-B07 . . . . . . . . . . LC Simplex connector, green, angled polished singlemode, 900m buffered fiber*, green boot (XGLO and LightSystem) SC Multimode Part # Description FC1M-SC-5V-B12 . . . . . . . . . . . SC Simplex connector, beige, 50/125m (OM3/OM4) laser optimized, 900m buffered fiber*, aqua boot (XGLO) FC1M-SC-6MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . SC Simplex connector, beige, 62.5/125m multimode, 900m buffered fiber*, beige boot (LightSystem) FC1M-SC-5MM-B01 . . . . . . . . . SC Simplex connector, beige, 50/125m multimode, 900m buffered fiber*, black boot (LightSystem) SC Singlemode Part # Description FC1M-SC-SM-B06. . . . . . . . . . . SC Simplex connector, blue, singlemode, 900m buffered fiber*, blue boot (XGLO and LightSystem) FC1M-SCA-SM-B07 . . . . . . . . . SC Simplex connector, green, angled polished singlemode, 900m buffered fiber*, green boot (XGLO and LightSystem) * For use with 900m tight buffer terminations only - Fan-out kits to transition from 250m to 900m cannot be used with XLR8 connectivity. www.siemon.com 6.11 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 13 FIBER CONNECTIVITY ANDCABLE SC and ST Epoxy Polish Connectors SC Epoxy Polish Connectors SC duplex connectors have a duplexing clip, which allows each connector to be removed individually. In the event fiber polarity is reversed during termination, there's no need to discard the connector. Simply remove connectors from the clip and switch to correct the mistake, saving valuable installation time and money. The duplexing clip also speeds troubleshooting. In the event there's a fault with a single connection, an individual connector can be removed from the clip and re-terminated without disturbing the adjacent connector. SC connectors employ an outer housing that is color-coded in accordance with TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0 requirements (beige for multimode and blue for singlemode). Multimode (XGLO(R) and LightSystem(R)) Part # Description FC1-SC-MM-J80. . . . . . . . . . . SC simplex connector, beige, jacketed fiber, beige boot FC1-SC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . SC simplex connector, beige, buffered fiber, beige boot FC2-SC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . SC duplex connector, beige, buffered fiber, two beige boots Simplex Add "-B" to the end of part number for bulk pack (Simplex: 100/box, Duplex: 50/box). Singlemode (XGLO) Part # Description FC1-SC-SM-B06. . . . . . . . . . . SC simplex connector, blue, buffered fiber, blue boot FC1-SC-SM-J06 . . . . . . . . . . . SC simplex connector, blue, jacketed fiber, blue boot FC2-SC-SM-B06. . . . . . . . . . . SC duplex connector, blue, buffered fiber, two blue boots FC2-SC-SM-J06 . . . . . . . . . . . SC duplex connector, blue, jacketed fiber, blue boot Duplex Add "-B" to the end of part number for bulk pack (Simplex: 100/box, Duplex: 50/box). ST Epoxy Polish Connectors The ST connector employs a rugged metal bayonet coupling ring with radial ramps which facilitate engagement to the studs of the mating adapter. Multimode (XGLO and LightSystem) Part # Description FC1-SA-MM-J80 . . . . . . . . . . . . ST simplex connector, jacketed fiber, beige boot FC1-SA-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . . . ST simplex connector, buffered fiber, beige boot Add "-B" to the end of part number for bulk pack (100/box). Jacketed Singlemode (XGLO) Part # Description FC1-SA-SM-J06 . . . . . . . . . . . . ST simplex connector, jacketed fiber, blue boot FC1-SA-SM-B06 . . . . . . . . . . . . ST simplex connector, buffered fiber, blue boot Buffered Add "-B" to the end of part number for bulk pack (100/box). 6.12 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 14 Siemon LC products offer all the benefits of SC and ST connections in a Small Form Factor (SFF), high-density design. LC adapter products are compatible with MAX(R), CT(R), FOB, and MX-SMTM work area and telecommunications room products, providing a wide variety of installation options. LC connectors take just two minutes to terminate, using the Siemon LightSpeed (R) Termination Kit. Multimode Part # Description FC1-LC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . . . LC simplex connector, beige, multimode, buffered fiber, beige boot FC2-LC-MM-J80 . . . . . . . . . . . . LC duplex connector, beige, multimode, jacketed fiber, beige boots Singlemode Part # Description FC1-LC-SM-B02 . . . . . . . . . . . . LC simplex connector, blue, singlemode, buffered fiber, white boot FC1-LC-SM-J02. . . . . . . . . . . . . LC simplex connector, blue, singlemode, jacketed fiber, white boot Add "-B" to the end of part number for bulk pack (Simplex: 100/box, Duplex: 50/box). LightSpeed (R) ST, SC Fiber Termination Kit Achieve faster fiber terminations and higher performance with Siemon's LightSpeed Termination Kit. The Siemon fiber termination kit contains all the tools required for termination of multimode or singlemode ST or SC connectors -- packaged in a rugged canvas carrying case. Kit includes LC microscope head. Use the optional LC Upgrade Kit (see below) for LC connector terminations. All consumables must be ordered separately as noted below.* FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE LC Epoxy Polish Connectors (XGLO(R) & LightSystem(R)) Part # Description FTERM-L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LightSpeed Fiber Termination Kit for ST and SC multimode connectors* Note: Select tools and other termination products supplied with the kit can be ordered separately. *All consumables including primer, adhesive and polishing films are contained in the consumables kit and must be ordered separately. LC Fiber Termination LightSpeed (R) Upgrade Kit The Siemon LC upgrade kit is used in conjunction with the LightSpeed Termination Kit (FTERM-L2) and has all the accessories to terminate LC connectors using Siemon's exclusive LightSpeed adhesive. The kit includes an LC polishing puck and a micro-torch* (to shrink the color-coded LC crimp sleeve tubing).The LC microscope head is included with the FTERM-L2 kit. Part # Description FTERM-LC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Fiber Termination Upgrade Kit (used in conjunction with FTERM-L2) Note: Contents of FTERM-LC are also available individually. Contact our Customer Service Department for more information. *Butane fuel not included. www.siemon.com 6.13 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 15 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE LightSpeed (R) Fiber Consumables Kit Siemon's LightSpeed fiber terminations consumables kit features a premium abrasive film to polish ceramic ferrules and glass at the same level. The films have been qualified to assure exceptional insertion and return loss results when used in accordance with Siemon instructions. Part # Description FT-CKIT-L2* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consumables kit for use with fiber termination kit (FTERM-L2). Includes enough consumables to perform a minimum of 200 multimode or singlemode terminations Individual components may be ordered separately as replacements. Part numbers listed below. FT-PRBOT-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Primer bottle (3.5mL) FT-ADH-L* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adhesive Syringe (5cc) FT-ALPAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alcohol pads FT-WIPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry lint-free wipes FT-SYRMTIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Syringe tip needles w/covers FT-PF12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12m air polish film, gray FT-PF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3m polish film, pink FT-PF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1m polish film, purple FT-FF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finishing film, white FT-PF6** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6m recovery film, bronze *This product contains material with a time and temperature sensitive shelf life. Store between 40 - 100F (4.4 - 38.5C) and verify expiration date marked on product prior to use. **This recovery film is optional and not included with the consumables kit. Replacement Tools for Fiber Termination Kits Siemon offers a full line of replacement tools in the event that a tool is lost or has used up its life expectancy. The replacement tools are the exact tools provided in the fiber termination kits. Part # Description FT-MS400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400X power microscope FT-SCRIBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double bladed fiber cleaver CI-SCISSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrician scissors FT-CRIMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crimp tool w/3-position die for ST/SC/LC FT-PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.4 x 152.4mm (6 x 6 in.) polishing pad FT-PUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/ST compatible polishing puck FT-TMPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Template for SC/ST and LC connectors FT-JSTRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jacket stripper FT-BSTRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buffer stripper FT-LCPUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duplex LC Polishing Puck FT-MSLC2HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . Duplex LC Scope Adapter 6.14 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 16 (R) Siemons fiber trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient and cost effective alternative to individual field-terminated components. Combining factory terminated connectors with Siemon cable in a high-performance cable assembly, Siemon fiber trunking cable assemblies were designed with Local Area Networks (LAN), Data Centers and Storage Area Networks (SAN) applications in mind. These assemblies allow up to 75% faster field installation times. Pulling Eye An optional encapsulated protection sleeve with cable pulling eye protects the factory terminations during installation. Factory Terminated and Tested -- Every fiber cable assembly is factory terminated and tested for premium performance Custom Assembly -- Fiber assemblies can be created to custom lengths and configurations based on a flexible part number scheme for performance options to best suit each installation Enclosure Compatibility Siemon fiber trunking assemblies are compatible with all Siemon fiber enclosures. FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) XGLO & LightSystem Fiber Trunking Cable Assemblies Protective Packaging Dual shelf reel keeps unprotected connectivity from harm during payout Siemon Cable -- Utilizes high quality Siemon cable in both armored and non-armored choice of construction See ordering information next page Proper Orientation -- Each leg is designated for proper connector orientation Identification -- Each cable assembly is coded with a unique identification number for administrative purposes www.siemon.com Superior Design -- Each cable assembly utilizes an epoxy breakout with spiral wrap to protect the fibers when entering an enclosure 6.15 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 17 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE Fiber Trunking Cable Assemblies Ordering Information: TF-(X)(X)(X)(X)(XX)(XX)(XXX)(X) Length Unit Fiber Count A = 6* B = 12 C = 24 E = 36* F = 48* G = 72* Pulling Eye Length** A = Side A B = Side B C = None Length must be 3 digits Example: 004 = 4m 012 = 12 ft. Fiber Type F = Feet M = Meters Connector (Side B) A = Singlemode B = 62.5/125 Multimode C = 50/125 Multimode L = XGLO 300 50/125 Multimode OM3 V = XGLO 550 50/125 Multimode OM4 Connector (Side A) LC = LC SC = SC SA = ST Cable Type LC = LC SC = SC SA = ST (blank) = Pigtail P = Plenum - Indoor Distribution (OFNP) R = Riser - Indoor Distribution (OFNR) L = LSOH - Indoor Distribution (IEC 60332-3C) A = Plenum - Interlocking Armored (OFCP) * Non-armored only ** Ordering length is measured connector tip to connector tip. 900 micron, buffered, 1m breakout. Minimum order length is 4 meters (12 ft.). (Side A) 1 meter (3 ft.) Ordering Length (Side B) 1 meter (3 ft.) Note: These products are made to order. Call for lead time and availability. 6.16 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 18 CABLE -- Optical and Physical Specifications Mulitmode Singlemode LightSystem(R) 50/125 m (OM1) (850/1300nm) Lightsystem 50/125 m (OM2) (850/1300 nm) **XGLO(R) 50/125 m (OM3) (850/1300 nm) **XGLO 50/125 m (OM4) (850/1300 nm) XGLO Singlemode (OS1/OS2) (1310/1550 nm) Fiber Cable Attenuation, Max (dB/km) 3.5/1.0 3.5/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 0.5/0.5* OFL Bandwidth, min (MHz*km) 200/500 500/500 1500/500 3500/500 N/A N/A N/A 2000/NS 4700/NS N/A Orange Orange Aqua Aqua Yellow Cable Type Effective Modal Bandwidth, min (MHz*km) Cable Outer Jacket Color Break-Out Colors: Single Fiber Strands** Blue, Orange, Green, Brown, Slate, White, Red, Black, Yellow, Violet, Rose, Aqua Sub-Unit Colors and/or Markings** Blue, Orange, Green, Brown, Slate, White, Red, Black, Yellow, Violet, Rose, Aqua *XGLO singlemode fiber meets Low Water Peak specifications per ITU-T G.652.C/D **XGLO multimode cable premium fiber that meets IEEE 802.3 10 Gigabit Ethernet Standard as well as IEC-60793-2-10 and TIA-492AAAC (OM3) TIA-492AAAD (OM4) specifications for laser bandwidth Different Mode Delay (DMD) specifications. CONNECTORS -- Optical Specifications Fiber Type Performance Class Max Insertion Loss (dB) Min Return Loss (dB) 62.5/125 m Multimode (OM1) LightSystem 0.65 (0.15 Typical) 25 (30 Typical) 50/125 m Multimode (OM2) LightSystem 0.65 (0.15 Typical) 25 (30 Typical) 50/125 m Laser Optimized (OM3, OM4) XGLO 0.25 (0.10 Typical) 30 (35 Typical) Singlemode (OS1/OS2) XGLO 0.40 (0.25 Typical) 55 (57 Typical) FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE Fiber Trunking Cable Assemblies CONNECTORS -- Physical Specifications Connector Type IEC Intermateability TIA Intermateability Compliance Compliance Housing Color Boot Color SM MM SM MM Beige SC IEC 60874-14 TIA/EIA-604-3 Blue Beige Blue ST IEC 60874-10 TIA/EIA-604-2 N/A N/A Blue Beige LC IEC 61754-20 TIA/EIA-604-10 Blue Beige White White CABLE DIAMETERS BY FIBER COUNT (ALL VALUES ARE NOMINAL) Cable Type Non-Armored Armored www.siemon.com Fiber Strand Count Sleeve Diameter mm (in.) Cable Diameter mm (in.) Minimum Bend Radius mm (in.) Required Duct Diameter mm (in.) Maximum Pull Force kg (Pounds) 6 44.5 (1.75) 5.8 (0.23) 15x cable diameter 70 (2.75) 45.4 (100) 12 44.5 (1.75) 5.8 (0.23) 15x cable diameter 70 (2.75) 45.4 (100) 24 44.5 (1.75) 8.8 (0.40) 15x cable diameter 70 (2.75) 45.4 (100) 36 63.5 (2.5) 16.5 (0.65) 20x cable diameter 90 (3.5) 45.4 (100) 48 63.5 (2.5) 16.0 (0.63) 20x cable diameter 90 (3.5) 45.4 (100) 72 63.5 (2.5) 19.5 (0.77) 20x cable diameter 90 (3.5) 45.4 (100) 12 44.5 (1.75) 13.0 (0.51) 15x cable diameter 90 (3.5) 45.4 (100) 24 44.5 (1.75) 14.8 (0.584) 15x cable diameter 90 (3.5) 45.4 (100) 6.17 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 19 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) XGLO & LightSystem Distribution(US) (R) Indoor Tight Buffer Siemon indoor tight buffer cables are ideal for data centers, campus and building backbones. Siemon fiber optic cables are offered in XGLO and LightSystem configurations supporting high-speed, applications such as Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, Gigabit ATM and Fiber Channel. Ordering Information XGLO Multimode Laser Optimized 50/125 OM3, OM4 (Aqua Jacket), Singlemode OS1/OS2 (Yellow Jacket), LightSystem Multimode 62.5/125 OM1, 50/125 OM2 (Orange Jacket) Part # Fiber Count Construction Part # Fiber Count Construction 9BB(X)(X)002B-(XXXX)A 2 1 tube of 2 fibers 9BB(X)(X)016C-(XXXX)A 16 4 tubes of 4 fibers 1 tube of 24 fibers 9BB(X)(X)004C-(XXXX)A 4 1 tube of 4 fibers 9BB(X)(X)024L-(XXXX)A 24 9BB(X)(X)006D-(XXXX)A 6 1 tube of 6 fibers 9BB(X)(X)036D-(XXXX)A 36 6 tubes of 6 fibers 9BB(X)(X)008E-(XXXX)A 8 1 tube of 8 fibers 9BB(X)(X)048G-(XXXX)A 48 4 tubes of 12 fibers 9BB(X)(X)012G-(XXXX)A 12 1 tube of 12 fibers 9BB(X)(X)072G-(XXXX)A 72 6 tubes of 12 fibers Use 1st (X) to specify fiber type: 5 = 50/125m, 6 = 62.5/125m, 5 = 50/125m Laser Optimized, 8 = Singlemode Use 2nd (X) to specify fiber jacket type: R=Riser OFNR, P= Plenum OFNP Use (XXXX) to specify class performance: G109 = OM1 62.5m, T109 = OM2 50m, T312 = OM3 50m Laser Optimized, T512 = OM4 50m Laser Optimized, E205 = OS1/0S2 Singlemode Fiber cable is ordered in custom lengths on a reel (unit of measure = feet) Contact Customer Service for information on Standard Focus cables in 1000 ft. fixed reels. Jacket (Aqua) * Material: OFNR-- PVC OFNP-- FRPVC Rip Cord * Applied longitudinally under cable jacket Central Strength Member * Light-weight solid dielectric Aramid Yarn Identification 2,4,6,8,12,24 Fiber * Color-coded fibers * Color-coded buffer tubes 72 Fiber 16, 48 Fiber XGLO Singlemode, OS1/OS2 XGLO (550) Multimode, 50/125, OM4 XGLO (300) Multimode 50/125, OM3 STANDARDS COMPLIANCE STANDARDS COMPLIANCE STANDARDS COMPLIANCE STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * ISO/IEC 11801:Ed 2.0 Amendment:1:2008 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM1 (62.5/125) * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 Ammendment 2 OM4 * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM2 (50/125) * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ANSI/TIA-492 AAAC * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ITU-T G.652 C/D * ANSI/TIA-492 AAAD * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * ANSI/TIA-492 AAAB * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) * IEC 60793-2-10 Fiber Type A1a.3 * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) LIGHTSYSTEM Multimode 50/125,OM2; 62.5 OM1 * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) APPLICATIONS SUPPORT 6.18 APPLICATIONS SUPPORT APPLICATIONS SUPPORT APPLICATIONS SUPPORT APPLICATION DISTANCE (m) APPLICATION DISTANCE (m) APPLICATION DISTANCE (m) 10GBASE-L (1310 nm) 8,000 10GBASE-SX (850 nm) 550 10GBASE-SX (850 nm) 300 10GBASE-E (1550 nm) 30,000 10GBASE-LX4 (1300 nm) 300 10GBASE-LX4 (1300 nm) 300 10G Fiber Channel (Serial-1310 nm) 10,000 1000BASE-SX (850 nm) 1100 1000BASE-SX (850 nm) 1000 10G Fiber Channel (WDM-1310 nm) 10,000 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) 600 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) 600 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) 5,000 Fiber Channel 266 (1300 nm) 1,500 Fiber Channel 266 (1300 nm) 1,500 Fiber Channel 266/1062 (1300 nm) 10,000 ATM 622 (1300 nm) 500 ATM 622 (1300 nm) 500 ATM 52/I55/622 (1300 nm) 15,000 ATM 155 (1300 nm) 2,000 ATM 155 (1300 nm) 2,000 ATM 52 (1300 nm) 3,000 ATM 52 (1300 nm) 3,000 FDD1 (Original-1300 nm) 2,000 FDD1 (Original-1300 nm) 2,000 100BASE-FX (1300 nm) 2,000 100BASE-FX (1300 nm) 2,000 APPLICATION 10GBASE-SX (850 nm) 50/125m 62.5/125m 1000BASE-SX (850 nm) 50/125m 62.5/125m 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) Fiber Channel 266 (1300 nm) ATM 622 (1300 nm) ATM 155 (1300 nm) ATM 52 (1300 nm) FDDI (Original-1300 nm) 100BASE-FX (1300 nm) DISTANCE (m) N/A 82 26 N/A 550 275 550 1,500 500 2,000 3,000 2,000 2,000 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 20 Minimum Performance Parameters for XGLO 50/125m Multimode Fiber Fiber Type Guaranteed Gigabit Transmission Distance (m) Guaranteed 10 Gigabit Transmission Distance (m) 850 nm 850 nm 1300 nm Minimum Bandwidth (MHz*km) Maximum Attenuation (dB/km) Group Index of Refraction 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm OFL - 500 3.0 1.0 1.483 1.479 OFL - 500 3.0 1.0 1.483 1.479 50/125 (OM3) 1000 600 300 300 RML - 2000 OFL - 1500 50/125 (OM4) 1100 600 550 300 RML - 4700 OFL - 3500 10GBASE-S 10GBASE-LX4 Minimum Performance Parameters for XGLO Singlemode Fiber Fiber Type Wavelength (nm) Maximum Attenuation (dB/km) Zero Dispersion Wavelength (nm) Zero Dispersion Slope (nm2-km) Index of Refraction 1310 0.50 1312 10 0.093 1.468 1550 0.50 1312 10 0.093 1.468 1300-1324 <0.40 1312 10 0.093 1.468 Singlemode (OS1/OS2) LightSystem(R) Gigabit Ethernet Fiber Optic Distribution Cable Minimum Performance Parameters for LightSystem 50/125m & 62.5/125m Multimode Fiber Fiber Type Wavelength nm Maximum Attenuation (dB/km) Minimum Modal Bandwidth (MHz*km) Guaranteed Gigabit Transmission Distance (Meters) 50/125 m (OM2) 850 1300 850 1300 3.5 1.0 3.5 1.0 500 500 200 500 550 550 275 550 62.5/125 m (OM1) Index of Refraction FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) XGLO 10 Gigabit Ethernet Fiber Optic Cable 1.483 1.479 1.495 1.490 *The protocol pertinent to the transmission distance as noted is Gigabit Ethernet per IEEE 802.3:2005. XGLO and LightSystem Physical Specifications PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS (All Values Are Nominal) Fiber Count Nominal Cable Diameter mm (in.) Maximum Pulling Tension Newtons (lbs) Long Term Installation Nominal Net Weight kg/km (lbs/1000 ft.) OFNR/OFNP OFNR OFNP OPNR OFNP OFNR OFNP 2 4.8 (0.19) 400 (90) 400 (90) 120 (27) 120 (27) 17 (12) 20 (13.1) 4 4.8 (0.19) 660 (148) 440 (99) 198 (45) 132 (30) 19 (13) 22 (15) 6 4.8 (0.19) 660 (148) 440 (99) 198 (45) 132 (30) 22 (15) 25 (16.5) 8 5.8 (0.23) 900 (202) 560 (126) 270 (61) 168 (38) 28 (19) 31 (21) 12 5.8 (0.23) 900 (202) 560 (126) 270 (61) 168 (38) 32 (22) 36 (24.4) 16 13.7 (0.54) 1320 (297) 660 (148) 396 (89) 198 (45) 139 (93) 209 (140) 24 8.8 (0.35) 1282 (288) 1282 (288) 641 (144) 641 (144) 78 (52.4) 78 (52.4) 36 16.5 (0.65) 1320 (297) 660 (148) 396 (89) 198 (45) 213 (143) 221 (148) 48 16.0 (0.63) 2700 (607) 1000 (225) 810 (182) 300 (67) 200 (134) 207 (139) 72 19.6 (0.77) 2700 (607) 1000 (225) 810 (182) 300 (67) 310 (208) 322 (216) Fiber Count Minimum Crush Minimum Flex Resistance Resistance (N/mm) Cycles Operating Temperature F (C) Installation Temperature F (C) Storage Temperature F (C) Minimum Bend Radius Installation Long Term 2-24 22 25/100 -4 to 122 (-20 to 50) 32 to 140 (0 to 60) -40 to 140 (-40 to 60) 15 x DIA. 10 x DIA. 36-144 22 25/100 -4 to 122 (-20 to 50) 32 to 140 (0 to 60) -40 to 140 (-40 to 60) 20 x DIA. 10 x DIA. www.siemon.com 6.19 NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 21 FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) (R) XGLO & LightSystem Interlocking Aluminum Armor Indoor Tight Buffer Fiber Cable Siemon interlocking aluminum armor indoor tight buffer fiber cables are ideal for data centers, campus and building backbones as well as industrial applications. The interlocking armor cable is a robust aluminum armored design that provides higher compression crush strength, rodent resistance and increased security. Siemon interlocking armor fiber cables may be installed as an alternative to traditional fiber cables in plenum inner duct or conduit, providing a less expensive single-pull solution with estimated savings of 25-50% in materials and estimated labor savings up to 60%. Siemon fiber optic cables are offered in LightSystem and XGLO configurations supporting high-speed applications such as Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, Gigabit ATM and Fiber Channel. Ordering Information XGLO Multimode Laser Optimized 50/125 OM3, OM4 (Aqua Jacket), Singlemode OS1/OS2 (Yellow Jacket), LightSystem Multimode 62.5/125 OM1, 50/125 OM2 (Orange Jacket) Jacket Part # Fiber Count * Material: OFNR-- PVC OFNP-- FRPVC Construction 9BC(X)(X)006D-(XXXX)A 6 1 tube of 6 fibers 9BC(X)(X)012G-(XXXX)A 12 1 tube of 12 fibers 9BC(X)(X)024L-(XXXX)A 24 1 tube of 24 fibers * Applied longitudinally under cable jacket 9BC(X)(X)036G-(XXXX)A 36 3 tubes of 12 fibers Central Strength Member 9BC(X)(X)048G-(XXXX)A 48 4 tubes of 12 fibers * Light-weight solid dielectric 9BC(X)(X)072G-(XXXX)A 72 6 tubes of 12 fibers Rip Cord Aramid Yarn 9BC(X)(X)096G-(XXXX)A 96 8 tubes of 12 fibers Identification 9BC(X)(X)144G-(XXXX)A 144 12 tubes of 12 fibers * Color-coded fibers * Color-coded buffer tubes Outer Jacket Use 1st (X) to specify fiber type: 5 = 50/125m, 6 = 62.5/125m, 5 = 50/125m Laser Optimized, 8 = Singlemode * Material: OFNR-- PVC OFNP-- FRPVC Use 2nd (X) to specify cable rating: R = OFCR, P = OFCP Use (XXXX) to specify class performance: G109 = OM1 62.5m, T109 = OM2 50m, T312 = OM3 50m Laser Optimized, T512 = OM4 50m Laser Optimized, E205 = OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber cable is ordered in custom lengths on a reel (unit of measure = feet) Aluminum Interlock Armor LIGHTSYSTEM Multimode 50/125,OM2; 62.5 OM1 XGLO Singlemode, OS1/OS2 XGLO (550) Multimode, 50/125, OM4 XGLO (300) Multimode 50/125, OM3 STANDARDS COMPLIANCE STANDARDS COMPLIANCE STANDARDS COMPLIANCE STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * ISO/IEC 11801:Ed 2.0 Amendment:1:2008 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM1 (62.5/125) * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 Ammendment 2 OM4 * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * ISO/IEC 11801:2002 OM2 (50/125) * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3 * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ANSI/TIA-492AAAC * ANSI/TIA-598-C * ITU-T G.652.C/D * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) * ANSI/TIA-492 AAAD * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * ANSI/TIA-492AAAB * IEC 60793-2-10 Fiber Type A1a.3 * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * Telcordia GR-409-CORE * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) * OFNR: Communications Type OFNR (UL) and CSA FT4 c(UL) * OFNP: Communications Type OFNP (UL) and CSA FT6 c(UL) APPLICATIONS SUPPORT 6.20 APPLICATIONS SUPPORT APPLICATIONS SUPPORT APPLICATIONS SUPPORT APPLICATION DISTANCE (m) APPLICATION DISTANCE (m) APPLICATION DISTANCE (m) 10GBASE-L (1310 nm) 8,000 10GBASE-SX (850 nm) 550 10GBASE-SX (850 nm) 300 10GBASE-E (1550 nm) 30,000 10GBASE-LX4 (1300 nm) 300 10GBASE-LX4 (1300 nm) 300 10G Fiber Channel (Serial-1310 nm) 10,000 1000BASE-SX (850 nm) 1100 1000BASE-SX (850 nm) 1000 10G Fiber Channel (WDM-1310 nm) 10,000 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) 600 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) 600 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) 5,000 Fiber Channel 266 (1300 nm) 1,500 Fiber Channel 266 (1300 nm) 1,500 Fiber Channel 266/1062 (1300 nm) 10,000 ATM 622 (1300 nm) 500 ATM 622 (1300 nm) 500 ATM 52/I55/622 (1300 nm) 15,000 ATM 155 (1300 nm) 2,000 ATM 155 (1300 nm) 2,000 ATM 52 (1300 nm) 3,000 ATM 52 (1300 nm) 3,000 FDD1 (Original-1300 nm) 2,000 FDD1 (Original-1300 nm) 2,000 100BASE-FX (1300 nm) 2,000 100BASE-FX (1300 nm) 2,000 APPLICATION 10GBASE-SX (850 nm) 50/125m 62.5/125m 1000BASE-SX (850 nm) 50/125m 62.5/125m 1000BASE-LX (1300 nm) Fiber Channel 266 (1300 nm) ATM 622 (1300 nm) ATM 155 (1300 nm) ATM 52 (1300 nm) FDDI (Original-1300 nm) 100BASE-FX (1300 nm) DISTANCE (m) N/A 82 26 N/A 550 275 550 1,500 500 2,000 3,000 2,000 2,000 www.siemon.com NA_6_Fiber_A 11/12/12 9:49 AM Page 22 Minimum Performance Parameters for XGLO 50/125m Multimode Fiber Fiber Type Guaranteed Gigabit Transmission Distance (m) Guaranteed 10 Gigabit Transmission Distance (m) 850 nm 850 nm 1300 nm Minimum Bandwidth (MHz*km) Maximum Attenuation (dB/km) Group Index of Refraction 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm OFL - 500 3.0 1.0 1.483 1.479 OFL - 500 3.0 1.0 1.483 1.479 50/125 (OM3) 1000 600 300 300 RML - 2000 OFL - 1500 50/125 (OM4) 1100 600 550 300 RML - 4700 OFL - 3500 10GBASE-S 10GBASE-LX4 Minimum Performance Parameters for XGLO Singlemode Fiber Fiber Type Wavelength (nm) Maximum Attenuation (dB/km) Zero Dispersion Wavelength (nm) Zero Dispersion Slope (nm2-km) Index of Refraction 1310 0.50 1312 10 0.093 1.468 1550 0.50 1312 10 0.093 1.468 1300-1324 <0.40 1312 10 0.093 1.468 Singlemode (OS1/OS2) LightSystem(R) Gigabit Ethernet Fiber Optic Distribution Cable Minimum Performance Parameters for LightSystem 50/125m & 62.5/125m Multimode Fiber Fiber Type Wavelength nm Maximum Attenuation (dB/km) Minimum Modal Bandwidth (MHz*km) Guaranteed Gigabit Transmission Distance (Meters) 50/125 m (OM2) 850 1300 850 1300 3.5 1.0 3.5 1.0 500 500 200 500 550 550 275 550 62.5/125 m (OM1) FIBER CONNECTIVITY AND CABLE (R) XGLO 10 Gigabit Ethernet Fiber Optic Cable Index of Refraction 1.483 1.479 1.495 1.490 *The protocol pertinent to the transmission distance as noted is Gigabit Ethernet per IEEE 802.3:2005. XGLO and LightSystem Physical Specifications PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS (All Values Are Nominal) Maximum Pulling Tension Newtons (lbs) Nominal Cable Diameter mm (in.) Fiber Count Maximum =Net Weight kg/km (lbs/1000 ft.) OFCR OFCP Installation Long Term OFCR OFCP 6 15.8 (0.624) 13.1 (0.517) 1335 (300) 400 (90) 179 (120) 117 (79) 8 15.8 (0.624) 13.3 (0.523) 1335 (300) 400 (90) 188 (126) 129 (87) 12 18.8 (0.740) 14.8 (0.584) 1780 (400) 534 (120) 228 (166) 176 (119) 24 24.4 (0.961) 20.9 (0.821) 2640 (600) 800 (180) 412 (277) 347 (233) 48 24.4 (0.961) 23.4 (0.921) 2640 (600) 800 (180) 448 (301) 408 (274) 72 32.1 (1.265) 24.7 (0.974) 2640 (600) 800 (180) 643 (432) 537 (361) 96 32.1 (1.265) 31.1 (1.230) 2640 (600) 800 (180) 775 (521) 749 (503) 144 32.1 (1.265) 31.1 (1.230) 4445 (1000) 4445 (300) 802 (539) 756 (508) Fiber Type 6 - 144 Minimum Crush Minimum Flex Resistance Resistance (N/cm) Cycles 440 N/cm www.siemon.com 100 Cycles Operating Temperature F (C) Storage Temperature F (C) Minimum Bend Radius OFCR OFCP OFCR OFCP Installation Long Term -40 to 167 (-40 to 75) -4 to 167 (-20 to 75) -40 to 185 (-40 to 85) -4 to 167 (-20 to 75) 15 x DIA. 10 x DIA. 6.21 NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 1 FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Fiber Enclosures and Splicing Siemons fiber enclosures provide feature-rich and easily implemented options for managing critical fiber connectivity. With versions supporting up to 1152 fiber ports, Siemons Rack Mount Interconnect Centers (RIC3) offer superior density, accessibility, slack management, security and port identification. Wall mount versions, which share many of the RIC3s user-friendly features, are also available. Section Contents Rack Mount Interconnect Center (RIC3) . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 - 7.2 Wall Mount Interconnect Center (SWIC3) . . . . . . . . .7.3 - 7.4 Mini Wall Mount Interconnect Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.4 Fiber Connect Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 - 7.6 Compression Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.6 Splice Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.6 Heat Shrink Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 Quick-Pack (R) Adapter Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 Fiber Management Tray (FMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 7.0 www.siemon.com NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 2 The RIC3 provides the best overall value for exceptional fiber management. The RIC3 enclosure offers superior fiber density without sacrificing fiber protection and accessibility. Features include a fully removable tray, improved labeling, standard front and rear door locks, and single-finger door latches. With superior cable management, port identification, fiber accessibility and security, the RIC3 is the best way to protect mission critical fiber connections. Removable Tray Superior Design -- Top and bottom access holes located at the rear of the enclosure allow fibers to be routed between tandem enclosures without having to run fibers outside of the enclosure Enhanced Labeling -- Label virtually any port configuration with our hinged labels. The labels hang on the front door for improved visibility. When the door is opened, labels flip down allowing ready viewing of the label and corresponding ports The RIC3 cable management tray is fixed in place, but can be removed from the front or rear of the enclosure and moved to a work table for greater convenience. Complete Access -- Management tray has a positive stop in both front and rear working positions providing complete access for moving, adding, changing, or cleaning of fiber connections Latching and Locking The RIC3 features a single-finger latch on both front and rear doors. Front and rear doors include a lock for added security FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Rack Mount Interconnect Center (RIC3) Quick-Pack(R) Adapter Plates Siemon Quick-Pack adapter plates can be inserted or removed with a single-finger latch for quick and easy access to fiber connections. Rotating Grommets -- Patented rotating grommets facilitate loading and retention of jumpers and fiber while minimizing microbending stress when using the sliding tray Quick-Release Hinges -- Spring loaded quick-release hinges enable easy opening and removal of front and rear doors for complete access to fiber connections www.siemon.com Maximum Capacity -- The RIC3 enables a maximum amount of fibers to be patched or patched and spliced in a 2, 3, and 4U enclosure without compromising accessibility. This allows more efficient utilization of rack space 7.1 NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 3 FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Rack Mount Interconnect Center (RIC3) Siemon RIC3 enclosures are designed for enhanced fiber management and ease of use. They are compatible with an array of Siemon fiber Quick-Pack (R) and MTP adapter plates for your choice of fiber adapters and port density. Part # Description RIC3-24-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24- to 96-fiber (384 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Rack Mount Interconnect Center, accepts (4) Quick-Pack adapter plates, 2U, black height: 86.6mm (3.4 in.), width: 432mm (17 in.), depth: 380mm (15 in.) Part # Description RIC3-36-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36- to 144-fiber (up to 576 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Rack Mount Interconnect Center, accepts (6) Quick-Pack adapter plates, 2U, black height: 86.6mm (3.4 in.), width: 432mm (17 in.), depth: 380mm (15 in.) RIC3-48-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48- to 192-fiber (up to 768 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Rack Mount Interconnect Center, accepts (8) Quick-Pack adapter plates, 3U, black height: 133mm (5.2 in.), width: 432mm (17 in.), depth: 380mm (15 in.) RIC3-72-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72- to 288-fiber (up to 1152 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Rack Mount Interconnect Center, accepts (12) Quick-Pack adapter plates, 4U, black height: 178mm (7 in.), width: 432mm (17 in.), depth: 380mm (15 in.) Note: 1U = 44.5mm Note: All RIC products include laser-printable labels*, cable ties, rack-mounting hardware, and pre-installed fiber management clips. *Visit www.siemon.com for labeling software. MAXIMUM RIC3 FIBER CAPACITY # Fibers per Quick-Pack Adapter Options RIC24 RIC36 RIC48 RIC72 6 8 12 ST, SC ST, SC ST, SC, LC 24 32 48 36 48 72 48 64 96 72 96 144 16 LC 64 96 128 192 24 96 LC 96 144 192 288 MTP** 384 567 768 1152 Splice Type RIC24 RIC36 RIC48 RIC72 Fusion 96 96 96 144 MAXIMUM SPLICING CAPACITY **For more MTP adapter options, see page 6.1 7.2 www.siemon.com NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 4 The Wall Mount Interconnect Center (SWIC3) is a cost-effective fiber enclosure designed to manage and protect up to 96 fibers (up to 384 with MTP adapter plates). The low-profile, compact design makes it ideal for telecommunications rooms or other installation areas where wall space is a premium. The adapter mounting method is standardized on the same snap-in Quick-Pack (R) adapter plates used in our family of Rack Mount Interconnect Centers (RIC3). Easy Access Convenient Labeling -- Convenient labeling system includes removable clear label holders for storing and protecting fiber documentation Optional Splice Tray Bracket -- Optional bracket available for mounting multiple splice trays (not shown) Doors on enclosures and jumper guard swing open a full 180 to provide complete front and side access. Available with Quick-Pack Adapter Plates -- Quick-Pack adapter plates are available with SC, ST, or LC adapters Dual-Level Fiber Managers Incorporates two independent levels of storage to enable the fiber to be routed at levels that correspond to the adapters. Door Options -- Doors on enclosure and jumper guard can be ordered with independent key lock or latching options FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Wall Mount Interconnect Center (SWIC3) Snap-In Adapter Plates Utilizes same Quick-Pack adapter plates as RIC3 enclosures with integrated latches for snap-in installation and single-finger removal. Accessories -- Dust-proofing grommets included Fiber Jumper Guard -- Integrated hinged fiber guard provides jumper protection and management MAXIMUM SWIC3 FIBER CAPACITY # Fibers per Quick-Pack 6 8 12 16 24 56 Adapter Options ST, SC ST, SC ST, SC LC LC MTP* SWIC3-M 12 16 24 32 48 192 SWIC3 24 32 48 64 96 384 MAXIMUM SPLICING CAPACITY Splice Type SWIC3 Fusion 48 *For more MTP adapter options, see page 6.1 www.siemon.com 7.3 NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 5 FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Wall Mount Interconnect Center (SWIC3) Part # Description SWIC3-(X)-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24- to 96-fiber (up to 384 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Wall Mount Interconnect Center, accepts (4) Quick-Pack (R) adapter plates, black. Includes dual-level fiber managers, port designation labels and removable pocket, dust-proofing grommets, strain relief hardware, cable ties, and mounting hardware. height: 311mm (12.2 in.), width: 311mm (12.2 in.), depth: 82.6mm (3.3 in.) Use (X) to specify the type of lock on the enclosure: A = key lock, C = thumb-turn latch Part # Description SWIC3G-(X)(X)-01. . . . . . . . . . . 24- to 96-fiber (up to 384 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Wall Mount Interconnect Center with integrated jumper guard, accepts (4) Quick-Pack adapter plates, black. Includes dual-level fiber managers, port designation labels and removable pocket, dust-proofing grommets, strain relief hardware, cable ties, and mounting hardware. height: 311mm (12.2 in.), width: 406mm (16 in.), depth: 82.6mm (3.3 in.) Use 1st (X) to specify type of lock on the enclosure (left) door: A = key lock, C = thumb-turn latch Use 2nd (X) to specify type of lock on the guard (right) door: A = key lock, C = thumb-turn latch Part # Description TRAY-B-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bracket for mounting up to 4 mini splice trays to SWIC3 base Mini Wall Mount Interconnect Center The SWIC3 enables the economical interconnection of fiber in locations where wall space is limited while still providing many of the popular, installer-friendly features of the SWIC3. By accepting two flat Quick-Pack adapter plates, the SWIC3 can accommodate from 12-48 fibers (up to 192 with MTP adapter plates). Also included are dust-proofing grommets to provide protection from contaminants and bend radius guides to ensure proper storage of fiber slack. Part # Description SWIC3-M-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12- to 48-fiber (up to 192 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Mini Wall Mount Interconnect Center, accepts (2) Quick-Pack adapter plates, black height: 218.4mm (8.6 in.), width: 185.4mm (7.3 in.), depth: 82.6mm (3.3 in.) Note: SWIC3-M-01 does not accept splice trays. 7.4 www.siemon.com NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 6 Siemons popular Fiber Connect Panels (FCP3-DWR and FCP3-RACK) economically connect, protect, and manage up to 72 fibers/1U (up to 288 fibers with MTP to MTP adapters). It accepts Siemons Quick-Pack (R) adapter plates with patented single-finger access. The FCP3-DWR makes access to the connections easy via a fixed tray that can be released and slid out of the front or rear of the enclosure. High Density Lanced Tabs -- Provide convenient cable anchor points for incoming jacketed fiber cable Up to 3 Optional Splice Trays -- Can be mounted to manage and protect either mechanical or fusion splices FCP3 enclosures accommodate up to 72 fibers (288 with MTP adapter plates) in only 1U on a 19 inch rack. Sliding Tray The FCP3-DWR (drawer version) features a tray that slides out from the front or rear, providing easy access to fiber connections. The entire tray can be removed and placed on a work table for more convenience. Label Holder -- Protects fiber jumpers and is readily removable via release of factory-installed snap-latches FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Fiber Connect Panel (FCP3) Rear Fiber Clips -- Manage cable slack while maintaining minimum bend radius requirements Front Fiber Clips -- Manage up to 36 duplex fiber jumpers (72 fibers total) or 24-, 12-fiber MTP trunks MAXIMUM FCP3 FIBER CAPACITY # Fibers per Quick-Pack Adapter Options FCP3 6 ST, SC 18 8 12 16 ST, SC ST, SC, LC LC 24 36 48 24 LC 72 96 MTP* 288 MAXIMUM SPLICING CAPACITY Splice Type FCP3 Fusion 72 *For more MTP adapter options, see page 6.1 www.siemon.com 7.5 NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 7 FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Fiber Connect Panel (FCP3) Part # Description FCP3-DWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- to 72-fiber (up to 288 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Fiber Connect Panel with sliding tray, accepts (3) Quick-Pack (R) adapter plates, 1U, black. Includes mounting brackets, housing/tray, fiber managers, grommets, label holders, and labels height: 43.2mm, width: 482.6mm, depth: 355.6mm FCP3-DWR FCP3-RACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- to 72-fiber (up to 288 fiber with MTP adapter plates) Fiber Connect Panel with fixed tray, accepts (3) Quick-Pack adapter plates, 1U, black. Includes mounting brackets, housing/cover, fiber managers and grommet height: 43.2mm, width: 482.6mm, depth: 241.3mm FCP3-RACK Note: 1U = 44.5 mm Compression Fittings Compression fittings are utilized as an enhanced method for securing cables to FCP3 fiber enclosures. Acme threads on the body prevent skipping, allowing for faster installations of lock-nuts. Part # Description CF-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compression fitting Use (XX) to specify fiber diameter: 40 = 5.8 - 13.9mm, 51 = 11.4 - 18.0mm Splice Trays (XGLO(R) and LightSystem(R)) These aluminum trays come with a clear, snap-on polycarbonate cover and can be stacked for high-density applications. The standard tray holds up to 24 splices. The mini-tray for use with the SWIC3, accommodates up to 12 splices. Part # Description TRAY-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard splice tray for up to 24 fusion splices with sleeve protection. For use with RIC3 and FCP3 fiber enclosures TRAY-M-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini splice tray for up to 12 fusion splices with sleeve protection. For use with SWIC3 enclosures TRAY-3 Standard Tray Dimensions height: 103mm, width: 298mm, depth: 8.13mm 7.6 TRAY-M-3 Mini Tray Dimensions height: 103mm, width: 179mm, depth: 8.13mm www.siemon.com NA_7_Fiberencl_A 11/12/12 9:50 AM Page 8 Heat shrink sleeves provide a safe and efficient method for protecting fusion splices on either 250 or 900 micron coated fibers. Heat shrink sleeves are threaded on to fibers prior to fusion splicing and then positioned directly over splice and heated via an oven or heat gun.* Part # Description HT-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40mm heat shrink sleeve HT-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60mm heat shrink sleeve *Heating times may vary depending on heat source. Quick-Pack(R) Adapter Plates Siemon's patented Quick-Pack adapter plates feature an integrated latch, which provides single-finger access to fiber even in fully populated enclosures. XGLO(R) & Lightsystem(R) RIC-F-SC6-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 duplex SC adapters (6 fibers) RIC-F-SC8-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 duplex SC adapters (8 fibers) RIC-F-SC12-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 duplex SC adapters (12 fibers) RIC-F-LC12-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 duplex LC adapters (12 fibers), beige adapters RIC-F-LC16-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 quad LC adapters (16 fibers), beige adapters RIC-F-LC24-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 quad LC adapters (24 fibers), beige adapters RIC-F-LCU12-01C . . . . . . . . . . . 6 duplex LC adapters (12 fibers), blue adapters (not shown) RIC-F-LCU16-01C . . . . . . . . . . . 4 quad LC adapters (16 fibers), blue adapters (not shown) RIC-F-LCU24-01C . . . . . . . . . . . 6 quad LC adapters (24 fibers), blue adapters (not shown) FIBER ENCLOSURES AND SPLICING Heat Shrink Sleeves Lightsystem(R) RIC-F-SA8-01 . . . . . . 4 duplex ST adapters (8 fibers) RIC-F-SA6-01 . . . . . . 3 duplex ST adapters (6 fibers) RIC-F-SA12-01 . . . . . 6 duplex ST adapters (12 fibers) RIC-F-BLNK-01. . . . . Blank adapter plate Only recommended for push-pull ST connectors due to access constraints Each adapter plate with icon pockets includes red, blue, black, and clear icons with paper labels. All SC and ST adapters are "universal" to support multimode and singlemode. See page 6.1 for MTP to MTP adapter plates. Fiber Management Tray (FMT) The Siemon Fiber Management Tray (FMT) is an economical solution for managing fiber cable slack and splice trays. The management tray has been designed to easily retrofit any standard 1 RMS CT(R) or MAX(R) Series Patch Panel and can organize up to 32 fibers. The tray is only 254mm (10 in.) deep, allowing it to readily fit into cabinet enclosures. Each enclosure can accept up to two fiber splice trays. Part # Description RMS CT-FMT-16 . . . . . . . . . . . Fiber tray for 1 RMS CT or MAX Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com 7.7 NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 1 MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Infrastructure Management (R) INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT Take your network management to the next level. MapIT G2 integrates a powerful combination of innovative Smart Patch Panels, user-friendly Master Control Panels and infrastructure management software to provide real-time tracking and reporting of network-wide physical layer activity. The system continuously monitors your network -- 24/7, reducing downtime and increasing physical-layer security by tracking and providing instant alerts on changes in critical device connectivity as well as potential security threats, such as unauthorized connections and devices. All such activity is automatically updated in the system database, ensuring 100% accuracy of your infrastructure documentation. With these advantages in documentation, security, uptime and asset management, most customers see ROI in less than 2 years. * Angled Smart Patch Panels (SPP) -- Angled panels eliminate the need for horizontal cable managers, greatly improving patching density * MTP Plug and Play Smart Fiber Enclosures -- Compatible with standard MTP Plug and Play cable assemblies for rapid deployment of monitored high-speed data center links * MapIT G2 Interconnect System -- Interconnect system allows reliable tracking of direct patching links between switches and Smart Patch Panels Section Contents MapIT G2 Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 - 8.2 Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 MapIT G2 Copper Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 - 8.4 MapIT G2 Fiber Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 - 8.6 8.0 www.siemon.com NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 2 (R) Superior Density Low profile 1U design increases density and reduces usage of costly rack and cabinet space in data centers and telecommunication rooms Reduced Power Consumption 75% lower power consumption compared to traditional intelligent patching systems for monitoring equipment. This power savings decreases operating expenses and provides a more environmentally friendly solution Simple, Multi-Functional User Interface Large graphic LCD and keypad enables technicians to view circuit traces, patch cord traces, perform diagnostics and more, improving efficiency in maintenance and MAC work Ease of Implementation Simple design and straightforward implementation and setup reduces the time and technician skill required to design and install the system INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT The MapIT G2 Master Control Panel (MCP) collects all network infrastructure data provided by the Smart Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures, monitoring up to 2880 ports in just 1 rack mount space (1U). The MCP and DCP features an integrated LCD display and keypad, which provide technicians access to critical network architecture and diagnostic information. By providing this interactive interface locally within the patching zone, the MapIT G2 virtually eliminates the need for technicians to carry PDAs or directly access the MapIT software server. This user interface allows full end-to-end graphic circuit traces for any channel in the system and can perform diagnostic tasks on any component or port. MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Master and Distribution Control Panels Excellent Thermal Efficiency The MCP and DCP's combination of ultra low heat generation and a low profile design limits airflow impedance, helping to maximize cooling efficiency in data center environments MCP Graphic LCD www.siemon.com Redundant power and Ethernet Field-terminated control connections (RJ45 Front or S310 Rear) 8.1 NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 3 MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Master and Distribution Control Panels (R) Ordering Information: M-MCP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MapIT Master Control Panel, 1U, black* M-DCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MapIT Distribution Control Panel, 1U, black* INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT *Includes mounting hardware (1) probe pen, (1) power supply with adapters for various regions, rear cable manager, cable ties, S310 stuffer caps and ground lug Note: 1U = 44.5mm Optional Accessories Second Power Supply M-PS...........................................6.0V, 3.0A power supply for MCP or DCP Replacement Probe Pen M-PEN ........................................MapIT pen probe, 7.62m (25 ft.) cord Category 5e Shielded Cable for Control Connections 9A5R4-E1-(XX)-R1A...................Riser (CMR, CSA FT4) 305m (1000 ft.) Reel, (US) 9A5R4-E2 ...................................PVC (CMR, CSA FT4) Blue jacket, 305m (1000 ft.), Reel-in-Box (International) PS-8-8 Shielded RJ45 Plugs PS-8-8.........................................8-position shielded modular plug with 8 contacts (compatible with Siemon and Tyco crimp tools) S110(R) Patch Plugs S110P4 .......................................4-pair, field-terminated S110 patch plug (colored icons not included) MapIT IM and PLM Software This software manages, monitors and documents your network infrastructure through Siemon's MapIT G2 connectivity. For more information on MapIT IM and PLM software, including features, capabilities and system requirements, please contact your local Siemon representative, or visit www.siemon.com. 8.2 www.siemon.com NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 4 (R) Deployment is simple - just plug a MapIT G2 patch cord into the switch and plug the other end into the Interconnect Module, which discovers the switch port and relays the information to the MapIT G2 system. Then, remove the cord from the module, plug it into the SPP and the link is detected. Reduced Costs The interconnect solution requires half the number of patch panels versus an intelligent cross connect installation, cutting both material and installation labor costs Faster Deployment By reducing the number of patch panels and associated connectivity, intstallation and testing time is dramatically reduced Increased Density As the interconnect topology uses half the number of patch panels versus cross-connect, cabinet/rack density is greatly improved. For even greater density, use the angled version of Siemon's SPP User-Friendly Module Simple, single-button functionality combined with on-board LCD display that provides technicians with clear instructions and status information allows intelligent links to be deployed in seconds Horizontal Cable MCP Control Cable INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT The MapIT G2 interconnect solution enables tracking of direct MapIT G2 connectivity between a switch and a single Smart Patch Panel (SPP) -- without the need for an additional SPP as is required in a cross-connect configuration. The interconnect topology (see diagram below) can increase rack density, cut installation costs and reduce installation time. Compatible with existing Siemon MapIT G2 copper connectivity, simply use the Interconnect Module (M-ICM) to unlock the design flexibility of an interconnect topology. MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Interconnect Solution Standard Patch Cord SPP Switch MapIT Patch Cord MapIT G2 Interconnect Module The MapIT G2 Interconnect Module is used to create a link between the switch and panel port connections during initial installation or during moves, adds and changes. M-ICM .........................................MapIT G2 Interconnect Module www.siemon.com 8.3 NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 5 MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Smart Patch Panel (R) INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT The MapIT G2 Smart Patch Panel (SPP) is an industry first in intelligent infrastructure management. The panel features on board intelligence and a combination of LEDs and a backlit LCD to guide technicians. The LCD can be used to display patch cord trace and connectivity diagnostic information. It can also be used to troubleshoot network issues, which can drastically reduce downtime and increase productivity. Also, since it is actively connected to your database, the LCD could be used as a virtual label, dynamically displaying panel and port information directly from the MapIT software. Smart -- on panel intelligence tracks patch cord connections and drives LCD/LEDs for technician guidance Robust -- Single piece construction integrates outlet retention and cable management. Panel includes Quick-Ground technology for shielded systems. High Density -- 24 ports in a compact design, angled version also available Reliable -- Panels have been tested to 20-years MTBF. All active components are field serviceable Green -- MapIT G2 uses 78% less power than competing systems Simple -- Control connections to the MCP or DCP are made on the back of the patch panel with 5e solid shielded cable. Trace patch cord connections With a touch of the probe pen a complete end-to-end circuit trace is shown on-screen at the MCP or DCP. Custom system cables are a thing of the past. Now, category 5e solid shielded cable can be terminated in the field for all Control connections. 8.4 www.siemon.com NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 6 MapIT G2 Ordering Information: MapIT(R) G2 Smart Patch Panel Use (X) to specify panel type: Blank = Flat, A = Angled Use (XX) to specify software option: Blank = 24 IM software port licenses included NS = software sold separately MapIT(R) G2-Ready Patch Panel M-SPP(X)-K24E-001 ..................MapIT G2-Ready 24-port modular Patch Panel, accepts Siemon shielded and unshielded Z-MAX Keystone outlets or unshielded MAX keystone outlets (sold separately) Includes mounting hardware, labels, (24) cable ties and panel ground lug M-SPP(X)-PCBA-24 ...................MapIT G2 Upgrade Kit for MapIT G2 Ready Patch Panels. (Upgrade kit includes PCB with built-in sensor pads, LED's and LCD display, new front panel cover, additional mounting hardware & components with instructions), software sold separately Use (X) to specify panel type: Blank = Flat, A = Angled Optional Accessories INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT M-SPP(X)-K24E(XX) ...................MapIT G2 24-port modular Smart Patch Panel, accepts Siemon shielded and unshielded Z-MAXTM Keystone outlets or unshielded MAX keystone outlets (sold separately) Includes mounting hardware, labels, (24) cable ties and panel ground lug Siemon Keystone Outlets Z6A-SK(XX) ................................Keystone shielded Z-MAX 6A outlet, T568A/B Z6A-K(XX) ..................................Keystone unshielded Z-MAX 6A outlet, T568A/B Z6-K(XX).....................................Keystone unshielded Z-MAX 6 outlet, T568A/B MX6-K01.....................................Keystone unshielded MAX 6 outlet, black Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue, 07 = green, 09 = orange, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 80 = light ivory www.siemon.com Shielded Keystone Z-MAX Unshielded Keystone Z-MAX 8.5 NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 7 MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Copper Systems (R) MapIT G2 Patch Cords These advanced cords also feature a 9th wire and sensor pin contained in a robust over-molded boot. INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT This embedded sensor technology enables tracking of connections between Smart Patch Panel ports. Supports Siemon's High-Performance Systems -- Category 6A shielded, category 6A UTP and category 6 UTP Robust Strain Relief -- Over-molded boots provide plug to cable strain relief and retention of sensor pin. 100% transmission testing ensures component and channel performance Reliable Integrated Sensor Connections -- Sensor pins feature 50 microinches gold plating for long-term contact reliability and resistance to corrosion Simple Testing Features -- Sensor pin is accessible at the rear of the boot for test and mapping purposes Ordering Information: M-10GMCS-(XX)M(XX)L . . . . . . MapIT G2 Category 6A shielded, double-ended, stranded modular cord, color-matching boot, T568A/B, LS0H M-MC6-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . MapIT G2 Category 6 UTP, double-ended, stranded modular cord, color-matching boot, T568A/B, CMG Jacket Color Length 01 = 1 m (3.3 ft.) 02 = 2 m (6.6 ft.) 03 = 3 m (9.8 ft.) 05 = 5 m (16.4 ft.) 02 = White 04 = Gray 06 = Blue M-10GMC-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . MapIT G2 Category 6A UTP, double-ended, stranded modular cord, color-matching boot, T568A/B, CMG Length 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 8.6 Length Jacket Color 02 = White 04 = Gray 06 = Blue 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Jacket Color 02 = White 04 = Gray 06 = Blue www.siemon.com NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 8 (R) High Performance -- Available in 40 and 100Gb/s-ready OM4 MTP plug and play versions as well as multimode and singlemode LC field-terminated connectivity Green -- MapIT G2 uses 78% less power than competing systems and run cool for reduced heat generation Smart -- on panel intelligence tracks fiber jumper connections and drives LCD/LEDs for tech guidance High Density -- Up to 48 fibers in a single 1U space Scalable -- MapIT G2 Smart Enclosures can support systems ranging from small, two enclosure remote sites to large 1000 + panel data centers INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT The MapIT G2 Smart Fiber Enclosures are an industry first in intelligent infrastructure management. Available in both MTP to LC plug and play and LC to LC field terminated versions, the enclosures feature on panel intelligence and a combination of LEDs and a backlit LCD to guide technicians. The LCD can be used to display patch cord trace and connectivity diagnostic information. It can also be used to troubleshoot network issues, which can drastically reduce downtime and increase productivity. Also, since it is actively connected to your database, you could even use it as a virtual label, dynamically displaying panel and port information directly from the MapIT IM and PLM software. MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Smart Fiber Enclosure Fiber Management -- MTP plug and play versions feature integrated fiber managers for secure jumper routing Plug and Play -- Multi-fiber MTP connectivity provides ultra-fast deployment in mission-critical data centers Reliable -- Resilient redundant power and communications increases system reliability www.siemon.com High Accessibility -- Plug and play versions feature sliding drawer for easy access to connectivity 8.7 NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 9 MapIT G2 MapIT(R) G2 Smart Fiber Enclosures MTP to LC Plug and Play Fiber Enclosure - SMTP INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT M-SMTP-LC5V48(XX) ................MapIT G2 LC 48-fiber MTP to LC Smart Fiber Enclosure, black, Multimode, OM4 Includes 2 MTP adapters, 24 duplex MM, LC adapters, cable ties, panel ground lug, fiber management clips, front management bar, label holder and labels M-SMTP-LCSM48(XX) ...............MapIT G2 LC 48-fiber MTP to LC Smart Fiber Enclosure, black, Singlemode, OS2 Includes 2 MTP adapters, 24 duplex SM, LC adapters, cable ties, panel ground lug, fiber management clips, front management bar, label holder and labels LC to LC Fiber Enclosure - SFE M-SFE-LC48-(XX) ......................MapIT G2 LC 48-fiber Smart Fiber Enclosure, black, Multimode Includes 24 duplex MM, LC adapters, cable ties, panel ground lug, fiber management clips, label holder and labels M-SFE-LC48-(XX)C....................MapIT G2 LC 48-fiber Smart Fiber Enclosure, black. Singlemode Includes 24 duplex SM, LC adapters, cable ties, panel ground lug, fiber management clips, label holder and labels Use (XX) to specify software option: 01 = 24 IM software port licenses included NS = software sold separately MapIT G2-Ready Fiber Enclosures MTP to LC Plug and Play Fiber Enclosure M-MTP-LC5V48-01.....................MapIT G2-Ready MTP to LC Enclosure, black, Multimode, OM4 Includes 2 MTP adapters, 24 duplex MM/LC adapters, cable ties, panel ground lug, fiber management clips, front management bar, label holder and labels LC to LC Fiber Enclosure M-FE-LC48-01*...........................MapIT G2-Ready Enclosure, black, Multimode* Includes 24 duplex LC adapters, cable ties, panel ground lug, fiber management clips, label holder and labels Upgrade Kit for MapIT G2-Ready Fiber Enclosures M-SFE-PCBA-24 ........................MapIT G2 Upgrade Kit for MapIT G2 Ready Fiber Enclosure (Upgrade kit includes PCB with built-in sensor pads, LED's and LCD display, new front panel cover, additional mounting hardware and components with instructions), software sold separately *Singlemode available, contact Customer Service for more information 8.8 www.siemon.com NA_8_Mapit_A 11/12/12 9:57 AM Page 10 (R) MapIT G2 XGLO(R) Jumpers XGLO Laser Bandwidth Optimized Cable -- Reduces impurities in the core of fiber, ensuring robust 10 Gigabit Ethernet transmission Reliable Integrated Sensor Connections -- 1 sensor pin and copper wire per each duplex connector tracks connectivity status High Quality, High Performance Connectors -- Jumpers exceed TIA and ISO/IEC requirements for aging, exposure to humidity, temperature extremes, impact, vibration, coupling strength, and cable resistance to stress and strain INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT XGLO MapIT G2 jumpers are built to be the best. These assemblies are constructed with premium fiber that meets IEEE, IEC and TIA specifications for 10 Gigabit Ethernet serial transmission. These advanced cords feature patented MapIT sensor technology -- gold-plated sensor pins retained in robust molded connector clips. These jumpers enable tracking of port connections between MapIT G2 fiber enclosures and LAN equipment. MapIT G2 MapIT G2 Fiber Systems Ordering Information MapIT G2 XGLO Multimode Duplex Jumpers: MapIT G2 XGLO Singlemode Duplex Jumpers: M-J2-LCLC(XX)-(XX). . . . . . . . . LC-LC duplex jumper, MapIT G2 XGLO 50/125 laser optimized multimode fiber, aqua jacket M-J2-LCULCUL-(XX). . . . . . . . . LC-LC duplex jumper, MapIT G2 XGLO OS1/OS2 singlemode fiber, yellow jacket Fiber Type Length 5L = OM3 5V = OM4 01 = 1 m (3.3 ft.) 03 = 3 m (9.8 ft.) 05 = 5 m (16.4 ft.) www.siemon.com Length 01 = 1 m (3.3 ft.) 03 = 3 m (9.8 ft.) 05 = 5 m (16.4 ft.) 8.9 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 1 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Faceplates, Mounting Boxes and Accessories Siemons line of faceplates and mounting accessories provide cabling professionals with an extensive list of unique, problem solving options for deploying network connectivity exactly where it is needed. In addition to the many MAX(R) and CT(R) faceplate options, surface-mount boxes, modular furniture adapters and more, please be certain to check out this comprehensive range of flexible options. * Universal Modular Furniture Adapter -- Adapts to securely mount network connectivity in nearly any modular furniture system, eliminating the need for separate, furniture-specific adapters. * 5-SQUARE(R) Telecom Box -- Offers 50% more cable management space than traditional boxes to support larger-diamter, high-performance cabling. Section Contents LockITTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.1 - 9.2 10G MAX (R) Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.3 MAX Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.4 MAX Horizontal Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.5 MAX Duplex and Designer (R) Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MAX Modular Mounting Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 Wall Phone Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 Modular Furniture Adapters and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.7 - 9.8 MAX Tamper-Proof Faceplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9 Surface Mount Boxes for MAX and CT(R) Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9 Stand-Off Rings for MAX and CT Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9 Surface Mount Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10 - 9.11 Siemon 5 SQUARE(R) Telecommunications Outlet Box . . . . . . . . .9.12 - 9.13 Multi-User Telecommunications Outlet Assembly (MUTOA) . . . . . . . . . . .9.14 MAX Zone Unit Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MAX Fiber Adapter Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 Tool-Less MAX 3 Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 Coax MAX Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MAX Audio/Video Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 Fiber Outlet Box and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.17 CT Faceplates and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.18 - 9.19 Flat CT 3 Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 Coax CT Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 Fiber Adapter CT Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 Modular Adapters and Splitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 Modular Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.22 25-Pair Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 F-Type Coax Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 9.0 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 2 The LockIT solution is comprised of two primary elements: the RJ45 Outlet/LC Adapter Lock and the Secure Patch Cord. The Lock protects a RJ45 copper outlet or LC fiber adapter from the insertion of cords or foreign objects. The Secure RJ45 Patch Cord deters unintended or unauthorized disconnection of the cord. Each of these components requires the LockIT universal key for removal, but may be freely inserted into an outlet to secure the connection. All LockIT components are brightly colored in yellow to easily identify secured connectivity. The LockIT products are compatible with any standards compliant RJ45 outlet, or LC fiber port. This versatile system can be used in a variety of applications. This flexibility makes LockIT a perfect choice for use in public areas such as schools, retail stores, banks, airports and waiting areas. LockIT is also an ideal solution to protect mission-critical networks such as data centers, health care environments and government systems. LC Adapter Lock RJ45 Outlet Lock Secure Copper Patch Cords Universal Key WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES LockITTM Secure Connectivity System LockIT can protect copper and fiber work area outlets in public areas from tampering or unwanted access Patch panel and fiber ports may be protected in the work area, wiring closets and data centers LockIT is ideal to secure active equipment ports against unintended or unauthorized connections or disconnections www.siemon.com 9.1 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 3 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Outlet/ Module Locks LockIT Outlet Lock: LL-05 .............................................LockIT Outlet Lock, bag of 10, includes 1 LockIT Universal Key LockIT LC Module Lock: LL-LC-05 .......................................LockIT LC Adapter Lock, bag of 10, includes 1 LockIT Universal Key LockIT Universal Key: LKEY-05.........................................LockIT Universal Key, bag of 10 Secure Category 6A Shielded Patchcords Secure Category 6A UTP Patchcords Shielded Category 6, double ended, 4-pair, stranded LockIT secure patchcord, T568A/B, color matching jacket/boot, LSOH/CM UTP Category 6A, double ended, 4-pair, stranded LockIT secure patchcord, T568A/B, color matching jacket/boot, CMG LP6A-S(XX)M-(XX)L Cord Length: 01 = 1m (3 ft.) 1.5 =1.5m (4.5 ft.) 02 = 2m (6 ft.) 03 = 3m (9 ft.) 04 = 4m (12 ft.) 05 = 5m (15 ft.) Cord Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green LP6A-(XX)-(XX) Cord Length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) Cord Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green Secure Category 6 Patchcords UTP Category 6A, double ended, 4-pair, stranded LockIT secure patchcord, T568A/B, color matching jacket/boot, LSOH/CM LP6-(XX)-(XX) 9.2 Cord Length: Cord Color: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.) 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.) 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.) 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.) 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 4 The MAX faceplates combine high density with aesthetics providing a fresh look to match todays office decor. The faceplates are designed to be used with angled or flat MAX modules, hybrid Z-MAX(R) outlets or TERA(R) outlets. Quick Identification -- Color-coded icons allow users to instantly identify different types of devices or applications Variety -- Faceplates available in black, white, gray, ivory, light ivory, and stainless steel Installation Flexibility MAX or Z-MAX modules can be installed from front or rear of faceplate. Superior Density Fits up to 6 outlets in a single gang or 12 in a double gang faceplate. Labels -- Sheets of designation labels can be ordered for use with standard printers WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES (R) MAX Faceplates Labeling Faceplates include pressure-release designation label covers for quick, tool-less removal. 10G MAX Faceplates 10G MAX Faceplates are required for Z-MAX 6A UTP installations. Isolated port spacing ensures proper Alien Crosstalk performance. Faceplates include designation labels, clear label covers, and mounting screws. 10GMX-FP(XXX)-(XX) No. of MAX Modules: Faceplate Color: S02 = Two (Single Gang) 01 = Black S04 = Four (Single Gang) 02 = White D06 = Six (Double Gang) 20 = Ivory D08 = Eight (Double Gang) 80 = Light ivory Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 faceplates. www.siemon.com 9.3 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 5 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES MAX(R) Faceplates Faceplates include designation labels, clear label covers, and mounting screws. MX-FP-S-(XX)-(XX)..... Single Gang Ports: 01 = 1 Port 02 = 2 Port 03 = 3 Port 04 = 4 Port 06 = 6 Port Faceplate Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 04 = Gray 20 = Ivory 80 = Light ivory MX-FP-D-(XX)-(XX)..... Double Gang Ports: 06 = 6 Port 08 = 8 Port 12 = 12 Port Faceplate Color: 01 = Black 02 = White 04 = Gray 20 = Ivory 80 = Light ivory Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 faceplates.* *Black and gray color options and bulk project packs available for single gang faceplates only. MAX Stainless Steel Faceplates Single and double gang stainless steel MAX faceplates for use with flat and angled MAX modules. Brushed finish on plates mask minor scratches and scuffs that may occur during day-to-day usage. MX-FP-S-(XX)-SS-(X)..... Single Gang Ports: Label Options: 01 = 1 Port L = Label Holder 02 = 2 Port Blank = No Labels or Holder 03 = 3 Port 04 = 4 Port 06 = 6 Port MX-FP-D-(XX)-SS-(X)..... Double Gang Ports: 06 = 6 Port 08 = 8 Port Label Options: L = Label Holder Blank = No Labels or Holder 12 = 12 Port 9.4 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 6 Siemon's 10G single gang horizontal faceplate for Z-MAX, TERA or MAX modules 10GMX-HFP-(XX)-(XX) Color: Ports: 02 = White 01 = 1 Port 20 = Ivory 02 = 2 Port 80 = Light Ivory 03 = 3 Port Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 faceplates. MAX Horizontal Faceplates Siemon's single gang horizontal faceplate for Z-MAX, TERA or MAX modules MX-HFP-(XX)-(XX) Color: Ports: 01 = 1 Port 02 = White 02 = 2 Port 20 = Ivory 03 = 3 Port 80 = Light Ivory 04 = 4 Port Note: Screws, metal mounting plate, designation label and clear label cover included. Rear Front Z-MAX Icon Cards All Cards include: * * * * Red and blue icons with voice and data symbols Supplemental/color-matched icon with voice, data, and blank designation WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES 10G MAX(R) Horizontal Faceplates 1 white blank icon for field designation Fully recyclable material Z-ICON-(XX)B. . . . . . . . . . . Z-MAX Icon Card, bag of 100 Primary Color 01 = Black 02 = White 03 = Red 04 = Gray 05 = Yellow 06 = Blue 07 = Green 09 = Orange 20 = Ivory 80 = Light Ivory MAX and CT Icons CT-ICON-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . 25 colored icon tabs (phone on one side, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . computer on reverse) CT-ICON www.siemon.com 9.5 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 7 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES MAX(R) Duplex and Designer(R) Faceplates The MAX Duplex and Designer faceplates are designed for use with Siemon's MAX series mounting frames. They are ideal for today's small office, home office, or residential environment. Faceplates include designation labels and color-matching label covers for circuit identification. DP-S-(XX) . . . . . . . . . Single gang, Duplex faceplate DR-S-(XX) . . . . . . . . . Single gang, Designer faceplate DRE-D-(XX) . . . . . . . . . Double gang Designer/Duplex faceplate DR-D-(XX) . . . . . . . . . Double gang Designer faceplate Use (XX) to specify color: 02 = white, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 80 = light ivory MAX Mounting Frames Siemon's MAX mounting frames provide a solution for installing MAX or Z-MAX outlets in an environment where electrical Duplex or Designer style faceplates are desired. They are compatible with any Duplex or Designer style faceplate. The mounting ears can also be detached and used as spacers between the frames and mounting boxes. Duplex Mounting Frames MX-E2F-(XX) . . . . . . . Duplex mounting frame, accepts two flat MAX or Z-MAX outlets MX-E2A-(XX) . . . . . . . Duplex mounting frame, accepts two angled MAX or Z-MAX outlets MX-E4A-(XX) . . . . . . . Duplex mounting frame, accepts four angled MAX outlets MX-D4F-15-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-port MAX mounting frame with HD15 female-female adapter installed MX-D4F-15E-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-port MAX mounting frame, HD15 cut-out, empty MX-E4F-(XX) . . . . . . . Duplex mounting frame, accepts four flat MAX or Z-MAX outlets Designer Mounting Frames MX-D1Z-(XX) . . . . . . . Designer mounting frame, accepts one MAX or Z-MAX outlets MX-D2Z-(XX) . . . . . . . Designer mounting frame, accepts two MAX or Z-MAX outlets MX-D4Z-(XX) . . . . . . . Designer mounting frame, accepts four MAX or Z-MAX outlets MX-D6F-(XX) . . . . . . . Designer mounting frame, accepts six flat MAX or Z-MAX outlets Use (XX) to specify color: 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 80 = light ivory Wall Phone Faceplates WPJP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plastic Wall Phone Faceplate with 4-pair USOC jack included 9.6 MX-WP-(XX)SS . . . . . . . . . . . MAX Series Stainless Steel Wall Phone Faceplate with keystone MAX module included Use (XX) to specify wiring option: Z6 = category 6 UTP, T568A/B; Z-MAX outlet Z6A = category 6A UTP, T568A/B; Z-MAX outlet Z6AS = category 6A Shielded, T568A/B; Z-MAX outlet K6 = category 6 UTP, T568A/B; MAX outlet K5 = category 5e UTP, T568A/B; MAX outlet U3 = 3-pair, 6-position UTP USOC; MAX outlet U4 = 4-pair, 8-position UTP USOC; MAX outlet www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 8 Siemons extended depth, universal modular furniture adapter was specifically designed as a single product solution for securely mounting work area network connectivity in all of todays most common modular furniture systems. The adapters universal mounting frame is adaptable to fit a wide range of available opening sizes, providing simple, snap-in attachment of the plates. This combination of mounting frame and plate facilitates the deployment of todays larger diameter, high performance cabling in congested modular furniture pathways without exceeding performance-critical bend radius limits. Available in MAX(R) and CT(R) versions, this product platform provides a universal mounting solution for all Siemon connectivity lines including CT, MAX, Z-MAX(R) and TERA(R). Snap-in Faceplate Mounts -- Robust latching features ensure secure engagement onto mounting frame - even with congested raceways - while providing quick and easy installation Flexible Mounting -- 4-port MAX-style and single coupler CT-style plates are available to support a wide range of connectivity options Impact Resistant -- Low-profile, angled surface plates protect outlets while eliminating catch points to reduce potential damage due to incidental contact - a common concern in modular furniture environments WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Siemon Universal Modular Furniture Adapter Universal Mounting -- Mounting frame adapts to fit nearly any furniture opening and panel thickness, eliminating the need for furniturespecific mounting products while providing a positive fit uncommon to fixed depth latch designs Manage Bend Radius -- Improved Labeling Visibility -- Extended plate design and optional angled Angled, top-mount label window provides better adapters provide additional space to help maintain label visibility in low-light, confined locations performance-critical bend radius common to modular furniture applications www.siemon.com 9.7 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 9 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Universal Modular Furniture Adapter CT-UMA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CT Universal Modular Furniture Adapter, Accepts (1) CT Coupler. Includes faceplate, mounting frame, label and clear label holder MX-UMA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX Universal Modular Furniture Adapter, Accepts (4) MAX, ZMAX or TERA outlets. Includes faceplate, mounting frame, label and clear label holder Use (XX) To specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light Ivory MAX(R) Modular Furniture Adapters The MAX modular furniture adapters will accept four Z-MAX hybrid outlets, MAX angled or flat modules and snaps directly into communication outlet openings* in most major modular furniture systems, including Steelcase, Haworth and Herman Miller. Adapters include designation label and clear label cover to allow for circuit identification. 67.46 - 69.85mm (2.656 - 2.750 in.) 34.16 - 35.69mm (1.345 - 1.405 in.) Panel Cutout Requirements Panel thickness: 0.76 - 2.03mm (0.030 - 0.080 in.) 75.74mm (2.982 in.) 47.80mm (1.882 in.) Panel Cutout Requirements Panel thickness: 1.52mm (0.060 in.) MX-MFP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modular furniture adapter for standard openings including Steelcase MX-MFP-HMA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . Modular furniture adapter for Herman Miller Action Office Series 2 and Ethospace base openings Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory MAX Modular Furniture adapters mount into modular furniture openings, combining superior density with proper circuit designation. *Furniture outlet openings, panel thickness, and raceway clearance may vary. Please consult furniture manufacturer for actual dimensions to determine compatibility. MAX Labeling and Accessories Part # Description CT-FP-LBL-104*. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 sheets of labels for faceplates that will fit any standard 8.5 x 11 printer, 104 labels/sheet MX-FP-CVR-00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bag of 100 clear label covers for MAX faceplates *Visit our web site or contact our Technical Support Department for labeling software. Add "B" for bulk pack of 100 icons or tabs. MAX Outlet Blanks Blank inserts for unused ports and future growth. MX-BL-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank module, bag of 10 Use (XX) to specify color: 00 = clear (MX-AD-XX only), 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white*, 80 = light ivory 9.8 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 10 Siemon's tamper-proof MAX faceplates provide a secure, low profile solution for mounting our complete line of MAX modules. The design features a one-piece base which accepts up to six angled MAX modules and is secured by a solid cover and a choice of tamper-proof star or standard slotted head screw. The base mounts to any standard North American single gang box. Part # Description MX-TFP-S-06-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . 6-port single gang, tamper-proof faceplate for angled MAX modules Use (XX) to specify color: 02 = white, 80 = light ivory Faceplates include tamper-proof and standard #6-32x1 mounting screws and color-matching screw cover. Note: Tamperproof faceplate is not compatible with Z-MAX (R) or TERA (R) outlets. Surface Mounting Boxes for MAX and CT(R) Faceplates These boxes offer a surface mounting option for MAX or CT single and double gang faceplates. These boxes are perfect for installations where the work area outlet cannot be recessed into a wall or floor box. The boxes are also compatible with our stand-off rings if extra depth is required behind the faceplate. Mounting hardware not included. CT4-BOX-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount box for single gang MAX or CT faceplate height: 119.3mm (4.70 in.), width: 74.8mm (2.95 in.), depth: 40.6mm (1.60 in.) CT8-BOX-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount box for double gang MAX or CT faceplate height: 119.3mm (4.70 in.), width: 120.8mm (4.76 in.), depth: 40.6mm (1.60 in.) Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adhesive backing (package of 10) MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnetic backing (package of 10) WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES MAX(R) Tamper-Proof Faceplate Note: Two magnetic or adhesive backings required for double gang boxes. Stand-Off Rings for MAX and CT Faceplates Stand-off rings are a mounting option for installations that need extra depth behind the faceplate. They are compatible with both MAX and CT faceplates. The 25.4mm (1.00 in.) ring is especially useful to ensure the proper bend radius for optical fiber or other multimedia applications (faceplate not included). Part # CT4-RING-050-(XX) CT4-RING-100-(XX) CT8-RING-050-(XX) CT8-RING-100-(XX) Description . . . . . . . . . 12.7mm (0.50 in.) stand-off ring for single gang MAX or CT faceplate . . . . . . . . . 25.4mm (1.0 in.) stand-off ring for single gang MAX or CT faceplate . . . . . . . . . 12.7mm (0.50 in.) stand-off ring for double gang MAX or CT faceplate . . . . . . . . . 25.4mm (1.0 in.) stand-off ring for double gang MAX or CT faceplate Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory www.siemon.com 9.9 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 11 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Surface Mount Boxes Surface mount boxes feature a sleek compact, easy-to-install design. UTP, shielded, fiber, video, and coax MAX(R) modules, Z-MAX(R) or TERA(R) outlets can be quickly installed into the base. Multiple cable management features provide a high performance and well organized installation. Cable/Raceway Entry -- Breakouts on three sides and bottom Label Cover -- Conceals screw for added security if desired Snap-on Cover with Designation Areas -- For color-coded icons/tabs and write-on labels Cable Management -- Built-in cable management features ensure proper bend radius for copper or fiber MAX Bezels Included -- Allows flat MAX modules to be secured in place Cable Tie Anchor Points -- Facilitates strain relief for cable Optional Spring-loaded Shutter Doors -- Shutter doors offer added protection from dust and other contaminants Z-MAX Surface Mount Boxes MX-SMZ(X)-(XX)-(X) . . . . . . . . . Z-MAX Surface mount box with cover base, 2 port multimedia bezel, cable ties, adhesive tape and mounting screws Ports 1 = 1 port 2 = 2 port* 4 = 4 port* 6 = 6 port* Options (Blank) = n/a M = magnets Color 01 = Black 02 = White 20 = Ivory 80 = Light Ivory * Includes designation labels and label covers Also for use with single-port flat and duplex LC adapter modules and TERA outlets. See pages 9.15 and 9.16. 9.10 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 12 Field-assembled surface mount boxes with MAX(R) bezels. Accepts flat single port MAX modules ordered separately. MX-SM1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-port box with cover, base, one single port MAX bezel, cable ties, adhesive tape and mounting screws MX-SM2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-port box with cover, base, one (2-port) MAX bezel, cable ties, adhesive tape, mounting screws, and designation labels MX-SM4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-port box with cover, base, two (2-port) MAX bezels, cable ties, adhesive tape, mounting screws, designation labels and label covers MX-SM6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-port box with cover, base, three (2-port) MAX bezels, cable ties, adhesive tape, mounting screws, designation labels and label covers Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Add "-D" for optional spring shutter doors. Add "-M" for optional magnets. MAX bezels are compatible with all single port, flat MAX modules. For LC, SC duplex fiber adapters, Z-MAX and TERA options, see MX-SM multimedia bezels below. Add "-MD" for optional doors and magnets. MX-SM Multimedia, SC Bezels and Blanks MX-SMB-MM-(XX) . . . . . 2-port multimedia bezel MX-SMB-SC-(XX) . . . . . . 2-port bezel with one duplex SC adapter* MX-SM-BLNK-(XX) . . . . . 1-port blank insert for MAX bezels WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES MX-SM Surface Mount Boxes Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory. *SC adapters are "universal" to support both multimode and singlemode. Note: Multimedia bezel accommodates Z-MAX (R), TERA (R) outlets and flat MAX duplex LC adapters. They are also compatible with all other single port flat MAX modules, but require the use of icons to secure modules into bezel. 6-Port SP5 Surface Pack Module This 6-port SP5 Surface Pack is designed to provide high performance modular connectivity and category 5e transmission performance for mobile, surface mount applications. The module fits through 57.15mm (2.25 in.) diameter openings for easy relocation and can be mounted using either mounting screws (not provided) or optional internal mounting magnets. Cable tie strain relief points and tapered entrance secures and protects cables. Part # Description SP5-C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-port, surface pack module, T568A/B. Includes icon label holder, label, and cable tie Add "-M" for optional mounting magnets. www.siemon.com 9.11 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 13 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES (R) Siemon 5 SQUARE Telecommunications Outlet Box Siemons 5 SQUARE telecommunications outlet box was specifically designed to support todays high-performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems, providing 50% more useable space than traditional 4 square boxes. This additional space simplifies installation and cable management and helps maintain the strict bend-radius requirements of high-performance systems such as category 6A and category 7A copper while leaving room for future upgrades and expansions. 50% More Space -- Siemon's 5 SQUARE box provides 64 cubic inches of useable space versus just 30-42 cubic inches for standard boxes Integrated Cable Management -- 5 SQUARE is the only telecommunications outlet box with an integrated cable management system Flexible Mounting Standard and bracket-mounted versions feature multiple conduit knockout options. Installation Options Available with single and double-gang extension rings with depths up to 1 1/4 in. Faceplate/Box Compatibility Support Larger-Diameter Cables -- Provides additional space for management of larger diameter cables, such as category 6A UTP 9.12 Manage Bend Radius -- Supports bend-radius requirements of high-performance cabling to ensure proper consistent performance Plaster/Reducer rings provide compatibility with all US style Siemon and 3rd party single and double gang faceplates, as well as Siemon MX-SM Surface-Mount Boxes, Fiber Outlet Boxes and MuTOA's. www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 14 Part # Description BB55-01 ..............................5 SQUARE Telecom Box w/Cable Mgmt, (1) 1/2, (1) 3/4 in. and (1) 1 in. knockouts on each side BB55-02 ..............................5 SQUARE Telecom Box w/Cable Mgmt, (2) 1 in. knockouts on each side BB55-03 ..............................5 SQUARE Telecom Box w/Cable Mgmt, (1) 1 in. and (1) 1-1/4 in. knockouts on each side BB55B-01............................5 SQUARE Telecom Bracket Box w/Cable Mgmt, (1) 1/2, (1) 3/4 in. and (1) 1 in. knockouts on 3 sides only BB55B-02............................5 SQUARE Telecom Bracket Box w/Cable Mgmt, (2) 1 in. knockouts on 3 sides only BB55B-03............................5 SQUARE Telecom Bracket Box w/Cable Mgmt, (1) 1 in. & (1) 1-1/4 in. knockouts on 3 sides only BE55-1A..............................5 SQUARE Single Gang Plaster Ring, Flat BE55-1B..............................5 SQUARE Single Gang Plaster Ring, 1/2 in. Raise BE55-1C .............................5 SQUARE Single Gang Plaster Ring, 5/8 in. Raise BE55-1D .............................5 SQUARE Single Gang Plaster Ring, 3/4 in. Raise BE55-1E..............................5 SQUARE Single Gang Plaster Ring, 1 in. Raise BE55-1F..............................5 SQUARE Single Gang Plaster Ring, 1-1/4 in. Raise BE55-2A..............................5 SQUARE Double Gang Plaster Ring, Flat BE55-2B..............................5 SQUARE Double Gang Plaster Ring, 1/2 in. Raise BE55-2C .............................5 SQUARE Double Gang Plaster Ring, 5/8 in. Raise BE55-2D .............................5 SQUARE Double Gang Plaster Ring, 3/4 in. Raise BE55-2E..............................5 SQUARE Double Gang Plaster Ring, 1 in. Raise BE55-2F..............................5 SQUARE Double Gang Plaster Ring, 1-1/4 in. Raise BB55-01 BB55-02 BB55-03 BB55B-01 BB55B-02 BB55B-03 BE55-1A BE55-1B BE55-1C BE55-1D BE55-1E BE55-1F BE55-2A BE55-2B BE55-2C BE55-2D BE55-2E BE55-2F www.siemon.com WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Siemon 5 SQUARE(R) Telecom Outlet Box 9.13 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 15 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Multi-User Telecommunications Outlet Assembly (MUTOA) This low-profile multi-user/multimedia surface mount box is unsurpassed in features and flexibility, and is ideal for use as a Multi-user Telecommunications Outlet Assembly (MUTOA) as specified in TIA-568-C.1. It provides storage area for up to 12m (39 ft.) of buffered optical fiber cable using our optional fiber management tray and at least 2m (6.5 ft.) of 4-pair twisted pair cable in the base, while maintaining a minimum bend radius of 30mm (1.2 in.). US and European Compatible -- Compatible with any standard single or double gang electrical box including European standards Fiber Management Optional fiber management trays enable isolation and proper routing of optical fiber cabling. Storage Capacity -- Provides TIA compliance for cable slack while maintaining minimum bend radius requirements Innovative Labeling Hideaway labeling system flips down to reveal a designation area that utilizes standard size faceplate designation labels. Versatility -- MAX MUTOA accommodates any combination of up to 18 ports of mixed media or up to 36 fiber ports CT MUTA accommodates any combination up to 6 CT couplers MUTOA Ordering Information Part # Description (XX)-MMO-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-user/telecommunications outlet box with cable ties, mounting screws Type: Color: and adhesive tape MX = for use with MAX modules 02 = White height: 200.2mm (7.88 in.) CT = for use with CT couplers 20 = Ivory width: 200.2mm (7.88 in.) 80 = Light Ivory depth: 57.0mm (2.25 in.) Optional fiber management tray sold separately (see below). Use (XX) to specify color: 02 = white, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Accessories Part # Description CT-MMO-MAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set of 3 magnets for mounting MUTOA FMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear fiber management tray for MUTOA 9.14 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 16 The MAX zone unit enclosure is an economical, high-density solution designed for use with low-profile sub-floor applications including Flexspace Cablefloor (R) and Haworth NexusTM. Enclosures are available to accommodate up to 48 ports of media using flat MAX, Z-MAX and TERA series modules and feature a 44.5 x 101.6mm (1.8 x 4.08 in.) opening for cable entry. Cable tie anchor points (hook and loop cable managers included) and fiber managers are conveniently located within the enclosure for proper routing and securing of cabling. The enclosures are constructed of durable 16 gauge steel and feature a simple two piece design with a base and cover secured by four #6-32 screws. There are four mounting holes in the base for securing the enclosure to a mounting surface. The 48-port version includes internal support posts to provide additional structural support. Part # Description ZU-MX-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-port MAX zone unit enclosure height: 44.5mm (1.8 in.), width: 254.0mm (10 in.), depth: 377.8mm (14.9 in.) ZU-MX-24-0515*. . . . . . . . . . 24-port MAX zone unit enclosure height: 44.5mm (1.8 in.), width: 114.3mm (4.5 in.), depth: 377.8mm (14.9 in.) *0515 denotes approximate width and depth in inches. MAX Fiber Adapter Modules Siemon MAX fiber adapter modules are compatible with all MAX series faceplates, modular furniture adapters, surface mount boxes and patch panels. All fiber adapters are "universal" to support either multimode or singlemode fiber connections. MX-F-SA-(XX)* . . . . . . . Flat module with 1 simplex ST adapter (1 fiber) MX-SA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . Angled module with 1 simplex ST adapter (1 fiber) MX-F-S2-(XX) . . . . . . . . Flat module with 1 duplex ST adapter (2 fibers) MX-S2-(XX). . . . . . . . . . Angled module with 1 duplex ST adapter (2 fibers) MX-F-SC-(XX). . . . . . . . Flat module with 1 duplex SC adapter (2 fibers) MX-SC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . Angled module with 1 duplex SC adapter (2 fibers) MX-F1-LC(X)-(XX)*. . . . Flat module with 1 duplex LC adapter (2 fibers) WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES MAX(R) Zone Unit Enclosure Use (X) to specify LC adapter color: blank = beige, U = blue Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 25 = bright white, 80 = light ivory Modules include dust caps, one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon per port. *Compatible with SM (R) boxes. www.siemon.com 9.15 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 17 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Tool-Less MAX(R) 3 Modules MAX modules provide a full range of voice and specific data wiring configurations. MX-(XX)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled module MX-F-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat module Use 1st (XX) to specify jack: U3 = 3-pair, 6-position jack, USOC; U4 = 4-pair, 8-position jack, USOC Use 2nd (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. Coax MAX Modules For terminating coaxial cables at the work area or telecommunications room, Siemon's coax MAX modules are available with both BNC and F-type adapters. The F-type is available in both flat and angled while the BNC is available in flat only. They each include a space for using color coded icons to identify type of service. MX-FA-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled module with 1 F-type adapter, 75 ohms, 2 GHz MX-F-FA-(XX)* . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat module with 1 F-type adapter, 75 ohms, 2 GHz MX-F-BA-(XX)* . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat module with 1 BNC adapter, 75 ohms Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. *Compatible with SM(R) boxes. MAX Audio/Video Modules Siemon audio/video MAX modules provide connectivity for a wide range of applications. Available media types include RCA, SVHS and HD15. MX-F-RC-(XX)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat module with 1 RCA connector with solder tail MX-RC-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angled module with 1 RCA connector with solder tail Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory RCA Modules include one color-matching, one red, and one blue icon. *Compatible with SM boxes. 9.16 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 18 Siemon's low-profile Fiber Outlet Box (FOB2) is the optimal solution for bringing fiber to the desk. The FOB2 offers a well-defined method for managing fiber cabling at the work area by providing a connection point for up to 12 fibers connectors utilizing slide-in bezels. FOB2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Includes base, cover, designation labels, clear label covers, mounting hardware, cable ties, icons, and three blank bezels FOB2-GRD-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . Includes base, extended cover, designation labels, clear label covers, mounting hardware, cable ties, icons, and three blank bezels Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 80 = light ivory WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Fiber Outlet Box (FOB2) Fiber Bezels FOB-BZL-LC(X)1-01. . . . . . . . 1 Duplex LC adapter, (2 fibers) FOB-BZL-LC(X)-01. . . . . . . . . 2 Duplex LC adapters, (4 fibers) FOB-BZL-SC-01 . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Duplex SC adapter, (2 fibers) FOB-BZL-SA-01 . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Duplex ST adapter, (2 fibers) FOB-BZL-BL-01 . . . . . . . . . . . Blank bezel Use (X) to specify LC adapter color: blank = beige, U = blue www.siemon.com Note: Fiber adapters are "universal" to support both multimode and singlemode. 9.17 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 19 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES CT(R) Faceplates CT2-FP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . 1-port single gang plastic faceplate for a CT adapter CT4-FP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . 2-port single gang plastic faceplate for CT adapters CT8-FP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . 4-port double gang plastic faceplate for CT adapters CT2-HFPA-(XX)* . . . . . . . 1-port single gang plastic horizontal faceplate for a CT adapter, with color matching screw caps Use (XX) to specify color: 02 = white, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Faceplates include designation label(s), label cover(s) and #6-32x1 screws. Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack, (includes 100 CT2 or CT4 faceplates or 50 CT8 faceplates, screws, designation labels, and label covers). *Not available in bulk project pack. Stainless Steel CT Faceplates CT4-FP-SS-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single gang stainless steel faceplate for two couplers with labels and label holders CT4-FP-SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single gang stainless steel faceplate for two couplers CT8-FP-SS-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double gang stainless steel faceplate for four couplers with labels and label holders CT8-FP-SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double gang stainless steel faceplate for four couplers CT12-FP-SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Triple gang stainless steel faceplate for six couplers 9.18 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 20 Designed for use in standard CT faceplates or adapters, adapters feature angled bezel orientation to reduce mounting depth requirements for Z-MAX(R), TERA and flat MAX outlets and facilitates gravity feed installation design. CTE-MXA-01-02 . . . . . . . Angled CT adapter for one MAX, Z-MAX or TERA outlet, white CTE-MXA-02-02 . . . . . . . Angled CT adapter for two MAX, Z-MAX or TERA outlets, white CTE-HZA-02-(XX) ................. Horizontal CT adapter for two Z-MAX, MAX or TERA outlets Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white See page 9.8 for Universal Modular Furniture Adapters for CT adapters. CT Modular Furniture Adapters CT-MFP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adapter for standard openings including Steelcase (accepts one CT coupler) Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory CT-MFP-HMA-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . Adapter for Herman Miller Action Office Series 2 and Ethospace base openings (accepts two CT couplers) WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES TERA(R)-MAX(R) Adapters for CT(R) Faceplates Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white Faceplate Accessories Part # Description CT-FP-LBL-104*. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 sheets of labels for faceplates that will fit any standard 8.5 x 11 printer, 104 labels per sheet CT-FP-CVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bag of 100 clear label covers for CT faceplates *Visit our web site or contact our Technical Support Department for labeling software. www.siemon.com 9.19 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 21 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Flat CT(R) 3 Couplers Flat CT 3 couplers provide a full range of voice wiring configurations. They are available with single or double modular jacks. Double Couplers Single Couplers CT-(XX)-(XX)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . Flat, double coupler CT-(XX)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat, single coupler Use 1st (XX) to specify jack A (see below) Use 1st (XX) to specify jack option (see below) Use 2nd (XX) to specify jack B (see below) Use 2nd (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Use 3rd (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Jack Options: U3 = 3-pair, 6-position jack, USOC; U4 = 4-pair jack, USOC Add "B" to end of part number for bulk project pack of 100 couplers. (Bulk option includes couplers and icons only -- termination caps and cable ties are available separately, see page 1.21). Couplers include one color-matching icon (clear for black, 2 termination caps, and one cable tie per port, plus one red and one blue icon. Coax CT Couplers CT-BA-(XX) Flat coupler with 1 BNC adapter CT-A-BA-(XX) Angled coupler with 1 BNC adapter CT-FA-(XX) Flat coupler with 1 F-type adapter CT-BA-BA-(XX) Flat coupler with 2 BNC adapters CT-A-BA-BA-(XX) Angled coupler with 2 BNC adapters CT-FA-FA-(XX) Flat coupler with 2 F-type adapters CT-A-FA-(XX) Angled coupler with 1 F-type adapter Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Couplers include one color-matching icon (clear for black); one red and one blue icon. Fiber Adapter CT Couplers The CT fiber coupler line consists of MT-RJ, LC, SC, ST and SC/ST hybrid adapters available in 2 and 4 fiber versions. Angled versions are available with our patented gravityfeed design for controlling the bend radius of fiber cables at the work area. All fiber adapters are "universal" to support either multimode or singlemode fiber connections. CT-LC(X)-(XX) Flat coupler with 1 duplex LC adapter (2 fibers) CT-LC(X)-LC(X)-(XX) Flat coupler with 2 duplex LC adapters (4 fibers) CT-A-LC(X)-(XX) Angled coupler with 1 duplex LC adapter (2 fibers) CT-SC-SC-(XX) Flat coupler with 1 duplex SC adapter (2 fibers) CT-SC-4-(XX) Flat coupler with 2 duplex SC adapters (4 fibers) CT-A-SC-SC-(XX) Angled coupler with 1 duplex SC adapter (2 fibers) CT-SA-SA-(XX) Flat coupler with 1 duplex ST adapter (2 fibers) CT-SA-4-(XX) Flat coupler with 2 duplex ST adapters (4 fibers) CT-A-SA-SA-(XX) Angled coupler with 1 duplex ST adapter (2 fibers) CT-A-LC(X)-LC(X)-(XX) Angled coupler with 2 duplex LC adapters (4 fibers) Use (X) to specify LC adapter color: blank = beige, U = blue Use (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 04 = gray, 20 = ivory, 80 = light ivory Couplers include one color-matching icon (clear for black); plus one red and one blue icon. 9.20 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 22 Y-Adapters are available as "splitters" which convert one 4-pair jack into two jacks. The Y-Adapters utilize Siemon's patented UP-2468 plug which allows adapters to be used in 6- or 8-position jacks. The adapter body can be rotated 180 to view either the colored icons or the Y-Adapter pinouts, which are printed on the opposite side. YU4-U2-U2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Splits a 4-pair USOC jack for Token Ring or voice applications at either jack YA4-U2-U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Splits a 4-pair T568B jack for Token Ring or voice applications at either jack YT4-E2-E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Splits a 4-pair T568A/B jack for 10BASE-T applications at either jack YT4-U2-U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Splits a 4-pair T568A jack for Token Ring or voice applications at either jack YA4-A3-U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Splits a 4-pair T568B jack for 1-, 2- or 3-pair voice and 1-pair voice/modem YT4-E2-U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Splits a 4-pair T568A/B jack for 10BASE-T and Token Ring or voice applications Y-BRIDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bridges all jack pairs. Compatible with any jack wiring. Provides an additional 4-pair jack with the same wiring. WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Modular Y-Adapters Modular 4-Way Splitter Siemon's modular 4-way splitter provides access to each individual pair of a 4-pair modular outlet. The splitter converts a single 4 pair outlet to 4 individual 1-pair, 6-position outlets to enable four unique modular connections. The universal plug design enables compatibility with both 6- and 8-position outlets. YA4-4U1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modular 4-way splitter, T568B YT4-4U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modular 4-way splitter, T568A Note: These modular adapters meet category 3 transmission specifications. www.siemon.com 9.21 NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 23 WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Universal Modular Plug Our patented "universal" modular plug eliminates the need to stock more than one size modular plug. The UP-2468 permits field-termination of modular cords in 2-, 3-, or 4-pair increments and terminates twisted pair cable with 26 - 22 AWG (0.40mm - 0.64mm) solid or 7-strand conductors with insulated conductor diameter of 0.86 - 0.99mm (0.034 - 0.039 in.). Plug contacts have 50 microinches minimum of gold plating over nickel and meet TIA-968-A and IEC 60603-7 specifications. Part # Description UP-2468. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Universal" modular plug fits 6 or 8-position RJ outlets Modular Plugs We offer modular plugs in standard configurations to terminate modular cords for patching or work area applications. Modular plugs can be terminated to the exact cable length needed in order to maintain a neater, more organized installation. The plugs terminate twisted-pair cable with 26 - 22 AWG (0.40mm - 0.64mm) solid or 7-strand conductors with an insulated conductor diameter of 0.86 - 0.99mm (0.034 - 0.039 in.). All plug contacts have 50 microinches minimum of gold plating over nickel and meet TIA-968-A and IEC 60603-7 specifications. P-8-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-position modular plug with 8 contacts (compatible with Siemon and Tyco crimp tools) P-6-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-position modular plug with 6 contacts* P-8-8SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-position modular plug with 8 contacts (compatible with Siemon and Stewart crimp tools) P-6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-position modular plug with 4 contacts* PS-8-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-position shielded modular plug with 8 contacts (compatible with Siemon and Tyco crimp tools) Technical Tip! Factory terminated and tested modular cords are required to achieve consistent channel performance. Field termination is not recommended. *Siemon 6-position plugs provide empty slots in the outer positions to prevent deformation of jack pins 1 & 8 when inserted into an 8-position modular jack. 9.22 www.siemon.com NA_9_Faceplates_A 11/12/12 10:01 AM Page 24 Our 25-pair cable assemblies are factory-tested for opens, shorts, and continuity. They feature TIA-1096-A compliant gold plated contacts for extended reliability over time. Category 3 connector ends are available in single-ended male or female, double-ended male or female, or one male/one female configurations. All 25-pair cable assemblies are made with TIA/EIA-568-B.2 category 5e or 3 compliant cable. Category 5e Cable Assemblies QP25M-AA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair, double ended 110-to-110, cable assembly with male connectors Category 5e Category 3 Cable Assemblies A25B-DE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair, double-ended, cable assembly with female connectors A25B-SE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair, single-ended, cable assembly with one female connector B25A-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair, double-ended, cable assembly with one male and one female connector B25B-DE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair, double-ended, cable assembly with male connectors B25B-SE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair, single-ended, cable assembly with one male connector Use (XX) to specify length: 05 = 1.52m (5 ft.), 10 = 3.05m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.57m (15 ft.), 25 = 7.62m (25 ft.) Category 3 RG6 F-Type Coax Connector WORK AREA MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES Category 5e and 3 25-Pair Cable Assemblies Siemon's compression style RG6 F-type connector uses industry leading 360 compression technology for superior RF shielding performance to quickly terminate series 6 tri-shield and quad shield coaxial cables. Part # Description RG6C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG6 F-type compression connector www.siemon.com 9.23 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 1 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Racks and Cable Management Siemons line of open racks and cable management solutions covers nearly any network infrastructure need: 4-post and 2-post racks, exclusive rack-mount vertical cable managers, 19 inch horizontal managers, cable tray, j-hooks and much more. New solutions in this section: * VersaPOD(R) 4-Post Rack -- Adjustable 4-post open rack designed to integrate with the Zero-U vertical cable management, patching and power distribution options used in VersaPOD cabinets * Cable Tray Rack -- Mounts to overhead ladder rack or cable tray to provide additional rackmount space without consuming cabinet space * RouteITTM Cable Tray System -- A complete line of wire basket tray and exclusive accessories for overhead and underfloor applications * RouteIT J-Hooks -- High quality cable routing hooks in a wide array of sizes and mounting configurations Section Contents VersaPOD 4-Post Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 - 10.2 RS3 Cable Management Rack System . . . . . . . . 10.3 - 10.4 RS Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 - 10.6 Rack Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 Verical Patching Channels (VPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.8 - 10.9 Cable Tray Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.10 - 10.11 WM Series Cable Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 Cable Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 Hook and Loop Cable Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 Stand-Off Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 Blank Filler Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 19 Inch Equipment Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 RWM Series Horizontal Cable Managers . . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 S110 (R)/S210 (R) Horizontal Cable Managers . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 Rear Cable Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 RouteITTM Cable Tray and Accessories . . . . . . .10.15 - 10.16 Under Floor Tray and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.17 RouteIT J-Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 10.0 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 2 (R) Siemons adjustable-depth, VersaPOD 4-Post Rack provides a stable platform for mounting extended depth/size active equipment. It is ideal for use in both Telecommunications Rooms and central patching areas within Data Center environments. In addition to providing compatibility with Siemons standalone vertical cable managers, the 4-post rack is fully compatible with the Zero-U panels used in Siemons VersaPOD cabinets. This compatibility allows for mounting of patch panels or cable management between bayed racks or at end of rows. The headers, vertical rails and depth adjustment brackets all feature symmetrical designs to eliminate orientation errors during assembly. They also work in conjunction to self-square the rack during assembly saving valuable installation time. The result is a rack that can be field assembled in less than 20 minutes. Field Adjustable Depth -- Rack depth can be field adjusted in 25mm (1in.) increments to accomodate a range of equipment depths Slotted Mounting Holes -- Provide a flexible securing point for ladder or wire basket trays mounted perpendicular or parallel to rack RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT VersaPOD 4-Post Rack Stamped U Space Indications -- Provide ready visual indication of proper panel alignment In-Facing Headers and Footers -- Maximize floor space while maintaining full load capabilities In addition to Siemon's stand alone vertical cable managers, the VersaPOD 4-Post Rack is compatible with Siemon's Zero-U patching and cable management panels www.siemon.com Eight (8) ground post locations (4 on top, 4 on bottom) provide ready accessible ground attachment points 10.1 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 3 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT VersaPOD 4-Post Rack (R) Ordering Information: Part # Description RSQ1-07-S...............................2.1m (7 ft.) x 0.48m (19 in.) VersaPOD 4-post rack adjustable depth, 560-915mm (22-36 in.), steel, black, 45U, #12-24 RSQ-BAY-VPC6 .......................VersaPOD 4-post rack baying bracket for VPC-6, RS-CNL and RS-CNL3, set of 2 RSQ-BAY-VPC12 .....................VersaPOD 4-post rack baying bracket for VPC-12, set of 2 RSQ-BAY-VPP..........................VersaPOD 4-post rack baying bracket for Zero-U Panels, set of 4 Note: VPC series baying brackets are optional to ensure row alignment, they are unnecessary if VPC or RS-CNL products are used for both front and back of rack. Zero-U baying brackets are required to ensure proper operation of Zero-U panels. External Dimensions: height: 2.13m (7 ft.) width: 560mm (22 in.) depth: 558 -915mm (22-36 in.) 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) VersaPOD 4-POST RACK SPECIFICATIONS: 10.2 U Space 45 Color Black Packaging Ships unassembled in a single carton Standard Compliance CEA-310-E, UL 60950, RoHS Compatibility RS-CNL, RS-CNL3, VPC-6, VPC-12, Zero-U VersaPOD Panels Weight 48 kgs (105 lbs), Full weight with packaging Load Rating 907 kgs (2000 lbs) Static load, evenly distributed www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 4 Siemons RS3 series cable management rack system provides high capacity cable management for routing of both horizontal/backbone cabling and patch cords. Vertical channels with hinged cable manager covers conceal and route patch cables for a clean, professional installation. High Capacity -- 76mm x 152mm (3 in. x 6 in.) front vertical managers provide capacity for approximately 190 category 6 patch cords Cable Tray Compatibility -- Header bars incorporate unique slotted holes for securing cable trays routed perpendicular or parallel to RS3 racks Hinged Front Covers Front covers fully conceal all vertical patch cord routing through an easy to use, modular design. Each section can be individually hinged in either direction to facilitate quick and easy changes. Covers include positive securing snap latches for trouble-free fastening. Deeper Channels -- 116.8mm x 152.4mm (4.5 in. x 6 in.) vertical side rails provide higher cable capacity over standard rack designs Side Stackable -- RS3 design allows racks to be side-stacked without interference between adjacent racks Rounded Managers The individual managers on the vertical channels are rounded to allow patch cords to seamlessly enter and exit the managers without risk of cable deformation. RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RS3 Cable Management Rack System Flexible Management -- Side rails compatible with Siemon's quarter-turn hook and loop cable managers for proper management of cable bundles Cable Access Holes -- Access holes on side rails allow cables to be routed between adjacent racks Matching Horizontal Managers Siemon's RS3 series horizontal cable managers provide a fully integrated appearance and same hinging design for comprehensive management of patch cords. Power Strip Compatiblility -- Mounting holes on rear of RS3 accommodate Siemon's vertical power strip (p/n RS-P04) and smart PDUs (see Section 12) to provide power to active equipment mounted in rack www.siemon.com Anchoring -- Mounting holes provided for anchoring racks to floor 10.3 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 5 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RS3 Cable Management Rack System Part # Description RS3-07. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 x 0.48m (7 ft. x 19 in.) aluminum enhanced cable management rack system, 45U. Includes rack assembly hardware, vertical cable management channels with hinged covers, and ground lug height: 2.1m (7 ft.), width: 685.0mm (2.25 ft.), depth: 457.2mm (1.5 ft.) Add "S" for steel. Note: Aluminum racks (RS3-07) are available and intended for use with connecting hardware and cable managers only. For mounting of active equipment, steel racks are recommended. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) See Cable Management Capacity Table in the Cable Management Section of our E-Catalog on our Website RS3 Series Horizontal Cable Managers These horizontal cable managers are designed for use with Siemon's RS3 series racks and use the same hinged cover design as the vertical managers. The hinged front cover snasp easily over cable managers and provides a concealed routing path into the vertical cable management of the RS3 providing a clean patching environment. Part # Description RS3-RWM-1 RS3-RWM-2 RS3-RWM-1 . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 1U RS3-RWM(X)-2 . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 2U RS3-RWM-2DS . . . . . . . . .Double Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 2U RS3-RWM(X)-4 . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 4U Use (X) to specify finger length: Blank = 101mm (4 in.) Fingers 6 = 152mm (6 in.) Fingers RS3-RWM-2DS RS3-RWM-4 See Cable Management Capacity Table in the Cable Management Section of our E-Catalog on our Website 10.4 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 6 Siemons RS series cable management rack system combines a 2.1m (7 ft.) x 0.48m (19 in.) black rack with cable management accessories to provide a complete cable management solution. Ideal for all size installations, the rack features fully usable 45U capacity. High Capacity Side Rails Cable Tray Compatibility -- Header bars incorporate unique slotted holes for securing cable trays routed perpendicular to or parallel with RS racks 76 x 152mm (3 x 6 in.) vertical side rail channels on rack provide large area for routing high volumes of horizontal or backbone cables. Complete Management System Twist-Lock Cable Managers -- High capacity twist-lock cable managers lock into place quickly without use of screws or mounting tools and can be easily located in many positions on the front, side, back, and within channel to provide customized cable management Comprehensive cable management can be created using Siemon's Vertical Patching Channels (VPC-6 and VPC-12) and RS Series Horizontal Cable Managers. RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RS Rack System Optional Vertical Cable Channels Optional vertical cable management channels (RS-CNL and RS-CNL3) allow a high volume of patch cords to be routed between two racks or within a single rack. Anchoring -- Mounting holes provided for anchoring rack to floor www.siemon.com 10.5 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 7 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RS Rack System Part # Description RS-07-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 x 0.48m (7 ft. x 19 in.) steel cable management rack system, 45U. Includes: rack assembly hardware, 10 high-capacity cable managers, 10 hook and loop cable managers, grommets, and ground lug height: 2.1m (7 ft.), width: 609.6mm (2 ft.), depth: 457.2mm (1.5 ft.) Note: Aluminum racks are available (P/N: RS-07) and intended for use with connecting hardware and cable managers only. For mounting of active equipment, steel racks are recommended. See Cable Management Capacity Table in the Cable Management Section of our E-Catalog on our Website Extended Depth RS Rack System Siemon has developed a rack for managing extra large volumes of horizontal cables. The extended depth rack features vertical channels which are 0.37m (1.2 ft.) deep. These channels include multiple mounting holes allowing the user to configure Siemon's twist-lock hook and loop cable managers for properly managing large individual bundles of cables. The footers have also been designed to retain the 0.61m (2 ft.) overall footprint. Part # Description RS-07E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 x 0.48m (7 ft. x 19 in.) aluminum extra-deep cable management rack system, 45U. Includes rack assembly hardware, 10 high-capacity cable managers, 10 hook and loop managers, grommets and ground lug height: 2.1m (7 ft.), width: 609.6mm (2 ft.), depth: 609.6mm (1.5 ft.) Note: Aluminum racks are intended for use with connecting hardware and cable managers only. For mounting of active equipment, steel racks such as RS-07-S are recommended. See Cable Management Capacity Table in the Cable Management Section of our E-Catalog on our Website RS Series Horizontal Cable Managers Siemon's RS series cable managers are designed for use with Siemon's RS-07 racks in conjunction with Siemon's Vertical Patching Channel (VPC). The hinged cover extends across the vertical channels of the RS-07 to fully conceal patch cords into the VPC. Part # Description RS-RWM-2 RS-RWM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 1U RS-RWM(X)-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 2U RS-RWM-2DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Double Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 2U RS-RWM(X)-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. Cable Manager, 4U Use (X) to specify finger length: Blank = 100 mm (4 in.) Fingers 6 = 152 mm (6 in.) Fingers RS-RWM-2DS See Cable Management Capacity Table in the Cable Management Section of our E-Catalog on our Website 10.6 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 8 Siemon offers a full range of accessories to allow further customization of Siemon racking systems. RS-VCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarter-turn hook and loop cable managers includes roll of 10 457mm (18 in.) hook and loop black cable managers and 10 quarterturn mounting clips RS-CH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarter-turn cable managers SCREW-1224. . . . . . . . . . . #12-24 Slotted head screws with washers, black, bag of 100 RS-CNL-MGR . . . . . . . . . . Channel retainers for use with VPC-6, VPC-12, RS-CNL and RS-CNL3 PH-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3U panel access hinge includes integral 1U panel with 5 removable cable managers and accepts one 2U or two 1U patch panels RS-P04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2m (4 ft.) power strip for rear of rack, ten 15A outlets resettable fuse (includes mounting hardware) Technical Tip! For information on Siemon's Power Distribution Units (PDUs) see Power and Cooling Section 12.0. Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Rack Accessories Rack Hinge Siemon rack hinges are designed to allow rack mounted patch panels to swing out (horizontally) from the rack. The hinges are available in 2 and 3U sizes which can be combined to mount 4 and 6U panels. The 2U hinge is capable of mounting one 2U or two 1U panels. Part # Description U RHNG-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rack hinge. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RHNG-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rack hinge. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) 19 to 23 Inch Panel Adapters These adapters allow 19 inch panels to be mounted to 23 inch racks. The adapters are designed so the panels fit flush with other 23 inch products when mounted (screws included). They can be end-stacked to support larger panel sizes. Part # Description 1923-(X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 to 23 inch panel adapter (set of 2) Use (X) to specify adapter size: 2 = 2U, 3 = 3U, 4 = 4U, 5 = 5U, 6 = 6U Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com 10.7 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 9 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Vertical Patching Channels (VPC) Siemons Vertical Patching Channel (VPC) sets the standard for cable management systems by improving appearance, accessibility and cable routing on both the front and rear of the rack. Designed as a stand-alone manager to be mounted between adjacent racks the VPC features a full length, hinged door on the front to conceal patch cord routing. The rear manager is open for ready routing of large bundles of horizontal/backbone cabling. With its easy access design, high capacity and professional appearance, the VPC is ideal for both installers and end users alike. Cable Access Holes -- Allow cables to route easily between the front and rear of the channel Hinged Managers Rear channel retainers can be hinged in either direction and are removable enabling relocation to any position along the rear vertical channel. Rounded Managers -- All of the cable routing points on the vertical channels are rounded to allow patch cords to seamlessly enter and exit the managers without risk of cable deformation Side Stackable The VPC is fully side stackable for use in ultra high density environments. The doors can be individually opened 60 or adjacent doors can be opened for full access. Full Length Hinged Covers -- With an easy turn of a single knob, the full-length cover hinges in either direction to provide access to the entire vertical channel High Capacity The front vertical managers feature .02m2 - .05m2 (36 - 72 sq. in.) of space providing capacity to meet the rigorous demands of today's high density environments. The rear channel features the same capacity with an open design to facilitate easy routing to termination fields. Add-on Management -- Optional quarter-turn cable managers can be mounted within vertical channels for additional management such as segregation of application specific cords Open Compatibility -- Mounting holes on side of VPC provides compatibility with common 76mm (3 in.) and 152mm (6 in.) industry racking systems including Siemon's RS-07 and XLBET frames as well as Siemon's extended depth RS-07 rack system 10.8 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 10 Part # Description VPC-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1m x 152mm (6.9 x 0.5 ft.) vertical patching channel. Includes front cover, 6 rear channel retainers and mounting hardware height: 2.1m (7 ft.), width: 152.4mm (6 in.), depth: 433mm (17 in.) VPC-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1m x 305mm (6.9 x 1 ft.)vertical patching channel. Includes front cover, 12 rear channel retainers and mounting hardware height: 2.1m (7 ft.), width: 304.8mm (12 in.), depth: 433mm (17 in.) VPC-6 VPC-12 RS-07 shown with two VPC-6's See Cable Management Capacity Table in the Cable Management Section of our E-Catalog on our Website RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Vertical Patching Channels (VPC) Vertical Cable Management Channels Siemon's single-sided vertical cable management channels provide an economic solution for managing large cable bundles between adjacent racks. They feature an open design with six easily configured dual-hinge managers (additional managers available separately) that enable customized management of patch cords. Cable access holes allow cords to be routed between the front and rear of the channel. Mounting holes within the channel accommodate Siemon's quarter-turn cable managers (p/n RS-CH) and quarter-turn hook and loop cable managers (p/n RS-VCM) for further customization of cable routing. The channels are available in both 76mm (3 in.)and 152mm (6 in.) depths for use with standard 76mm (3 in.) racks or 152mm (6 in.) deep cable management racks such as Siemon's RS-07. Alternately, the 76mm (3 in.) deep channels can be stacked back to back with the deeper cable management racks such as Siemon's RS-07E to optimize management of cables on both sides of the channel. RS-CNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1m x 152mm (6.9 x 0.5 ft.) vertical cable management channel for mounting between 152mm deep racks (includes mounting hardware) RS-CNL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1m x 76mm (6.9 x 0.25 ft.) vertical cable management channel for mounting between 76mm deep racks (includes mounting hardware) height: 2.1m (7 ft.), width: 152.4 mm (6 in.), depth: 224.8 mm (9 in.) height: 2.1m (7 ft.), width: 152.4 mm (6 in.), depth: 148.6 mm (6 in.) Two RS-07's shown with three RS-CNL's See Cable Management Capacity Table in the Cable Management Section of our E-Catalog on our Website www.siemon.com 10.9 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 11 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Tray Rack Designed to mount directly to overhead ladder rack or cable tray, Siemons Cable Tray Rack delivers 4U of easily installed and accessible 19 inch rack mount space above cabinets and racks without consuming additional floor space, making it ideal for use as a Zone Distribution Area (ZDA) or Equipment Distribution Area (EDA) in data centers. Used with copper patch panels or fiber enclosures, the cable tray rack can increase cabling density, improve cable routing, simplify moves, adds and changes and provide pre-cabled connectivity for rapid deployment of new cabinets, racks and equipment. Improved Thermal Efficiency -- Helps improve airflow by managing patching fields and cabling above cabinets and racks, minimizing obstruction of equipment cooling features. Rapid Data Center Deployment -- Can be used in conjunction with Siemon's pre-terminated copper and fiber solutions to reduce installation time. Open Compatibility -- Rack mount solution attaches to all common overhead cable tray and ladder rack systems, including Siemon's RouteIT system. MAJOR PRODUCT FEATURES: * 4U size * CEA-310-E compliant mounting holes * Robust 12 gauge steel construction * Smooth black powder coat finish * Mounting hardware and cable management included * 267 N (60 lb) load rating Flexible Mounting -- Unique design can be mounted below, flush or above cable tray in both parallel and perpendicular configurations. 10.10 Flexible Cable Routing -- High capacity 1/4-turn twist-lock cable managers lock into place quickly without use of screws or mounting tools and can be easily located to provide customized cable management. Floor Space Maximization -- Provides 4U of standard 19 inch rack mount space above cabinets and racks to maximize cabling density/ minimize data center floor space needs. www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 12 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Ordering Information: CTR-04-01 .........................0.48m (19 in.) Cable Tray Rack, 4U, Black, #12-24. Includes mounting hardware, (4) 1/4 turn cable managers, ground lugs *Add "C" to end of part number for cage nut version (includes 16 M6 cage nuts) CTR-LRK............................ Ladder Rack Mounting Kit for Cable Tray Rack Mounting Examples: Perpendicular to Tray (Below) Parallel to Tray (Flush) Parallel to Ladder Rack (Below) Other sizes available. Contact Customer Service for more information. www.siemon.com 10.11 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 13 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT WM Series Horizontal Cable Managers The WM series cable managers provide increased strength and do not interfere with panels mounted above or below. They are a popular and economical solution for providing a clean and simple means of organizing small-tolarge bundles of cables and patch cords. WM-143-5 Part # WM-144-5 Description WM-143-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal cable manager with five S143 hangers 1U WM-144-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal cable manager with five S144 hangers, 2U WM-145-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal cable manager with five S145 hangers, 2U Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) WM-145-5 Cable Hangers The cable hanger design features structural integrity and sleek appearance. These cable hangers are ideal for routing small to very large quantities of cables. The durable plastic design ensures reliability for any application. S143 S146 Part # Height Width Depth S143* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44mm (1.7 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38mm (1.5 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89mm (3.5 in.) S144* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87mm (3.4 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57mm (2.2 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74mm (3.0 in.) S145* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87mm (3.4 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57mm (2.2 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125mm (5.0 in.) S146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151mm (6.0 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63mm (2.4 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130mm (5.1 in.) S147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254mm (10.0 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63mm (2.4 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130mm (5.1 in.) S144 *Add "-A" for optional adhesive backing. S145 S147 Reusable Hook and Loop Cable Managers These cable managers are simple, yet extremely effective when used to bundle cables. To accommodate different sized bundles, they are available in 152mm (6 in.), 305mm (12 in.), or 457mm (18 in.) lengths. They can be easily loosened and removed to service cable and then tightened and reinstalled when the cables are rebundled. The handy dispenser rolls/spools are neat, convenient and quick. Adjustable tension prevents "over-cinched" conditions. A mounting hole in each hook and loop manager enables the manager to be mounted to a wall or rack. Part# Description Wrap-around cable managers offer a simplified approach to cable management... secure it to a single cable and then wrap it around the entire bundle. VCM-25-(XX)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . . Roll of 25 cable managers VCM-250-(XX)-(XX). . . . . . . . . . Spool of 250 cable managers Use 1st (XX) to specify length: 06 = 152mm (6 in.), holds 51mm (2 in.) diameter cable bundle 12 = 305mm (12 in.), holds 102mm (4 in.) diameter cable bundle 18 = 457mm (18 in.), holds 153mm (6 in.) diameter cable bundle Use 2nd (XX) to specify color: 01 = black, 02 = white, 03 = red, 04 = gray, 05 = yellow, 06 = blue Hook and Loop cable managers have a large head for added strength and a mounting hole is included for securing to a wall or rack. Technical Tip! Hook and loop cable managers are recommended as an alternate to plastic cable ties for the reduction of alien crosstalk in Category 6A UTP installations. 10.12 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 14 Siemon hinged stand-off brackets can be mounted to a wall with the hinge on either side for convenient access to the back of the panel. The sides of the brackets will accept our S144 or S145 cable hangers for external cable management. The brackets accept any combination of Siemon patch panels and rack-mount cable management. Mounting hardware included. Part # Part # Part # Part # SBH-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2U SBH-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3U SBH-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4U SBH-6* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6U height: See U information, width: 483mm, depth: 152mm *Add -2 for (3) independent 2U hinges (instead of a single 6U hinge). Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) Blank Filler Panels Blank filler panels are ideal for installations where open or expansion rack space is to be covered. Panels are blank on one side and feature the Siemon logo on the other side. Part # Description PNL-BLNK-(X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank filler panel for 19 inch rack RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Stand-Off Brackets Use (X) to specify rack mount space height of panel: 1 = 1U, 2 = 2U, 3 = 3U, 4 = 4U Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in) Double-Sided Heavy Duty 19 Inch Equipment Shelf Siemon's double-sided 19 inch equipment shelf is designed to support heavy equipment loads up to 68.1 kg (150 lbs.). The shelf is designed for use with any 152mm (6 in.) deep rack and is secured to the front and rear of the rack channels. Shelf accommodates equipment up to 432mm (17 in.) wide. Part # Description SH-D19-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 inch double-sided equipment shelf for 152mm (6 in.) deep racks, solid, 3 RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . height: 133mm (5.25 in.), width: 483mm (19 in.), depth: 457mm (18 in.) SH-D19-01 SH-S19-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided Equipment Shelf - Solid -19 in. SH-S19V-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided Equipment Shelf - Vented -19 in. SH-S19V-01 Note: 1 RMS = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) www.siemon.com 10.13 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 15 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RWM Series Horizontal Cable Managers The multi-access horizontal cable managers are designed to provide both front and rear cable management in a compact, 1U space. The managers feature high capacity slots for entering and exiting cables, removable covers to conceal patch cords, and an innovative cable retention design to prevent patch cords from falling out when the covers are removed. The rear of the RWM-1 features attachments for using Siemon's hook and loop cable managers. Part # RWM-1 Description RWM-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-sided horizontal cable manager with cover RWM-1DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-sided horizontal cable manager with covers RWM-1DS Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) S110(R)/S210(R) Horizontal Cable Managers The S110/S210 cable managers provide an economical, superior cable management solution in a compact space. 1U and 2U size and large capacity provide excellent cable management for 19 inch rack mount installations. Part # Description S110-RWM-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110/S210 horizontal cable manager with covers, black, 1U S110-RWM-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110/S210 horizontal cable manager with covers, white, 1U S110-RWM2-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110/S210 horizontal cable manager with covers, black, 2U S110-RWM2-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . S110/S210 horizontal cable manager with covers, white, 2U Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) Rear Cable Manager Siemon rear cable manager can be mounted to the back side of a double-sided 19 inch rack, or can be mounted between a patch panel and the front face of the rack, using the same screws that hold the patch panel to the rack and the hex nuts provided. It provides strain relief anchor points and organization of horizontal cables being routed to the back of the patch panel. WM-BK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cable manager with mounting screws and hex nuts 10.14 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 16 Cable Tray Ordering Information RouteIT cable trays are available in an array of sizes and configurations to support nearly any data center and network pathway configuration. Standard tray finishes are pre-galvanized (silver) and black powder coat. Additional finishes are available upon request. 2 Inch DEEP BASKET TRAYS Part Number Weight Per Piece Width RTT(X)-204 -(XX) 4 in. 100mm 8.2 lbs. 3.72kg RTT(X)-206 -(XX) 6 in. 150mm 10.2 lbs. 4.62kg RTT(X)-208 -(XX) 8 in. 200mm 11.8 lbs. 5.35kg RTT(X)-212 -(XX) 12 in. 300mm 15 lbs. 6.80kg RTT(X)-216 -(XX) 16 in. 400mm 23 lbs. 10.43kg RTT(X)-218 -(XX) 18 in. 450mm 25 lbs. 11.33kg RTT(X)-220 -(XX) 20 in. 500mm 27 lbs. 12.24kg RTT(X)-224 -(XX) 24 in. 600mm 31 lbs. 14.06kg 2" (50.8mm) Height: 2 in. (50.8 mm) Length: 118.125 in. (3 meters) Wire Dia Minimum: 0.197 in. (5.0 mm) 4 Inch DEEP BASKET TRAYS Part Number Weight Per Piece Width RTT(X)-404 -(XX) 4 in. 100mm 11.8 lbs. 5.35kg RTT(X)-406 -(XX) 6 in. 150mm 12.8 lbs. 5.81kg RTT(X)-408 -(XX) 8 in. 200mm 15 lbs. 6.80kg RTT(X)-412 -(XX) 12 in. 300mm 13 lbs. 10.43kg RTT(X)-416 -(XX) 16 in. 400mm 27 lbs. 12.24kg RTT(X)-418 -(XX) 18 in. 450mm 29 lbs. 13.15kg RTT(X)-420 -(XX) 20 in. 500mm 31 lbs. 14.06kg RTT(X)-424 -(XX) 24 in. 600mm 35 lbs. 15.88kg 4" (101.6mm) RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RouteITTM Wire Mesh Cable Tray System Height: 4 in. (101.6 mm) Length: 118.125 in. (3 meters) Wire Dia Minimum: 0.197 in. (5.0 mm) 6 Inch DEEP BASKET TRAYS Part Number Weight Per Piece Width RTT(X)-608 -(XX) 8 in. 200mm 23 lbs. 10.43kg RTT(X)-612 -(XX) 12 in. 300mm 27 lbs. 12.24kg RTT(X)-616 -(XX) 16 in. 400mm 31 lbs. 14.06kg RTT(X)-618 -(XX) 18 in. 450mm 33 lbs. 14.97kg RTT(X)-620 -(XX) 20 in. 500mm 35 lbs. 15.88kg RTT(X)-624 -(XX) 24 in. 600mm 39 lbs. 17.69kg Use 1st (X) to specify wire form: Blank = Standard round, E = Elongated Use (XX) to specify tray finish: PS = Pre-galvanized (silver), P1 = Powder Coat Black www.siemon.com 6" (152.4 mm) Height: 6 in. (152.4 mm) Length: 118.125 in. (3 meters) Wire Dia Minimum: 0.197 in. (5.0 mm) 10.15 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 17 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RouteITTM Cable Tray Accessories 7 2 2 4 6 3 5 1 1 Part # Description 1 RTT-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tray Clips Label clip for tray identification, 10/box 2 RTS-1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .Washer Splice Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Connects multiple lengths of tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Also used for attachment of splice bars and corner guide splice as well as field sweeps and reducers, 50/ box 3 Part # RTW-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . .Triangle Wall Support For wall mounting of RouteIT Tray. 1/box. Finish PS = Pre-galvanized (silver) P1= Powder Coat Black RTS-2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .Washer Support Provides increased support in straighttray splices and field junctions/bends, (washer only), 50/box Width 04 = 4 in. 06 = 6 in. 08 = 8 in. 12 = 12 in. RTS-2H-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .Washer Support Kit Provides increased support in straighttray splices and field junctions/bends Includes 2 washers, 1 screw, and 1 wingnut, 50/box RTS-3-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .Bar Splice Provides increased rigidity when used with washer splice in side rail use, 50/box 4 5 RTS-4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .Corner Guide Splice Supports 90 corner splice. For use with all tray sizes, 2 splices, 8 nuts/box RTR-G-P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Corner Cable Guide Protects and maintains correct cable bend radius in corners, 1/box Description 7 16 = 16 in. 18 = 18 in. 20 = 20 in. 24 = 24 in. RTC-C(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .Ceiling Support Center Can be mounted over 1/4 in., 3/8 in. or 1/2 in. threaded rod. 1/box. Finish PS = Pre-galvanized (silver) P1= Powder Coat Black Width 04 = 4 in. 06 = 6 in. 08 = 8 in. 12 = 12 in. 16 = 16 in. 18 = 18 in. 20 = 20 in. 24 = 24 in. RTA-U1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Up Secures cable and protects bend radius at upward vertical transitions, 1/box 6 RTA-D1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Down (Drop Out) Protects bend radius at drop points, 1/box RTA-B08-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .Termination Bracket Secures end of tray runs to wall or other vertical structures, 1/box RTC-T-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .Ceiling Support Trapeze Clips to tray side and attaches to standard 1/2 in. and 3/8 in. threaded rods for ceiling mount Quick-release allows for side cable loading, 50/box RTC-P(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .Profile Ceiling Support Affixes to standard 1/2 in. or 3/8 in. threaded rods for trapeze-style support of tray sections. 1/box. Finish PS = Pre-galvanized (silver) P1= Powder Coat Black Width 12 = 12 in. 16 = 16 in. 18 = 18 in. 20 = 20 in. 24 = 24 in. Use (XX) to specify finish: PS - Pre-galvanized (silver), P1 - Powder Coat Black 10.16 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:05 AM Page 18 Under-floor tray supports come in various configurations, including mounting pedestals, brackets for multi-level pathways and vertical supports designed to mount tray independently of raised floor assemblies. Also included is an seismic-rated under-floor mounting bracket that integrates both vertical pedestals and horizontal tray support into a single, easy to install unit. UNDER FLOOR TRAY CHARTS Weight (per piece) Tray Size (D x W x L) Siemon Part # Depth (in.) Width (in.) Length (ft.) (mm.) (lbs.) RTR(X)-T2122-PS 2 12 2 51 x 305 x 610 3.1 (kg.) 1.41 RTR(X)-T2124-PS 2 12 4 51 x 305 x 1219 6.2 2.81 RTR(X)-T4122-PS 4 12 2 102 x 305 x 610 3.75 1.70 RTR(X)-T4124-PS 4 12 4 102 x 305 x 1219 7.5 3.40 RTR(X)-T6122-PS 6 12 2 152 x 305 x 610 4.42 2.00 RTR(X)-T6124-PS 6 12 4 152 x 305 x 1219 8.85 4.01 RTR(X)-T2242-PS 2 24 2 51 x 610 x 610 4.76 2.20 RTR(X)-T2244-PS RTR(X)-T4242-PS 2 4 24 24 4 2 51 x 610 x 1219 102 x 610 x 610 9.5 5.42 4.31 2.50 RTR(X)-T4244-PS 4 24 4 102 x 610 x 1219 10.84 4.92 RTR(X)-T6242-PS 6 24 2 152 x 610 x 610 6.06 2.75 RTR(X)-T6244-PS 6 24 4 152 x 610 x 1219 12.12 5.50 UNDER FLOOR SECTION FITTING FLAT Use (X) to specify wire form: Blank = Standard round, E = Elongated RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Under Floor Tray & Accessories UNDERFLOOR SUPPORT INTERSECTION FITTING Part # Description RTR-F0242-PS . . . . . . . . .Fitting Flat Self supporting under floor tray section 24 x 24 in. (610 x 610mm) RTR-HVF-PS . . . . . . . . . .Under Floor Support Intersection Fitting Installs between horizontal/vertical underfloor supports to create a mounting point for intersecting tray RTR-HV(XX)-PS . . . . . . . .Horizontal/Vertical Under Floor Support Unique design combines horizontal mounting bar and vertical support members for all-in-one, seismic-rated tray support HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL UNDER FLOOR SUPPORT Height 04 = 4 in. 06 = 6 in. 08 = 8 in. 10 = 10 in. 12 = 12 in. 14 = 14 in. 18 = 18 in. 20 = 20 in. 24 = 24 in. 12 in. C-BRACKET MOUNT RTR-C12-PS . . . . . . . . . . .12 in. C-Bracket Mount Used in conjunction with under floor supports to create multi-tier/multi-level pathways RTR-1-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underfloor Securing Clip Secures tray to underfloor supports and C-bracket mount, 50/box www.siemon.com UNDERFLOOR SECURING CLIP 10.17 NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:06 AM Page 19 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT Additional Tray Data ELONGATED WIRE CONSTRUCTION Round Wire Cross-Section Cable TRAY SPLICE REQUIREMENTS This chart provides information on the number of splices required to join (2) lengths of cable tray. 400% Increase in surface area decreases cable strain and deformation in. mm. Number of Splices RTT(X)-204 -(XX) 2x4 51 x 101 2 RTT(X)-206 -(XX) 2x6 51 x 152 4 RTT(X)-208 -(XX) 2x8 52 x 203 4 Siemon Part # lbs./ft. 51 x 304 4 RTT(X)-204-(XX) 43 51 x 406 4 RTT(X)-206-(XX) 50 51 x 457 4 RTT(X)-208-(XX) 52 51 x 508 5 RTT(X)-212-(XX) 58 RTT(X)-216-(XX) 70 RTT(X)-218-(XX) 70 RTT(X)-220-(XX) 73 RTT(X)-212 -(XX) RTT(X)-216 -(XX) RTT(X)-220 -(XX) 2 x 12 2 x 16 2 x 18 2 x 20 LOAD RATINGS RTT(X)-224 -(XX) RTT(X)-404 -(XX) 2 x 24 4x4 51 x 610 101 x101 5 RTT(X)-406 -(XX) 4x6 101 x152 5 RTT(X)-224-(XX) 75 RTT(X)-408 -(XX) 4x8 101 x 203 6 RTT(X)-404-(XX) 45 RTT(X)-412 -(XX) 4 x 12 101 x 304 6 RTT(X)-406-(XX) 49 RTT(X)-416 -(XX) 4 x 16 101 x 406 7 RTT(X)-408-(XX) 78 RTT(X)-418 -(XX) 4 x 18 101 x 457 7 RTT(X)-412-(XX) 78 RTT(X)-416-(XX) 108 RTT(X)-418-(XX) 116 RTT(X)-420-(XX) 116 RTT(X)-424-(XX) 116 4 RTT(X)-420 -(XX) 4 x 20 101 x 508 7 RTT(X)-424 -(XX) 4 x 24 101 x 610 8 RTT(X)-608 -(XX) 6x8 152 x 203 6 RTT(X)-612 -(XX) 6 x 12 152 x 304 6 RTT(X)-608-(XX) 116 RTT(X)-616 -(XX) 6 x 16 152 x 406 7 RTT(X)-612-(XX) 123 RTT(X)-618 -(XX) 6 x 18 152 x 457 7 RTT(X)-616-(XX) 123 RTT(X)-620 -(XX) 6 x 20 152 x 508 7 RTT(X)-618-(XX) 127 RTT(X)-624 -(XX) 6 x 24 152 x 610 8 RTT(X)-620-(XX) 127 RTT(X)-624-(XX) 150 RTR(X)-F0242-PS 67 RTTR(X)-T2122-PS 65 In lieu of post-manufacturing chemical cleaning, pre-galvanized tray is mechanically cleaned after welding. Unlike other colored trays, RouteIT's black powder coat finish is cULus Certified so no paint removal is necessary at splice points for proper tray grounding. T Elongated Wire Cross-Section Tray Size (W x D) Seimon Part # RTT(X)-218 -(XX) 10.18 Cable Siemon's RouteITTM cable tray is offered in an elongated wire construction that increases the surface area of the tray cross-members by 400%, decreasing cable strain up to 65% and reducing cable deformation that can negatively impact overall network performance. Also available in standard round wire design, the trays feature a robust, steel welded construction for reliable support of maximum cable capacities. Both elongated and round wire designs have rounded edges at all critical points and snag-proof "t-welded" top wire construction to prevent damage to cables. The T-Weld Design of the RouteIT's tray provides additional safety from sharp edges for installers and cabling. RTTR(X)-T2124-PS 65 RTTR(X)-T2242-PS 116 RTTR(X)-T2244-PS 115 RTTR(X)-T4122-PS 143 RTTR(X)-T4124-PS 143 RTTR(X)-T4242-PS 116 RTTR(X)-T4244-PS 115 RTTR(X)-T6122-PS 157 RTTR(X)-T6124-PS 157 RTTR(X)-T6242-PS 151 RTTR(X)-T6244-PS 151 www.siemon.com NA_10_RacksCableMngmt_A 11/12/12 10:06 AM Page 20 Available in 2 and 4 inch sizes, Siemon RouteIT J-Hooks offer a variety of fastening options, including clips or wire for structural steel mounting as well as screw-in or threaded rod fasteners for wall-mounting. To ensure a long functional lifecycle, these durable steel hooks are treated with an innovative three layer corrosion protection system. RoHS compliant and approved for use with cULus(R), this finish also provides a smoother cable-bearing surface, simplifying cable pull and installation procedures. 2 inch J-HOOKS Part # Description JH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 in. Stand-Alone Hook, 60/box JC2-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 in. Hook w/ Fixed Beam Clamp, 40/box JC2-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 in. Hook w/ 360 Rotating Beam Clamp, 20/box JH2 JC2-10 JC2-30 JC2-32 JH4 JC4-10 JC2-10C JC2-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 in. Hook w/ Angle Bracket Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .For use as bottom mount. 1/4 in. mounting hole, 40/box JC2-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 in. Hook w/ Angle Bracket Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .For use as bottom mount. 3/8 in. mounting hole, 40/box JC2-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 in. Hook w/ Wire-Plain Threaded Rod Fastener For use w/ drop wires, 40/box JC2-71 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT RouteITTM J-HOOKS 4 inch J-HOOKS Part # Description JH4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 in. Stand-alone Hook, 25/box JC4-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 in. Hook W/ Fixed Beam Clamp, 25/box JC4-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 in. Hook with 360 Rotating Beam Clamp, 25/box JC4-10C See J-Hook Cable Management Capacity in the J-Hook Section of our E-Catalog on our Website www.siemon.com 10.19 NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 1 Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S VersaPOD(R) and V600TM Cabinets Including both the innovative VeraPOD family of data center solutions and V600 24-inch (600mm) server cabinets, Siemons comprehensive line of cabinets delivers the design flexibility and options to deploy the physical infrastructure you need -- not be limited by what your cabinets can support. In addition to the space saving, flexible VersaPOD and its Zero-UTM vertical cable management, patching and power distribution accessories, be sure to check out the additional innovations appearing in this section: * SidePODTM and Baffle -- Unique VersaPOD accessories designed to support thermally efficient airflow for side-venting equipment such as the Cisco Nexus 7018 Series switches * Vertical Exhaust Ducts (Chimneys) -- Compatible with VersaPOD VP2 cabinets, these chimneys bring VersaPODs thermal capacity to 13kW Section Contents VersaPOD Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 VersaPOD Cabinet Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Cabinet Doors and Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 ZERO-U Sliding Vertical Patch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 End-of-Row Vertical Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3 Vertical Cable Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3 Horizontal Cable Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.4 Vertical Exhaust Duct (Chimney) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 Blanking Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 VersaPOD Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 VersaPOD SidePOD and Baffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6 - 11.7 V600 Cabinet and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8 - 11.9 11.0 www.siemon.com NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 2 Siemons VersaPOD enables a completely new and efficient approach to your physical data center infrastructure. By leveraging the vertical space between bayed cabinets and at the end of row for patching, power distribution and cable management, the VersaPOD frees critical horizontal space for active equipment, providing improved air flow while optimizing data center floor space. The VersaPODs innovative Zero-U vertical patch panels (VPPs) dramatically simplify even the most dense patching needs while its vertical patching channels (VPC) offer a clean, orderly and easy method of highdensity cable routing. All of the VersaPODs unique features are integrated into a full-featured modular enclosure that is equally effective as a standalone cabinet or in a multi-unit bayed configuration, offering a simple, scalable expansion path in any data center. Cable Management -- Vertical cable management fingers can be mounted alongside each VPP or VPC to facilitate routing of copper or fiber jumpers between patching fields as well as cabinet to cabinet connections Vertical Patching -- Vertical copper and fiber patch panels provide up to 24U (12U at front and 12U at rear) of Zero-U vertical patching space between every two cabinets. These panels conveniently slide forward providing access to the connections at the rear of the panel Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S VersaPOD(R) Features and Benefits End of Row -- End of row vertical panels offer additional cable management channels or up to 8U additional Zero-U mounting space (4U in front and 4U in back at each end) Integration -- In addition to patching, the VersaPOD's Zero-U vertical space can be leveraged with integrated cable management options and dual-hinged door to offer a high capacity and concealable pathway for cable routing and slack management www.siemon.com Dual Hinged Doors -- Dual hinged front and quad hinged rear doors open from either the left or right and are easily removed. Rear split doors can be hinged open in either direction providing direct access to vertical spaces. For standalone cabinets or end units, side panels can be removed for full side access 11.1 NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 3 Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S VersaPOD(R) Cabinets The core component of the VersaPOD solution, the VersaPOD cabinet is designed to integrate with Siemon's comprehensive assortment of Zero-U vertical and horizontal cable management accessories, Zero-U vertical patch panels and thermal management products, offering multiple top and bottom cable access points and mounting provisions for fans, brushguards and vertical exhaust ducts*. The VersaPOD cabinet is available in both 40 inch (1000mm) and 48 inch (1200mm) depths and a wide array of door, side panel and lock options. *Vertical exhaust ducts compatible with VP2 only. VP(X)A-(X)(X)(X)(X)11-45 Dimensions 1 = 1000 x 760mm (39 x 30 in.), 45U Black 2 = 1200 x 760mm (47 x 30 in.), 45U Black Lock 1 = Keyed Lock 2 = Tumbler Combination Lock Side Panels 0 = No Side Panels 1 = 1 Side Panel 2 = 2 Side Panels Front Door A = Full Vented/Dual Handle B = Split Vented/Dual Handle C = Split Solid/Dual Handle Rear Door A = Full Vented/Dual Handle B = Split Vented/Dual Handle C = Split Solid/Dual Handle Includes: 4 leveling feet, 50 cage nuts and 4 stabilizing brackets VersaPOD Cabinet Doors and Panels Part # Description VP-DRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Full vented door, dual handle with standard keyed lock VP-DRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Split vented door, dual handle with standard keyed lock (2 doors required to close front or rear of single cabinet) VP-DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Split solid door, dual handle with standard keyed lock (2 doors required to close front or rear of single cabinet) VP-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VP1 Locking Side Panel VP2-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VP2 Locking Side Panel (includes 2 split side panels for one cabinet side) U Sliding Vertical Patch Panels Part # Description VP-VPP-TMRIC . . . . . . . . . . .Sliding Vertical Copper/Fiber Combo Patch Panel 96 Ports, support all category 5e and category 6 UTP MAX and Z-MAX, category 6A shielded Z-MAX outlets, TERA(R) outlets and MAX fiber adaptors. (Not for use w/Z-MAX 6A UTP) 6 fiber RIC adaptor mounting spaces for mounting RIC adapter plates or fiber plug and play modules VP-VPP-TM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sliding Vertical Copper Patch Panel 96 Ports, supports all category MAX and Z-MAX outlets, TERA outlets and MAX fiber adaptors (Port spacing compatible with Z-MAX 6A UTP) VP-VPP-6U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sliding Vertical Bracket for any Standard 19 in. Patch Panel Mounts up to (6) 1U panels in Zero-U vertical orientation VP-VPP-TMRIC VP-VPP-TM VP-VPP-6U Note: 2 Vertical Panels can be mounted vertically at the front and/or rear of 2 bayed cabinets 11.2 www.siemon.com NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 4 Part # Description VP-VWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Wire Manager Panel, end of row VP-VPP-2U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Bracket for standard 19 in. rack mount products, end of row, mounts up to (2) 1U panels in Zero-U vertical orientation VP-BLNK-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Blanking Panel, end of row Note: 2 Vertical Panels can be mounted vertically at the front and/or rear on each side of a single cabinet or at each end of multiple bayed cabinets VP-VWM VP-VPP-2U VP-BLNK-1 Vertical Cable Management Part # Description VP-FGR(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Cable Management Fingers, length: 965.2mm (38 in.) (can be mounted alongside each VPP and/or VPC to facilitate routing of copper and fiber jumpers between patching fields as well as cabinet to cabinet connections) Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S End-of-Row Vertical Panels VP-VPC(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Patching Channel, with cable management fingers and cover, 177 x 996mm (7 x 39.25 in.) VP-TRAY2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Cable Management Tray (manages/secures cable between cabinets, use 4 trays to isolate airflow between cabinets) VP-FGR VP-VPC VP-FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Filler Panel used to fill additional space between vertical cable management trays on VP2 cabinets RS-VCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Box of 10 quarter-turn hook and loop cable managers (can be installed in VP-TRAY2, VP-VPC and VP-VWM) RS-VCM VP-SPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Quarter-Turn Fiber Management Spool, bag of five (can be installed in VP-VPC and VP-VWM panels) Use (X) to specify finger length: Blank = 101mm (4 in.) fingers, for use with VP1 or VP2 cabinets 6 = 152mm (6 in.) fingers, for use with VP2 cabinets only VP-TRAY2 www.siemon.com VP-SPL 11.3 NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 5 Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S Horizontal Cable Management Part # Description RS3-RWM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. cable manager, 1U, dual hinged/removable cover, 101mm (4 in.) fingers RS3-RWM(X)-2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. cable manager, 2U, dual hinged/removable cover RS3-RWM(X)-4 . . . . . . . . . . . .Single Sided 19 in. cable manager, 4U, dual hinged/removable cover Use (X) to specify finger length: Blank = 101mm (4 in.) fingers, for use with VP1 or VP2 cabinets 6 = 152mm (6 in.) fingers, for use with VP2 cabinets only RS3-RWM-2 Vertical Exhaust Duct (Chimney) Part # Description VP-DUCT1 . . . . . .VersaPOD Vertical Exhaust Duct, 523 x 653 x 516-923mm (20.6 x 25.7 x 20-36 in.), Black VP-DUCT2 . . . . . .VersaPOD Vertical Exhaust Duct, 523 x 653 x 912-1320mm (20.6 x 25.7 x 36-52 in.), Black Note: Chimney compatible with 1200mm (48 in.) VersaPOD (VP2) and V600 (V2) cabinets only. Solid doors recommended for use with chimneys. 11.4 www.siemon.com NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 6 Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S Blanking Panels Part # Description VP-BLNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vertical Blanking Panel, (fits in standard VPP opening between 2 bayed cabinets) PNL-BLNK-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . .Horizontal Blank Filler Panel, 19 in. VP-BLNK Use (X) to specify panel size: 1 = 1U, 2 = 2U, 3 = 3U, 4 = 4U Note: 1U = 44.5mm (1.75 in.) PNL-BLNK-1 Accessories Part # Description VP-PDU-001 VP-PDU-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VersaPOD Rear Facing PDU Mounting Brackets for one PDU, Black, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Set of 2 (includes mounting hardware) VP-PDU-002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VersaPOD Side Facing PDU Mounting Brackets for two PDU's, Black, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Set of 2 (includes mounting hardware) VP-FAN-EU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessory, Cabinet Cooling Fan, 230-240V, BS1363 plug 127 x 444mm (5 x 17.5 in.) (for main top panel cable opening) VP-FAN-EU1 VP-FAN-EU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessory, Cabinet Cooling Fan, 250V, CEE 7/7 plug 127 x 444mm (5 x 17.5 in.) (for main top panel cable opening) VP-T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brush Guard 127 x 444mm (5 x 17.5 in.) (for main top panel cable opening) VP-T3 VP-BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brush Guard 413 x 279mm (1.625 x 11 in.) (for perimeter top panel cable openings) VP-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Castors, set of four VP-FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Leveling Feet, set of four VP-W VP-FT VP-BAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VP1 Baying Kit, bracket and hardware (secures 2 VP1 cabinets together) VP-BAY2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VP2 Baying Kit, bracket and hardware (secures 2 VP2 cabinets together) VP-BAY VP-GRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Grounding Kit - ground bar, ground wire, mounting hardware and accessories (capacity to support all required grounding connections for a single cabinet) VP-SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stabilizing Brackets, set of four (secures cabinet to floor) VP-GRD VP-SB Visit www.siemon.com/versapod for a chart detailing the cable capacity of VersaPOD's various cable entry points and cable management zones. www.siemon.com 11.5 NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 7 Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S VersaPOD(R) (VP2) SidePODTM and Baffle Siemon's SidePOD and Baffle solution is designed to support side-to-side ventilated active equipment such as the Cisco Nexus(R) 7018 Series Switches. The SidePOD is an optional add on to Siemons 1200mm (48 in.) deep VersaPOD (VP2) cabinets and creates the necessary clearance for proper airflow to the switch. Optional baffles may be mounted within the SidePOD to properly route cold air from the front of the cabinet to the input side of the switch as well as route exhaust from the output side of the switch to be vented into the hot aisle. The baffles can also be mounted in the Zero-U space between adjacent, bayed VP2 cabinets. In addition to providing a cooling platform, the SidePOD allows full size Zero-U panels to be used in End of Row applications. This includes up to 12U of vertical patching and high capacity vertical cable management with hinged covers. Shared Use of VP2 Side Panels -- The SidePOD is compatible with VP2 side panels allowing VersaPOD panels to be transitioned to the SidePOD when added to end of row installations Cable Access Openings -- Multiple openings in the lid accept optional brush guards to provide cable access to the Zero-U space from overhead distribution systems Single Finger Door Operation -- The SidePOD door features a single, lockable slam latch that allows the door to be opened or closed with a single finger End of Row Capacity Increase -- Cable management and patching options are increased by using full size Zero-U managers with SidePOD Reversible Baffle Design -- Baffles can be installed in either orientaion to properly route either cold air input or hot air exhaust Split Baffle Design -- Allows the baffles to be nested in the Zero-U space enabling placement of side venting equipment in adjacent cabinets 11.6 Zero-U Modularity -- Even with a baffle installed, the balance of Zero-U space can be fully utilized for patching or cable management www.siemon.com NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 8 Part # Description VP2-SPAA1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SidePOD with 2 Vented Doors, 45U, Black Includes 2 leveling feet, 2 sets of baying brackets, ground conductor and assembly hardware (ships unassembled) VP2-BFL-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zero-U Baffle, Black Includes mounting hardware VP2-SPAA1 VP2-BFL-S Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S Ordering Information: SidePODTM Product Specifications Height (Nomimal height with adjustable feet or castors) 2133 mm (84 in.) Width 140 mm (5.5 in.) Depth 1200 mm (48. in.) Weight Base Type 26.2 kg (57.8 lbs) Open Color Black (RAL 9005) Front Doors Perforated, keyed lock Rear Doors Perforated, keyed lock % Door Perforation 71% Material CRS of varying thickness Finish Textured powder coat Standard Compliance UL 60950-1 Ed2.0, CSA C22.2 NO. 60950-1-07 Top Cable Access Openings 3 openings, 280 x 45mm (11 x 1.77 in.) www.siemon.com 11.7 NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 9 Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S V600 Cabinet The V600 cabinet provides a robust, cost-effective enclosure solution that is ideal for use in conjunction with VersaPOD data center cabinets. While not compatible with VersaPODs Zero-U vertical patching and cable management accessories, it shares a common appearance for standard cabinet applications. Ideal for use as a server cabinet. Lightweight Stability -- Design provides an extremely stable, high-capacity cabinet without excessive weight High-Flow Doors -- Contoured high density perforated door provides 71% perforation exceeding major IT equipment air flow requirements Enhanced Side Access -- Split level side panels provide convenient access to installed equipment Full Accessibility Doors -- Quick release, field reversible single piece front and split rear doors Flexible Mounting Options -- Depth adjustable 19 in vertical mounting rails in 5mm (0.2 in) increments 11.8 Consistent Aesthetics -- Shares common appearance with VersaPOD for improved aesthetics in data centers when using both V600 and VersaPOD cabinets. Thermally Efficient -- Compatible with VersaPOD thermal management options including exhaust fans and brush guards.1200mm version compatible with VersaPOD Vertical Exhaust Ducts (chimneys) www.siemon.com NA_11_VersapodV600_A 11/12/12 10:07 AM Page 10 Ordering Information: V1-(X)A(X)(X)11. . . 1000 x 600mm (40 x 24 in.) V600 Cabinet, 45U, Black V2-(X)A(X)(X)11. . . 1200 x 600mm (48 x 24 in.) V600 Cabinet, 45U, Black Side Panels Lock Type 0 = No Panels 2 = 2 Panels Rear Door 1 = Key Lock 2 = Tumbler Lock Includes 4 leveling feet, 50 cage nuts and 2 stabilizing brackets B = Vented C = Solid V600 Cabinet Specifications U Space 45 Packaging Standard Compliance Ships assembled on a pallet CEA-310-E, UL 60950, IEC-60297-2, RoHS 907 kgs (2000 lbs) Static load, evenly distributed Load Rating Material Base Type Color Premium grade hot and cold rolled steel Open Black Standard Front Doors Full, hinged, perforated, keyed lock Standard Rear Doors Full, hinged, perforated, keyed lock % Door Perforation 71% Removable Doors Yes Lockable/ Removable Side Panels/ Horizontal Split Yes Adjustable Mounting Rails Yes U Space Identification on Rails Yes Adjustable Leveling Feet Yes, included with cabinet Stabilizing Brackets Yes, included with cabinet, used to secure cabinet to shipping pallet Top Cable Access Openings (V1) 4 small, 280 x 45mm (11 x 1.77 in.) - 1 large, 448.5 x 130mm (17.66 x 5.12 in.) Top Cable Access Openings (V2) 3 small, 280 x 45mm (11 x 1.77 in.) - 3 large, 448.5 x 130mm (17.66 x 5.12 in.) Dimensions inches mm Height 84 2133 Width 24 600 Depth (V1) 40 1000 Depth (V2) 48 1200 Height on Pallet 89 2261 lbs kgs Cabinet Weight (V1) 275 125 Cabinet Weight (V2) 305 138 Cabinet Weight w/packing (V1) 300 136 Includes wooden pallet and packaging Cabinet Weight w/packing (V2) 330 150 Includes wooden pallet and packaging Product Weight Ve r s a P O D A N D V 6 0 0 C A B I N E T S V600mm Cabinet Nominal Height with adjustable leveling feet or castors As delivered on wooden pallet V600 Cabinet Accessories Part # Description V1-VP1-BAY........................V1 to VP1 Baying Kit V2-VP2-BAY........................V2 to VP2 Baying Kit VP-FAN ...............................Top-Mount Cooling Fan Panel*, 3 fans, 15A/125V, NEMA 5-15 Plug 127 x 444mm (5 x 17.5 in.) (for main top panel opening) VP-FAN-EU1 .......................Top-Mount Cooling Fan Panel*, 3 fans, 13A/230-240V, B51363 Plug 127 x 444mm (5 x 17.5 in.) (for main top panel opening) VP-FAN-EU2 .......................Top-Mount Cooling Fan Panel*, 3 fans, 16A/250, CEE 7/7 Plug 127 x 444mm (5 x 17.5 in.) (for main top panel opening) VP-T3..................................Brush Guard 127 x 444mm (5 x 17.5 in.) (for main top panel opening) VP-BRUSH..........................Brush Guard 413 x 279mm (1.625 x 11 in.) (for perimeter top panel openings) V-W .....................................V600 Castor Wheels, set of 4 *Note: Fans can be removed in large top panel openings. www.siemon.com 11.9 NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 1 D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G Data Center Power and Cooling With power costs continuing to rise, the ability to maximize a data centers energy efficiency has rapidly become one of the most critical considerations for network infrastructure professionals. To meet this growing challenge, Siemon has developed a solution set that addresses energy efficiency from two key angles -- cooling and power distribution: * IcePackTM Cooling Door System -- High-efficiency liquid-cooled solution for supplemental data center cooling. Provides cooling capacity up to 31kW per cabinet, while consuming up to 80% less energy than other cooling products * Intelligent Power Distribution Units -- Ranging from metered units to full-featured, networked versions, Siemons Intelligent PDUs provide an easily-implemented means to monitor power usage at the equipment level, helping to manage capacity, spot problems and reduce energy costs Section Contents IcePack Cooling Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 IcePack Coolant Distribution Units (CDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 IcePack Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.3 - 12.4 IcePack Deployment/Commissioning Service . . . . . . . . . .12.5 Intelligent Power Distribution Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.6 Metered PDUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.7 Monitored PDUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.8 Switched and Managed PDUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.9 Intelligent PDU Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.10 12.0 www.siemon.com NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 2 The IcePack Cooling Door is a heat exchanger that uses passive liquid cooling technology. It replaces the standard rear doors on the VersaPOD and V600 1200mm (48 in.) cabinets and functions by close-coupling a specialized fin-and-tube coil array to the equipment heat exhaust. The IcePack door is protected by two 79% open perforated sheets to maintain airflow through the cabinet. Top feed and bottom feed versions available Uses treated water to ensure optimum performance and longevity of the cooling equipment No noise due to a passive design with no fans or moving parts High reliability with factory testing at 5X operating pressure D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G IcePackTM Cooling Door Retrofittable to an existing VersaPOD cabinet or mountable to a new VersaPOD with no rear doors Low profile design with 101mm (4 in.) depth consumes minimal floor space Ordering Information: RX-VP1A-BR....................For VersaPOD VP1, Bottom Feed RX-VP1A-TR....................For VersaPOD VP1, Top Feed RX-VP2A-BR....................For VersaPOD VP2, Bottom Feed RX-VP2A-TR....................For VersaPOD VP2, Top Feed RX-V6A-BR ......................For V600, Bottom Feed RX-V6A-TR ......................For V600, Top Feed www.siemon.com 12.1 NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 3 D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G Coolant Distribution Units (CDU) Coolant Distribution Units monitor and manage the flow of cooled, treated water in a closed loop environment to the IcePack Cooling Doors. The CDU establishes a secondary loop that is isolated from the building chilled water supply, maintaining a supply temperature above the dew point to prevent condensation and establish 100% sensible cooling. The heat that is collected by the IcePack Cooling Doors is rejected to the chilled water supply by the CDU via an internal stainless steel plate heat exchanger. * * * * * * * Floor mount and 6U rack mount* versions available 260 kW floor mount unit supports up to 48 IcePack cooling doors depending on demands 20 kW rack mount unit* supports up to 2 IcePack cooling doors Redundant (dual) and non-redundant (basic) versions available Standard bottom exit connections with flex tails Versions with top exit, filtering and/or flow meter options are available Optional communications kit provides intelligent monitoring and interfaces with building management systems and web management tools for the highest reliability Ordering Information: Floor Mount CDU Part # Description RX-CDF-45A-RT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 400V, 3-phase, 50Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit RX-CDF-46A-RT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 480V, 3-phase, 60Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit RX-CDF-26A-RT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 208V, 3-phase, 60Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit RX-CDF-2XA-RT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 200V, 3-phase, 50/60Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit RX-CDF-45A-NT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 400V, 3-phase, 50Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit RX-CDF-46A-NT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 480V, 3-phase, 60Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit RX-CDF-26A-NT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 208V, 3-phase, 60Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit RX-CDF-2XA-NT1 . . . . . . . . . . . Dual, 200V, 3-phase, 50/60Hz, Flex Tails, Bottom Exit Rack Mount CDU* Part # Description RX-CDR-26A-NK . . . . . . . . . . . . 208V, single-phase, 60Hz RX-CDR-25A-NK . . . . . . . . . . . . 230V, single-phase, 50Hz Communication Kits for CDU's Part # Description RX-CDA-CKF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For Floor Mount CDU RX-CDA-CKR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For Rack Mount CDU *Rack Mound CDU not available in North America. 12.2 www.siemon.com NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 4 Hose Kits * * * * * Each hose kit consists of a flexible supply hose and a return hose Factory assembled and tested including leak-testing to 5X operating pressure Quick-connect drip-free couplings on one end or both ends Available in straight versions for raised floor environments or right angled for non-raised floor data centers Standard lengths from 1m (3 ft.) to 9m (30 ft.). Longer lengths available. Ordering Information: Straight Hose Kits Part # Description D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G IcePackTM Accessories RX-HKS-KK-03R . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9m (3 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKS-KK-10R . . . . . . . . . . . . 3m (10 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKS-KK-20R . . . . . . . . . . . . 6m (20 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKS-KK-30R . . . . . . . . . . . . 9m (30 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKS-KZ-03R . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9m (3 ft.), Quick Connect One End RX-HKS-KZ-10R . . . . . . . . . . . . 3m (10 ft.), Quick Connect One End RX-HKS-KZ-20R . . . . . . . . . . . . 6m (20 ft.), Quick Connect One End RX-HKS-KZ-30R . . . . . . . . . . . . 9m (30 ft.), Quick Connect One End Right-Angle Hose Kits Part # Description RX-HKR-KK-03R . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9m (3 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKR-KK-10R . . . . . . . . . . . . 3m (10 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKR-KK-20R . . . . . . . . . . . . 6m (20 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKR-KK-30R . . . . . . . . . . . . 9m (30 ft.), Quick Connect Both Ends RX-HKR-KZ-03R . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9m (3 ft.), Quick Connect One End RX-HKR-KZ-10R . . . . . . . . . . . . 3m (10 ft.), Quick Connect One End RX-HKR-KZ-20R . . . . . . . . . . . . 6m (20 ft.), Quick Connect One End RX-HKR-KZ-30R . . . . . . . . . . . . 9m (30 ft.), Quick Connect One End www.siemon.com 12.3 NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 5 D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G IcePackTM Accessories External Manifolds * * * * * Manifolds support multiple cooling doors and/or CDU's Connects to flex tails on CDU secondary side 8-, 10-, and 12-way versions with ISO B quick connections Overhead or under floor versions Customized manifolds also available Ordering Information: RX-MAN-08B-KR .............Under Floor, 8-way, Quick Connections RX-MAN-10B-KR .............Under Floor, 10-way, Quick Connections RX-MAN-12B-KR .............Under Floor, 12-way, Quick Connections RX-MAN-08T-KR ..............Overhead, 8-way, Quick Connections RX-MAN-10T-KR ..............Overhead, 10-way, Quick Connections RX-MAN-12T-KR ..............Overhead, 12-way, Quick Connections Raised Floor Grommets * * * * Grommets fill openings cut in raised floors to route hose kits Sealing of openings improves efficiency of air delivery system Split two-piece and one-piece versions available Offered in integral and surface mount styles Ordering Information: GR-NT48S .......................Integral One Piece 101 x 203mm (4 x 8 in.) Cable Area GR-NT48D .......................Split Integral One Piece 101 x 203mm (4 x 8 in.) Cable Area GR-SM48D.......................Split Surface Mount 101 x 203mm (4 x 8 in.) Cable Area GR-NT25D .......................Split Integral, Mini 50 x 127mm (2 x 5 in.) Cable Area Treated Water * * * * Treated water is used in the closed loop between the CDU and Cooling Door Maintains clean heat transfer surfaces to avoid downtime Protects against scaling, fouling and corrosion Available in 19 liters (5 gallons) or 208 liters (55 gallons) containers Ordering Information: RX-TW05 .........................Treated Water, 19 liters (5 gallons) RX-TW55 .........................Treated Water, 208 liters (55 gallons) RX-APT ............................Air Purging Tool 12.4 www.siemon.com NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 6 To ensure that the IcePack system is installed with the same quality, attention to detail and support that Seimon customers count on for their data center solutions, Siemon offers full deployment and ongoing maintenance services through a network of highly-trained and Siemon certified installation partners. * Commissioning Service - Door Mounting - Sealed liquid cooling loop connections - System startup and and full function testing - Customer Training * * Preventative Maintenance programs are available from installation service providers Raised Floor Cutout and Grommet Installation is available to cut floor tiles and install grommets Ordering Information: Commissioning Service Part # Description RX-SVC-RD1-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Qty 1-5 Doors RX-SVC-RD2-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Qty 6-10 Doors RX-SVC-RD3-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Qty 11-15 Doors RX-SVC-DC1-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Qty 1-4 Doors + CDUs RX-SVC-DC2-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Qty 5-8 Doors + CDUs RX-SVC-DC3-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Qty 9-12 Doors + CDUs RX-SVC-RD1-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Qty 1-5 Doors RX-SVC-RD2-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Qty 6-10 Doors RX-SVC-RD3-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Qty 11-15 Doors RX-SVC-DC1-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Qty 1-4 Doors + CDUs RX-SVC-DC2-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Qty 5-8 Doors + CDUs RX-SVC-DC3-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Qty 9-12 Doors + CDUs D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G IcePackTM Deployment/Commissioning Service Preventative Maintenance Service Part # Description RX-SVC-PM1-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Up to 4 CDU, 30 Doors RX-SVC-PM2-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Up to 8 CDU, 60 Doors RX-SVC-PM3-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America, Up to 12 CDU, 90 Doors RX-SVC-PM1-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Up to 4 CDU, 30 Doors RX-SVC-PM2-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Up to 8 CDU, 60 Doors RX-SVC-PM3-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America, Up to 12 CDU, 90 Doors Raised Floor Cutout and Grommet Installation Service (per tile) Part # Description RX-SVC-FG1-AM . . . . . . . . . . . N. America RX-SVC-FG1-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin America Service is performed by Siemon certified 3rd party installation partners. Service is ordered with IcePack materials. Refer to Statements of Work (SOW's) for detail on included and excluded services and geographic limitations www.siemon.com 12.5 NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 7 D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G Intelligent Power Distribution Units Siemons line of intelligent PDUs provide valuable energy consumption data while reliably delivering power to critical IT equipment. Each of our PDU families deliver real-time power information with varying degrees of intelligent functionality ranging from basic Metered units to full-featured Managed PDUs -- providing multiple options based on the level of data and control requirements Siemons intelligent PDUs may be used as stand-alone units, or they can communicate with third-party software through common open networking protocols. All of our network-capable intelligent PDUs also have the capacity to connect environmental sensors, allowing temperature, airflow, and humidity to be measured to further troubleshoot and optimize data center efficiency. PDU Families * * * * FUNCTION Monitored Switched Managed METERED MONITORED SWITCHED MANAGED Built-In Display for Local Use Device-Level Monitoring Remote Monitoring via Ethernet Port Environmental Sensor Ports Outlet-Level Switching Outlet-Level Monitoring 12.6 Metered Configurations Mounting * * * * * * NEMA and IEC plug inputs Horizontal and zero-U vertical styles Vertical PDUs mount via tooless button attachments and include a mounting bracket for additional flexibility Single and 3-phase voltages * Horizontal PDUs mount to standard EIA 19 in. configurations 3 meter (10 ft.) cords with other lengths available Test data included with each unit www.siemon.com NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 8 Metered PDUs provide local visual monitoring capability through a built-in LED meter that displays real-time consumption data. Metered PDUs are a cost-effective alternative to monitored or switched PDUs when remote monitoring is not desired, while providing a more intelligent alternative to basic PDUs. The 3 phase and 60A units measure current (amps) that scrolls through each phase Single-phase PDUs measure power by scrolling through power factor, amps, volts and watts D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G Metered PDUs Ordering Information Input Current Input Voltage Power Input Plug Output Receptacles Output Receptacles Length Part Number Vertical 20A x 2 120 dual input 1.9kW x 2 NEMA 5-20P 5-20R (20) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV02-AB20Z-K2A Vertical 20A x 2 120 dual input 1.9kW x 2 NEMA L5-20P 5-20R (20) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV05-AB20Z-K2A Vertical 20A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 5.8kW NEMA L21-20P 6-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV11-AC24Z-K1A Vertical 20A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 5.8kW NEMA L21-20P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV11-BA24E-K1A Vertical 20A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 5.8kW NEMA L21-20P 5-20R (24) L6-20R (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV11-AB24H-K1A Vertical 30A 208 5kW NEMA L6-30P 6-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV08-AC24Z-K1A Mounting North America Vertical 30A 208 5kW NEMA L6-30P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV08-BA24E-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 8.6kW NEMA L21-30P 5-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV13-AB24Z-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 8.6kW NEMA L21-30P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV13-BA24E-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 208 DELTA 8.6kW NEMA L15-30P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV15-BA24E-K1A Vertical 60A 208 10kW IEC 2P / 3W C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV24-BA24E-K1A Vertical 16A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 11.04kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV26-BA24E-K1A Vertical 32A 230 7.36kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV22-BA24E-K1A Vertical 32A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 22.08kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7TV27-BA24E-K1A Horizontal 1U 32A 230 7.36kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (24) - 480mm (19 in.) 7TH22-BA24Z-K1A International www.siemon.com 12.7 NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:08 AM Page 9 D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G Monitored PDUs Monitored PDUs enable remote monitoring of power consumption. Because they collect data at an aggregate, device-level, Monitored PDUs generate a smaller quantity of information to simplify management. Alarm conditions with high or low thresholds, notification via buzzer, email, or SNMP trap The browser-based interface is used to view charts and logs without the need for additional software Remote monitoring is established via an RJ45 port for network connection. Data can be downloaded in PDA, XML and SNMP formats Units have environmental monitoring capabilities through two RJ12 ports to support two separately purchased sensors directly, or up to 16 sensors connected via splitters The unit provides remote and local alarms and utilization logging The LCD display provides the ability view power data locally. Display is customizable for data type, unit of measure and unique device naming Ordering Information Input Plug Output Receptacles Output Receptacles Length Part Number 1.9kW NEMA 5-20P 5-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV02-AB24Z-K1A 1.9kW NEMA L5-20P 5-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV05-AB24Z-K1A 208 3.3kW NEMA 6-20P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV03-BA24E-K1A 20A 208 3.3kW NEMA L6-20P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV07-BA24E-K1A Vertical 20A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 5.8kW NEMA L21-20P 5-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV11-AB24Z-K1A Vertical 20A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 5.8kW NEMA L21-20P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV11-BA24E-K1A Vertical 30A 120 2.9kW NEMA L5-30P 5-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV06-AB24Z-K1A Vertical 30A 208 5kW NEMA L6-30P 6-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV08-AC24Z-K1A Vertical 30A 208 5kW NEMA L6-30P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV08-BA24E-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 8.6kW NEMA L21-30P 5-20R (24) - 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV13-AB24Z-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 8.6kW NEMA L21-30P C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV13-BA24E-K1A Vertical 35A, 3 phase 208 DELTA 10.1kW IEC 3P / 4W C-13 (30) C-19 (6) 1778mm (70 in.) 7MV28-BA30E-K1A Vertical 50A, 3 phase 208 DELTA 14.4kW IEC 3P / 4W C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1778mm (70 in.) 7MV29-BA24E-K1A Vertical 60A, 3 phase 208 DELTA 17.3kW IEC 3P / 4W C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1778mm (70 in.) 7MV25-BA24E-K1A Horizontal 1U 20A 120 or 208 1.9 or 3.3kW NEMA C-20 C-13 (12) - 480mm (19 in.) 7MH19-BA12Z-K1A Horizontal 1U 20A 120 1.9kW NEMA 5-20P 5-20R (10) - 480mm (19 in.) 7MH02-AB10Z-K1A Horizontal 1U 20A 120 1.9kW NEMA L5-20P 5-20R (10) - 480mm (19 in.) 7MH05-AB10Z-K1A Vertical 16A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 11.04kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV26-BA24E-K1A Vertical 16A 230 3.68kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV20-BA24E-K1A Vertical 32A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 22.08kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV27-BA24E-K1A Vertical 32A 230 7.36kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (24) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7MV22-BA24E-K1A Horizontal 1U 16A 230 3.68kW IEC 309 C-20 C-13 (12) - 480mm (19 in.) 7MH33-BA12Z-K1A Mounting Input Current Input Voltage Power Vertical 20A 120 Vertical 20A 120 Vertical 20A Vertical North America International 12.8 www.siemon.com NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:09 AM Page 10 In addition to power monitoring, switched and managed PDUs enable users to remotely control individual receptacles by allowing equipment to be restarted or remotely shut down. Switched PDUs Switched PDUs combine total PDU power monitoring with portlevel switching. They are the ideal solution when port control is needed but only aggregate consumption data is desired. Units have environmental monitoring capabilities through two RJ12 ports to support two separately purchased sensors directly, or up to 16 sensors connected via splitters Remote monitoring is established via an RJ45 port for network connection. Data can be downloaded in PDA, XML and SNMP formats Managed PDUs Managed PDUs offer the highest level of control and monitoring by providing outlet-level monitoring and outlet-level switching. User definable URL for each outlet The LCD display provides the ability view power data locally. Display customizable data type, unit of measure and data outlet status Sequential start up and shut down to manage loads The browser-based interface is used to access charts, logs, and alarms Ordering Information Mounting Input Current Input Voltage Power Input Plug Output Receptacles Output Receptacles Length D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G Switched and Managed PDUs Part Number Switched North America Vertical 30A 120 2.9kW NEMA L5-30P 5-15R (24) - 1778mm (70 in.) 7SV06-AA24Z-K1A Vertical 30A 208 5kW NEMA L6-30P C-13 (20) C-19 (4) 1778mm (70 in.) 7SV08-BA20D-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 8.6kW NEMA L21-30P C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1829mm (72 in.) 7SV13-BA21C-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 208 DELTA 8.6kW NEMA L15-30P C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1829mm (72 in.) 7SV15-BA21C-K1A Vertical 16A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 11.04kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1683mm (66 in.) 7SV26-BA21C-K1A Vertical 16A 230 3.68kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1683mm (66 in.) 7SV20-BA21C-K1A Vertical 32A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 22.08kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1829mm (72 in.) 7SV27-BA21C-K1A Vertical 32A 230 7.36kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (20) C-19 (4) 1778mm (70 in.) 7SV22-BA20D-K1A International Managed North America Vertical 20A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 5.8kW NEMA L21-20P C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1683mm (66 in.) 7WV11-BA21C-K1A Vertical 30A 208 5kW NEMA L6-30P C-13 (20) C-19 (4) 1778mm (70 in.) 7WV08-BA20D-K1A Vertical 30A, 3 phase 120 / 208 WYE 8.6kW NEMA L21-30P C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1829mm (72 in.) 7WV13-BA21C-K1A Vertical 35A, 3 phase 208 DELTA 10.1kW IEC 3P / 4W C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1829mm (72 in.) 7WV28-BA21C-K1A Vertical 60A, 3 phase 208 DELTA 17.3kW IEC 3P / 4W C-13 (18) C-19 (6) 1683mm (66 in.) 7WV25-BA18E-K1A Horizontal 1U 20A 120 or 208 1.9 or 3.3kW NEMA C-20 C-13 (8) - 480mm (19 in.) 7WH19-BA08Z-K1A Vertical 16A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 11.04kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1683mm (66 in.) 7WV26-BA21C-K1A Vertical 16A 230 3.68kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1683mm (66 in.) 7WV20-BA21C-K1A Vertical 32A, 3 phase 230/400 WYE 22.08kW IEC 309 3P + N + E C-13 (21) C-19 (3) 1829mm (72 in.) 7WV27-BA21C-K1A Vertical 32A 230 7.36kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (20) C-19 (4) 1778mm (70 in.) 7WV22-BA20D-K1A Horizontal 1U 32A 230 7.36kW IEC 309 2P + E C-13 (8) - 480mm (19 in.) 7WH22-BA08Z-K1A International www.siemon.com 12.9 NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:09 AM Page 11 D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G Accessories Environmental Sensors 7ENS-TEMP ............................... Temperature Sensor 7ENS-TEMPHAF ........................ Temperature/ Airflow/ Humidity Sensor 7ENA-SPLIT-5............................. Splitter RJ12 x 5 way SPECIFICATIONS General Safety Compliance Emissions Cord Length Circuit breakers Outlet Color Coding Material Finish Warranty UL 60950 (North America PDUs only), CE (International PDUs only) FCC Part 15 Class A 3m (10 ft.) 30A and higher units On 3 phase units for load balancing 18 Gauge Steel Black powder coat 3 Years Environmental Operating Temperature Storage Temperature -25 to 65C (-13 to 149F) Operating Humidity 5% to 95% (non-condensing) Storage Humidity 5% to 95% (non-condensing) Operating Elevation Storage Elevation Networking Networking Protocols Ethernet Link Speed Data Formats 12.10 10 to 40C (50 to 104F) 0 to 2000m (0 to 6561 ft.) 0 to 15240m (0 to 50000 ft.) (not applicable to metered units) HTTP, HTTPS (SSL/TLS), SMTP, POP3, ICMP, DHCP, TCP/IP, NTP, Telnet, Syslog 10 Mbit; half-duplex HTML, SNMP, CSV/Plain Text, XML www.siemon.com NA_12_Power&Cooling_A 11/12/12 10:09 AM Page 12 D AT A C E N T E R P O W E R A N D C O O L I N G www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 1 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS High Speed Interconnects The Siemon Interconnect Solutions team has developed a full offering of interconnect assemblies for ultra high-speed point-to-point applications. Supporting speeds up to 40Gb/s across an array of application standards, the line features QSFP+, SFP+, SFF-8470 and MiniSAS interfaces, as well as hybrid assemblies. Independently tested to be interoperable with most major equipment manufacturers, Siemon interconnects deliver cost-effective, flexible support for your high-speed, direct attach equipment connections Section Contents SFP+ Copper Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.1 - 13.2 QSFP+ Passive Copper Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.3 - 13.4 QSFP+ to 4 SFP+ Passive Copper Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.5 - 13.6 MORAYTM Active Optical Cable Assemblies Single Mode, QSFP+ . . . . .13.7 - 13.8 8470 4X Copper Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.9 - 13.10 8470 4X Copper Cable Assemblies (Thumbscrew Style) . . . . . . . . .13.11 - 13.12 13.0 www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 2 SFP+ copper cable assemblies from Siemon Interconnect Solutions (SIS) were developed specifically as a cost-effective and lower-power alternative to optical modules for short reach links in high-speed interconnect applications such as high-performance computing (HPC), enterprise networking and network storage markets. The assemblies support data transfer rates up to 10+ Gb/s per lane, meeting or exceeding current standards specifications. These SFP+ fully-shielded assemblies combine twin-axial shielded cable configuration with robust die cast housings for enhanced support of high frequency data rates. These SFP+ assemblies are impedance matched to ensure interoperability and minimize EMI leakage through their fully-shielded design. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * Electrical: SFF-8431* SFF-8083 * Mechanical: SFF-8432 * EEPROM: SFF-8472 Multiple conductor sizes available to achieve maximum performance * SDD11, not SCC11 Enhanced EMI shielding for low emissions HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS SFP+ Copper Cable Assemblies APPLICATIONS Ultra low crosstalk for enhanced performance Standard SFP+ latch interoperable with all compliant interfaces * InfiniBand SDR, DDR and QDR * Ethernet * Fiber Channel 8, 10G * FCoE 10G * Networking * Storage * Hubs, switches, routers, servers, NICs Bend relief PCB Termination Laser stripped conductors Automated welding for unmatched consistency www.siemon.com Overmold provides additional strain relief to minimize pistoning Welding results in less dielectric shrink-back than soldering 13.1 NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 3 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Product Information PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Plug Electrical Min. Dielectric Withstand Voltage 300 VDC Insulation Resistance 1000 Mohms Current Rating 0.5 Amp Min/Signal Contact General Operating Temperature -10 to 70 C, (14 to 158 F) Flammability Rating UL 94 V-0 Green Features RoHS, Lead-Free Shield Braid/Foil Marking Mfg Name, Part#, Date Code Backshell Material Nickel-Plated Zinc Diecast Contact Material PCB with Gold-Plated Pads Latch Positive Latching w/ Pull Insertion Force 30N (6.74 lbf.) Max Withdrawal Force 20N (4.5 lbf.) Max Retention Force 90N (20.23 lbf.) Max Durability 50 Cycles Min Cable Conductor Solid Wire Gauge 30 AWG to 24 AWG Impedance 100 5 ohms Construction Twinaxial Cable OD 30 AWG = 4.5mm (0.177 in.) 28 AWG = 4.7mm (0.185 in.) 26 AWG = 5.2mm (0.205 in.) 24 AWG = 6.2mm (0.244 in.) Jacket Type PVC Bend Radius 5X Cable OD Ordering Information: SFP+ Passive Copper Cable Assembly, Double-ended, Black Part Number dWDP(dB)* VMA(dB)* VMA(dB)* 28 6.2 4.0 46 24 6.5 4.0 42 6.75 4.5 32.5 Length Gauge SFPP30-01 1m (3.3 ft.) 30 SFPP30-02 2m (6.6 ft.) 30 SFPP30-03 3m (9.8 ft.) 30 SFPP28-05 5m (16.4 ft.) SFPP24-07 7m (23 ft.) SFF-8431 Limits Note: Contact Customer Service for additional lengths and wire gauges. *Typical 13.2 www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 4 Siemon Interconnect Solutions QSFP+ Copper Cable assemblies were developed for high-density applications, offering a cost-effective, low-power option for high-speed data center interconnects. The QSFP+ form factor (Quad SFP+) can replace up to four standard SFP+ connections, providing greater density and reduced system cost. The direct-attach assemblies support emerging 40Gb/s applications and are available in standard lengths up to 6 meters (19.7 feet) with longer custom lengths available. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE Multiple conductor sizes available to achieve optimized performance Positive retention pull-release latch system * * * * Electrical: IBTA V2 Revision 1.2.1 IEEE 802.3ba EEPROM: SFF-8436 RoHS APPLICATIONS High-Density QSFP+ connector * * * * * * * * * Ultra low crosstalk for enhanced performance InfiniBand 4X SDR, DDR, QDR Ethernet 10G,40G FiberChannel 10G,40G, SAN RapidIO Myrinet 40G Rack-to-Rack, Shelf-to-Shelf Interconnect Networking Storage Hubs, switches, routers, servers HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Siemon QSFP+ Passive Copper Assemblies PCB Termination Laser stripped conductors Automated welding for unmatched consistency www.siemon.com Overmold provides additional strain relief to minimize pistoning Welding results in less dielectric shrink-back than soldering 13.3 NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 5 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Product Information PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Plug Electrical Min. Dielectric Withstand Voltage 300 VDC Backshell Material Nickel Plated Zinc Diecast Insulation Resistance 1000 Mohms Contact Material PCB with Gold-Plated Pads Current Rating 0.5 Amp Min/Signal Contact Plastic Material PA66 Latch Positive Latching w/Pull Tab Insertion Force 40N (8.99 lbf.) Max Withdrawal Force 30N (6.74 lbf.) Max Retention Force 90N (20.23 lbf.) Min Durability 250 Cycles Tightest Recommended Vertical Spacing (Belly to Belly) 11.80 mm (0.5 in.) Center to Center Tightest Recommended Vertical Spacing (Stacked) 17.50 mm (0.7 in.) Center to Center General Operating Temperature 0 to 70 C (32 to 158 F) Flammability Rating (Plastics) UL 94 Green Features RoHS, Lead-Free Shield Braid/Foil Marking Mfg Name, Part#, Date Code Ordering Information: Cable QSFP+ to QSFP+ Passive Copper Cable Assemblies Part Number Length Gauge QSFP30-00.5 0.5m (1.6 ft.) 30 1m (3.3 ft.) 30 1.5m (4.9 ft.) 30 2m (6.6 ft.) 30 2.5m (8.2 ft.) 30 QSFP30-03 3m (9.8 ft.) 30 QSFP26-05 5m (16.4 ft.) 26 QSFP24-06 6m (19.6 ft.) 24 QSFP30-01 QSFP30-01.5 Conductor Solid Wire Gauge 30 AWG to 24 AWG Impedence 100 +/- 5 ohms Construction Twinaxial Cable OD 30 AWG = 6.50mm (0.256 in.) 28 AWG = 7.49mm (0.295 in.) QSFP30-02 26 AWG = 8.61mm (0.339 in.) QSFP30-02.5 24 AWG = 9.70mm (0.382 in.) Jacket Type PVC Bend Radius 5X Cable OD -Single 10X Cable OD - Repeated Maximum Lengths Gauge IBTA DDR IBTA QDR1 IEEE 802.3ba 30 5m (16.4 ft.) 3m (9.8 ft.) 3m (9.8 ft.) 28 7m (23 ft.) 4m (13.1 ft.) 4m (13.1 ft.) 26 8m (26.2 ft.) 5m (16.4 ft.)2 5m (16.4 ft.) 24 10m (32.8 ft.) 6m (19.6) n/a 1 Per IBTA cable MOI VO.69: -13dB @5GHz 2 May not meet IBTA QDR insertion loss limits but is acceptable for most InfiniBand and all Ethernet applications. Note: Contact Customer Service for additional lengths. 13.4 www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 6 Siemon Interconnect Solutions hybrid cables allow users to connect SFP+ and QSFP+ equipment. They offer a cost-effective, low-power option for high-speed data center interconnects. The direct-attach assemblies support 4 lanes of 10 Gb/s (40 Gb/s composite) and are available in standard lengths up to 5 meters (16.4 feet) with longer custom lengths available. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE Positive retention pullrelease latch system Multiple conductor sizes available to achieve optimized performance QSFP+ End * SFF-8436 * Electrical: IBTA Volume 2 Revision 1.2.1* SFP+ End * SFF-8431 * SFF-8432 * SFF-8472 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Siemon QSFP+ to 4 SFP+ Passive Copper Assemblies APPLICATIONS High-density QSFP+ connector SFF-8431 Compliant SFP+ connector Ultra low crosstalk for enhanced performance * InfiniBand SDR, DDR * Ethernet 1G, 10G * Fiber Channel * Rack-to-Rack, Shelf-to-Shelf Interconnect * Networking * Storage * Hubs, switches, routers, servers PCB Termination Laser stripped conductors Automated welding for unmatched consistency Overmold provides additional strain relief to minimize pistoning Welding results in less dielectric shrink-back than soldering * Proposed IBTA return loss limit (used at latest plugfest) www.siemon.com 13.5 NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 7 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Product Information PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Plug Electrical Min. Dielectric Withstand Voltage 300 VDC Backshell Material Nickel Plated Zinc Diecast Insulation Resistance 1000 Mohms Contact Material PCB with Gold-Plated Pads Current Rating 0.5 Amp Min/Signal Contact Latch Positive Latching w/Pull Tab Insertion Force QSFP+: 40N (8.99 lbf.) Max SFP+ 30N (6.74 lbf.) Max Withdrawal Force QSFP+: 30N (6.74 lbf.) Max SFP+ 20N (4.50 lbf.) Max Retention Force 90N (20.23 lbf.) Min Durability QSFP+: 250 Cycles Min SFP+ 50 cycles Min General Operating Temperature 0 to 70 C (32 to 158 F) Flammability Rating (Plastics) UL 94 Green Features RoHS, Lead-Free Shield Braid/Foil Marking Mfg Name, Part#, Date Code Cable Conductor Solid Wire Gauge 30 AWG and 28 AWG Impedence 100 +/- 5 ohms Construction Twinaxial Jacket Type PVC Bend Radius 5X Cable OD -Single 10X Cable OD - Repeated Ordering Information: QSFP+ to SFP+ Passive Copper Cable Assemblies Part Number Length Gauge 0.5m (1.6 ft.) 30 SFPPQSFP30-01 1m (3.3 ft.) 30 SFPPQSFP30-02 2m (6.6 ft.) 30 SFPPQSFP28-03 3m (9.8 ft.) 28 SFPPQSFP28-05 5m (16.4 ft.) 28 SFPPQSFP30-00.5 13.6 www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 8 Siemon Interconnect Solutions MORAY 40 Gb/s Active Optical Cable assemblies offer a cost-effective, extended reach option for high-speed data center interconnects. MORAY assemblies incorporate integrated optoelectronics with four single-mode fiber optic transceivers per end, each operating at data rates from 1 to 10.3125 Gb/s. The cable is available in a number of standard lengths up to 300 meters (984 feet) and custom lengths up to 4,000 meters (13,123 feet). MORAY offers customers the flexibility of traditional optical modules by interfacing to systems via a standard QSFP+ MSA, SFF-8436 connector. The cable is electrically compliant with the SFP+ interface supporting InfiniBand, Ethernet, Fibre Channel and other applications. Optical transceivers are permanently attached to the fiber, shielding the optical interface from environmental contaminants and protecting it from damage during installation. Multirate: 1.0 Gb/s - 10.3125 Gb/s (per lane) SFP+ Ethernet and InfiniBand electrical compliance HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS MORAY TM Active Optical Cable Assemblies Single Mode, QSFP+ 4-Channel full-duplex active optic cable transceiver Ultra-flexible single mode fiber High-density QSFP+ connector APPLICATIONS * * * * * * * * * * * * www.siemon.com InfiniBand SDR, DDR, QDR Ethernet 10G,40G Fibre Channel 8G,10G SAS, SATA 3G, 6G Fibre Channel SAN 10G,20G, 40G Myrinet 40G Optical Backplanes Rack-to-Rack, Shelf-to-Shelf Interconnect Proprietary Cluster Interconnect Networking Storage Hubs, switches, routers, servers STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * SFF-8436 * SFF-8431 * FCC Class B * EN55022: 2006 (Class B) * EN/IEC 61000-4-3 * Safety: UL, CSA, CE * RoHS * Class 1 laser product per IEC 6095 (eye safety) * Telcordia GR-468-CORE 13.7 NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 9 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Product Information PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Cable Electrical Supply Voltage 3.1 to 3.5V Power Consumption Per End 2.5W (max) per end General Type OFNP/CSA-FT6 (plenum) single mode fiber Minimum Bend Radius Cable only: <15mm (0.6 in.) Minimum Cable Assembly Bend Radius Cable and Connector: 5mm (2.2 in.) Cross Section (without connector) 4.1mm (0.16 in.) Max x 2.5mm (0.1 in.) Max Operating Temperature 0 to 70 C (0 to 158 F) Storage Temperature -45 to 85 C (-49 to 185 F) Channels 4 Lanes, bi-directional Channels 4 channels, bi-directional Data Rate 1 to 10.3125 Gbps/channel Connector (each end) QSFP Link Bit Error Rate (BER) 10-15 Weight for 10m (33 ft.) cable 360 g (12.7 oz.) typical Signal Latency 2 ns for TX/RX plus 5 ns/m cable length Cable Pull Strength 68N (15.29 lbf.) Operating Optical Wavelength 1490 nm Channel Parameters Ordering Information: QSFP to QSFP Active Optical Cable Assemblies Part Number Length QSFP-F-007 7m (23 ft.) QSFP-F-010 10m (32.8 ft.) QSFP-F-015 15m (49.2 ft.) QSFP-F-020 20m (65.6 ft.) QSFP-F-025 25m (82 ft.) QSFP-F-030 30m (98.4 ft.) QSFP-F-040 40m (131.2 ft.) QSFP-F-050 50m (164 ft.) Note: Contact Customer Service for additional lengths. 13.8 www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 10 Siemon Interconnect Solutions (SIS) 8470 4X copper cable assemblies were designed to support an array of high-speed interconnect infrastructures such as high-performance computing (HPC), enterprise networking, data centers and network storage. Combining high bandwidth and low latency signal transmission, these assemblies are ideal for Ethernet, InfiniBand SDR/DDR/QDR and other industry-standard applications. These assemblies support data rates from 2.5Gb/s to 10+ Gb/s per lane. Shielded parallel-pair construction enhances noise resistance to maximize signal fidelity Standard SFF-8470 latch and interface is interoperable with all compliant interfaces HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS 8470 4X Copper Cable Assemblies Multiple conductor sizes available to achieve maximum performance APPLICATIONS * InfiniBand SDR, DDR and QDR * Ethernet CX4, CR4 * Fiber Channel 1, 2, 4, 8, 10G * XAUI, XAUI.2 * RapidIO * SAS, SATA * Myrinet * Serial Transmissions to 10+Gb/s * Networking * Storage * Hubs, switches, routers, servers www.siemon.com STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * SFF-8470 * IBTA Volume 2 revision 1.2.1 * IEEE 802.3ak * OIF - CEI SR 11G 13.9 NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 11 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Product Information PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Electrical Plug Min. Dielectric Withstand Voltage 300 VDC Backshell Material Nickel-Plated Zinc Diecast Insulation Resistance 1000 Mohms Contact Material Gold-Plated Copper Alloy Current Rating 0.5 Amp Min/Signal Contact Plastic Material LCP Impedance 10 +/- 10 Ohms at 100psec Latch Thermoplastic and Copper Alloy <2% at 100psec (multiple agressors) Insertion Force 30N (6.74 lbf.) Max Withdrawal Force 15N (3.37 lbf.) Max Retention Force 75N (16.86 lbf.) Max Durability 250 Cycles Min Near End Crosstalk (NEXT) General Operating Temperature -10 to 60 C (14 to 140 F) Flammability Rating UL 94 V-0 Green Features RoHS, Lead, Halogen and PVC-Free Shield Braid/Foil Marking Mfg Name, Part#, Date Code Cable Conductor Solid Wire Gauge 30 AWG to 24 AWG Impedance 100 5 ohms Construction Twinaxial Cable OD 30 AWG = 6.1mm (0.240 in.) 28 AWG = 7.1mm (0.280 in.) 26 AWG = 8.1mm (0.320 in.) 24 AWG = 9.2mm (0.362 in.) Bend Radius 5X Cable OD Jacket Type LSZH Ordering Information: 8470 4X Passive Copper Cable Assembly, Double-ended, Black Part Number Length Gauge CX428-000.5 0.5m (1.6 ft.) 28 CX428-001 1m (3.3 ft.) 28 CX428-002 2m (6.6 ft.) 28 CX428-003 3m (9.8 ft.) 28 CX428-005 5m (16.4 ft.) 28 CX426-007 7m (23 ft.) 26 CX424-010 10 (32.8 ft.) 24 Note: Contact customer service for additional lengths and wire gauges. 13.10 www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 12 Siemon Interconnect Solutions (SIS) 8470 4X copper cable assemblies were designed to support an array of high-speed interconnect infrastructures such as high-performance computing (HPC), enterprise networking, data centers and network storage. Combining high bandwidth and low latency signal transmission, these assemblies are ideal for Ethernet, InfiniBand SDR/DDR/QDR and other industry-standard applications. These assemblies support data rates from 2.5Gb/s to 10+ Gb/s per lane. Shielded parallel-pair construction enhances noise resistance to maximize signal fidelity HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS 8470 4X Copper Cable Assemblies (Thumbscrew Style) Standard SFF-8470 jack screws and interface are interoperable with all compliant interfaces Multiple conductor sizes available to achieve maximum performance APPLICATIONS * SAS, SATA * InfiniBand SDR, DDR and QDR * Ethernet CX4, CR4 * Fiber Channel 1, 2, 4, 8, 10G * XAUI, XAUI.2 * RapidIO * Myrinet * Serial Transmissions to 10+Gb/s * Networking * Storage * Hubs, switches, routers, servers www.siemon.com STANDARDS COMPLIANCE * SFF-8470 * IBTA Volume 2 revision 1.2.1 * IEEE 802.3ak * OIF - CEI SR 11G 13.11 NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 13 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS Product Information PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Electrical Plug Min. Dielectric Withstand Voltage 300 VDC Insulation Resistance 1000 Mohms Current Rating 0.5 Amp Min/Signal Contact Impedance 100 +/- 10 Ohms at 100psec Near End Crosstalk (NEXT) <2% at 100psec (multiple agressors) General Operating Temperature -10 to 60 C (14 to 140 F) Flammability Rating UL 94 V-0 Green Features RoHS, Lead, Halogen and PVC-Free Shield Marking Backshell Material Nickel-Plated Zinc Diecast Contact Material Gold-Plated Copper Alloy Insertion Force 30N (6.74 lbf.) Max Withdrawal Force 15N (3.37 lbf.) Max Durability 250 Cycles Min Cable Conductor Solid Braid/Foil Wire Gauge 30 AWG to 24 AWG Mfg Name, Part#, Date Code Impedance 100 5 ohms Construction Twinaxial Cable OD 30 AWG = 6.1mm (0.240 in.) 28 AWG = 7.1mm (0.280 in.) 26 AWG = 8.1mm (0.320 in.) 24 AWG = 9.2mm (0.362 in.) Bend Radius 5X Cable OD Jacket Type LSZH Ordering Information: 8470 4X Passive Copper Cable Assembly, Double-ended, Black Part Number SAS28-00.5 Length Gauge 0.5m (1.6 ft.) 28 SAS28-01 1m (3.3 ft.) 28 SAS28-02 2m (6.6 ft.) 28 SAS28-03 3m (9.8 ft.) 28 SAS28-05 5m (16.4 ft.) 28 SAS26-07 7m (23 ft.) 26 SAS24-10 10 (32.8 ft.) 24 Note: Contact Customer Service for additional lengths and wire gauges 13.12 www.siemon.com NA_13_HighSpdIntrcnct_A 11/12/12 10:10 AM Page 14 HIGH SPEED INTERCONNECTS www.siemon.com 13.13 NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 1 RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY Ruggedized/Industrial Connectivity Siemons line of ruggedized/industrial connectivity allows cabling professionals to deliver high-performance copper and fiber cabling in harsh environments that would damage standard connectivity. Including sealed and vibration-resistant outlets, couplers, cords and mounting accessories for twistedpair copper and fiber systems, Siemons ruggedized connectivity is ideal for industrial, outdoor and other harsh environments. Section Contents Industrial MAX(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.1 Industrial MAX 6/6A Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Industrial MAX 5e Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Industrial MAX 5e Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Industrial MAX 6 Modular Patch Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 Industrial MAX 5e Modular Patch Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 Outlet to Plug Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 Industrial MAX Dust Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 Industrial MAX Surface Mount Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 Industrial MAX Stainless Steel Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 Industrial LC Fiber Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 Industrial LC Fiber Plug and Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 Field-Installable LC Fiber Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 Industrial LC Fiber Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 14.0 www.siemon.com NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 2 (R) Siemon is well-known for its industry leading high performance connectivity. The same high performance copper and fiber products are available with our patented Industrial MAX housings. Industrial MAX outlets and modular patch cords provide an IP66/IP67-rated seal, protecting plug and outlet contacts from dust, moisture, vibration, and common cleaning chemicals. The Industrial MAX solution is ideal for protecting valuable connections in laboratory environments, hospitals, food processing plants and other harsh environments. Meets Harsh Demands of the Environment Ensures Proper Seal -- Bayonet-style mating ensures proper plug depth into the outlet and an IP66/IP67 rated seal Standardized Interface -- The Industrial MAX Connector has been recognized by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA), TIA TR 42.9 and IEC 61076-3-106 Specially designed Industrial MAX 5e and 6 connectors can withstand humidity, dust and vibration. Vibration Causes Pitting In Typical Outlets Universal Wiring -- Each outlet is compatible with both T568A and T568B wiring options Easy Termination -- The UTP Industrial MAX outlet utilizes a standard 110 tool for quick and easy punch-down termination Seen under a microscope after exposure to extreme vibration, contact between a typical modular plug and outlet can pit the contact pins, causing intermittent transmission problems. RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY Industrial MAX Humidity Affects Typical Outlets Siemon's patented Pyramid Wire Entry System on S310 blocks separates paired conductors when lacing cables to simplify and reduce installation time. www.siemon.com Humidity corrodes contact pins inside typical outlets. Repeated exposure can eventually destroy the contact pins, rendering the outlet unusable. The Industrial MAX outlet's special housing prevents this corrosion. 14.1 NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 3 RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY Industrial MAX(R) 6/6A Outlets The Industrial MAX outlet features a MAX module housed in a protective shell. The outlet's outer housing is made of durable, chemical-resistant, industrial-grade thermoplastic and features Siemon's patented bayonet-style mating design. Category 6 or 6A performance is guaranteed in harsh environments. The industrial connector's bayonet-style mating prevents over-tightening which could damage contact pins inside the outlet or under-tightening which prevents a proper seal. Part # Description X6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6 UTP, industrial outlet, T568A/B X6S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6A compatible, shielded industrial outlet, T568A/B Industrial MAX 5e Outlets The Industrial MAX outlet features a category 5e MAX module housed in a protective shell. The outlet's outer housing is made of durable, chemical-resistant, industrial-grade thermoplastic and features Siemon's patented bayonet-style mating design. Guaranteed category 5e performance to 160 MHz even in the most punishing environments. Part # Description X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, industrial outlet, T568A/B X5S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e shielded, industrial outlet, T568A/B X5-X5S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e shielded, industrial bulkhead coupler (Industrial outlet to industrial outlet) Industrial MAX 5e Plugs The Industrial MAX Plug features a category 5e modular plug contained in Siemon's industrial-grade housing with patented bayonet-style mating design. The plug can be terminated in the field, allowing custom lengths to be assembled quickly on site in the event a cable is cut or damaged. It terminates twisted-pair cable with 22 - 26 AWG (0.64 - 0.40mm) solid or 7-strand conductors with an insulated conductor diameter of 0.86 - 0.99mm (0.03 - 0.04 in.). Part # Description XP85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, industrial plug, 8-position, 8-contacts XP85S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e shielded, industrial plug, 8-position, 8-contacts 14.2 www.siemon.com NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 4 Industrial modular patch cords combine the high performance and quality that Siemon cords are known for with a protective industrialgrade plug housing. These assemblies feature standard MC(R) 6 cordage with a MC 6 plug on one end and an industrial plug on the other. Part # Description XC6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6 UTP, industrial plug-to-industrial plug XC6-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 6 UTP, industrial plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot Use (XX) to specify length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.), 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.), 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.), 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.) Industrial MAX 5e Modular Patch Cords Designed to withstand the rigors of a factory floor environment, our industrial category 5e stranded cordage is petroleum and UV resistant, is not effected by common chemicals and water, operates in a wider temperature range and provides a longer flex life. Available in three industrial jacket types to meet various environmental requirements. Part # Description XC5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, industrial plug-to-industrial plug, PVC jacket XC5-(XX)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, industrial plug-to-industrial plug, TPE jacket XC5-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, industrial plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, PVC jacket XC5-(XX)-B05T . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, industrial plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, TPE jacket XC5NS-(XX)-B05T. . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, modular RJ-45 plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, TPE jacket XC5S-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) industrial plug-to-industrial plug, PVC jacket XC5S-(XX)T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) industrial plug-to-industrial plug, TPE jacket XC5S-(XX)U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) industrial plug-to-industrial plug, PUR jacket XC5S-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) industrial plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, PVC jacket XC5S-(XX)-B05T . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) industrial plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, TPE jacket XC5S-(XX)-B05U. . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) industrial plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, PUR jacket XC5SNS-(XX)-B05T . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) modular RJ-45 plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, TPE jacket XC5SNS-(XX)-B05U . . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (SF/UTP) modular RJ-45 plug-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, PUR jacket RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY Industrial MAX(R) 6 Modular Patch Cords PVC = Polyvinyl Chloride, PUR = Polyurethane, TPE =Thermoplastic Elastomer Use (XX) to specify length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.), 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.), 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.), 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.), 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) PVC and PUR jacket color is teal. TPE jacket color is black. Outlet To Plug Assemblies Siemon's outlet to plug assemblies provide an avenue to connect to active components mounted within an enclosure. These protected environments allow the use of standard cordage and are available in both UTP and shielded constructions. Part # Description X5-MC5-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e UTP, industrial outlet-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, CMX X5S-MC5S-(XX)B05L . . . . . . . . Category 5e Shielded (F/UTP), industrial outlet-to-modular RJ-45 plug, yellow boot, LSOH Use (XX) to specify length: 03 = 0.9m (3 ft.), 05 = 1.5m (5 ft.), 07 = 2.1m (7 ft.), 10 = 3.1m (10 ft.), 15 = 4.6m (15 ft.), 20 = 6.1m (20 ft.) www.siemon.com 14.3 NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 5 RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY Industrial MAX(R) Dust Caps The Industrial MAX dust caps are the ideal way to protect your investment in your industrial cabling system. Outlet dust caps can be used to protect unused outlets or to seal an outlet during wash down periods when the outlet and plug may be disconnected. Plug dust caps protect Industrial MAX patch cords from exposure to elements or accidental damage when not mated to an outlet. Dust caps are constructed of industrial-grade thermoplastic for superior protection and durability. Additionally, outlet and plug dust caps feature a chain style retention tether, which prevents them from being misplaced when not in use. XP-CAP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial plug dust cap with retention tether X-CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial outlet dust cap with retention tether Industrial MAX Surface Mount Boxes The Siemon Industrial MAX Surface Mount Box mounts either Siemon copper or fiber industrial outlets. Boxes provide an IP66/IP67 (NEMA 4X) seal and can be mounted on virtually any flat surface. Compression fittings are provided for cable entry. X-IBOX-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial surface mount box, 1-port, supplied with 1 cable entry compression fitting X-IBOX-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial surface mount box, 2-port, supplied with 2 cable entry compression fittings X-IBOX-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial surface mount box, 3-port, supplied with 3 cable entry compression fittings X-IBOX-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial surface mount box, 4-port, supplied with 4 cable entry compression fittings Note: Compression fittings accommodate cable diameters from 4.1 -7.9mm (0.16 - 0.31 in.) Technical Tip! Contact Technical Support for punch tool to create industrial knockouts for custom mounting. Industrial MAX Stainless Steel Faceplates Mount Siemon's Industrial MAX outlets into these stainless steel faceplates for a protective seal from moisture and debris. The faceplates are available in 1-, 2- and 4-port options with a rear sealing gasket and carry an IP44 rating. XFP-S-01-SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single gang faceplate, 1-port, stainless steel XFP-S-02-SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single gang faceplate, 2-port, stainless steel XFP-D-03-SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double gang faceplate, 3-port, stainless steel XFP-D-04-SS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double gang faceplate, 4-port, stainless steel Faceplates include mounting screws with sealed screw head. 14.4 www.siemon.com NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 6 Another first from Siemon -- the Industrial LC Fiber System. The Siemon Industrial LC Fiber solution provides a robust fiber connection with an IP66/IP67-rated seal and is ideal for protecting valuable connections in laboratory environments, hospitals, food processing plants and other harsh environments. The Siemon Industrial Fiber solution is ideal for installations requiring extended distances in close proximity to heavy sources of EMI, or where fiber active equipment is used. Robust Design -- Protects fiber connections in virtually any harsh environment High Performance -- Meets TIA-568-C.3 and, ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2.0 specifications for multimode and singlemode components Precision Performance R&D labs develop, design and implement rigorous testing programs using sophisticated instrumentation. The Industrial LC provides reliability with leading edge technology for applications where highly accurate performance is critical. Specialized Bend Relief -- Compression fitting provides a superior rear seal and ensures fiber meet minimum bend radius requirements Robust and Reliable Industrial Fiber connections help to streamline operations, improve product availability, and reduce costs in manufacturing environments. Proper Seal -- Bayonet-style mating ensures proper fiber alignment and an IP66/IP67 rated seal RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY Industrial LC Fiber Connectivity Field-Termination -- Plug includes two industrial qualified multimode or singlemode LC connectors that accepts 2 strand, round, breakout style fiber optic cable Meets Harsh Demands of the Environment The Industrial LC connector is ideal in areas where chemicals, corrosive gases and liquids are commonplace. Rear of adapter accepts standard LC connectors www.siemon.com 14.5 NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 7 RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY Industrial LC Fiber Plug and Outlet Part # Description XPLC2-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial LC fiber plug, multimode, duplex Includes two multimode LC connectors XPLC2-SM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial LC fiber plug, singlemode, duplex Includes two singlemode LC connectors XLC-MM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial LC fiber adapter, multimode, duplex XLC-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial LC fiber adapter, singlemode, duplex Note: Industrial LC fiber plug accepts 2 strand, round, breakout style fiber optic cable with O.D. ranges from 5 - 8mm (0.2 - 0.3 in.) with two 2.4 - 3.0mm (0.1 - 0.12 in.) jacketed subunits. Field-Installable LC Fiber Connector Siemon LC buffered connectors have been qualified for use in Siemon's industrial fiber system. Use these connectors to terminate 62.5/125 or 50/125 micron multimode or singlemode fiber and plug into the rear of the Industrial LC outlet. Part # Description FC1-LC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . . . LC simplex connector, multimode, buffered fiber beige boot FC2-LC-MM-J80. . . . . . . . . . . . . LC duplex connector, multimode, jacketed fiber beige boot FC1-LC-SM-B02. . . . . . . . . . . . . LC simplex connector, singlemode, buffered fiber, white boot FC2-LC-SM-J02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC duplex connector, singlemode, jacketed fiber, white boot Industrial LC Fiber Kit Use the Industrial LC Kit with Siemon's LightSpeed (R) Termination Kit for Industrial LC connector terminations. The kit contains a dual LC polishing puck, which decreases polish time by 50%. Part # Description FTERM-XLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial LC fiber termination kit used in conjunction with FTERM-L2 includes dual polishing puck FT-LC2PUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual LC polishing puck FT-MSLC2HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual LC microscope adapter 14.6 www.siemon.com NA_14_Industrial_ZMax_Catalog 11/12/12 10:12 AM Page 8 RUGGEDIZED/INDUSTRIAL CONNECTIVITY www.siemon.com NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 1 TOOLS AND TESTERS Tools and Testers Siemon offers an extensive line of test equipment and tools designed to help cabling professionals simplify the delivery of high-performance cabling systems. Including the easy-to-use and economical STM-8 and MT-5000 testers as well as testing accessories to support a wide array of cabling types and configurations, Siemons line of cabling test equipment helps ensure that your installed layer one infrastructure performs as expected. To facilitate quick and efficient installation, Siemon delivers a full line of termination tools and toolkits, including the trusty S814 and multi-pair S110/210(R) punch-down tool, AllPrepTM cable preparation tool, and the innovative Z-MAX(R) Z-TOOLTM. Section Contents STM-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.1 - 15.2 STM-8 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 MT-5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.3 25-Pair Test Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.3 MODAPT(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.3 TESTAR(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.4 S110 (R) Test Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 Z-TOOLTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 S110/S210 (R) Multi-Pair Termination Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 S814 Impact Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 Palm Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 CI-KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6 CI-KIT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 AllPrepTM Cable Preparation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 TERA(R) Cable Preparation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 CTP/ CPT-WEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 PT-908 Crimp Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.8 15.0 www.siemon.com NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 2 The STM-8 is an economical and versatile hand-held tester designed for the testing of UTP and shielded cabling for opens, shorts, reversals, miswires, split pairs and cable length. Its rugged, state-of-the-art construction, easy-toread LCD display and multiple remotes allow one person to quickly test and identify up to four different cable runs from one location. Tests All Wiring Configurations Extended Battery Life -- A low battery status indication is provided, as well as automatic shut-off Tests T568A, T568B, USOC, 10BASE-T, Token Ring, and TP-PMD wiring configurations. Long Length Testing -- Test cable runs up to 900m TOOLS AND TESTERS STM-8 Determines Unknown Wiring In FIND mode, the STM-8 will detect and identify which wiring scheme is present in the cabling being tested. Easy Reference -- Indications for 6- and 8-position jacks Determines Cable Length Line Voltage Indicator -- The presence of line voltage is indicated on the display to help prevent accidental damage to the unit Universal Compatibility -- The UTP modular cords are equipped with patented "universal" plugs, that fit into any standard 6- or 8-position modular jack In the LENGTH mode, the STM-8 will determine the distance measurements on any given cable link up to 900m. This feature may be used with all four identifiable remotes. Multi-Location Testing -- Additional remotes can be purchased separately www.siemon.com 15.1 NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 3 TOOLS AND TESTERS STM-8 and STM-8-S Part # Description STM-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UTP (unshielded, twisted-pair) tester. Includes carrying case, remote "A", two universal plug-ended modular cords, wiring guide, 9V alkaline battery, instructions, and warranty card MC-8-005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal plug-ended modular replacement cord Horizontal Cross-Connect Work Area Outlet The S110(R) Test Adapter can be used to test horizontal cabling that is terminated on 110-type connecting blocks 4-pair UTP TAP-110 STM-8 S110 Block STM-8-R(X) Passive Remote STM-8-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shielded twisted-pair tester. Includes carrying case, active remote, two screened modular cords, wiring guide, 9V alkaline battery, instructions, and warranty card MC5-S-8-005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shielded modular replacement cord Horizontal Cross-Connect Patch Panel with Shielded outlets Shielded Modular patch cord wired straight through Work Area Outlet 4-pair F/UTP cable STM-8-RA-S active remote STM-8-S Accessories Siemon's active remote utilizes a shielded jack for testing both UTP and shield continuity of F/UTP cabling. LEDs on remote indicate test results after each test cycle; solid green LED flash for pass and solid red LED flash for fail. Identifiable passive remotes are also available for testing multiple locations. STM8-RA-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active remote for UTP or F/UTP with two shielded modular cords, instructions, 3V lithium battery, and warranty card 15.2 STM8-R(X). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional identifiable UTP passive remotes Use (X) to specify remote identity: A = remote A, 3 = kit of remotes B, C, and D www.siemon.com NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 4 TOOLS AND TESTERS MT-5000 The MT-5000 is a versatile, hand-held tester -- it is fast, reliable, and durable. It tests opens, shorts, and miswires from 1- to 25-pairs and can accommodate a combination of 25-pair and modular jack terminations. For instance, using the 25-pair test adapter (see below), the remote unit can be attached to a 66 block that is connected to multiple horizontal cable runs in the equipment closet. Then, using the modular jack in the master unit, one person can test up to six 4-pair station cables in the work area. Cable runs of up to 762m (2,500 ft.) can be tested with accuracy. The MT-5000 tests individual conductors, not pairs. This allows testing of all wiring configurations including USOC, T568A, and T568B. The MT-5000 consists of a master and a remote unit. The master controls all of the test functions, so one person can perform testing. Test results are reported on a large, easy-to-read LCD display. Each unit has both male and female 25-pair connectors, one 6-position (1-, 2- or 3-pair) modular jack, and one 8-position (4-pair) keyed modular jack. The unit also features a low-battery status indicator, a power input jack, and a power saving autooff switch. It comes in a padded, nylon carrying case with batteries included. Part # Description MT-5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable tester (master and remote) with case and two universal plug-ended modular cords MC-8-005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal plug-ended modular replacement cord, 152 mm (6 in.) 25-Pair Test Adapters Siemon 25-pair test adapters are designed for accessing all 25 pairs on a 66M connecting block. A positive connection ensures accurate testing with easy installation and removal. They can also be used to fieldconnectorize 66M blocks. Available with either male or female 25-pair connectors. Part # Description TAP-50F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair S66TM test adapter with female connector TAP-50M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pair S66 test adapter with male connector See page 9.23 for 25-pair cable assemblies. TAP-50 MODAPT(R) This modular adapter allows in-line testing for any plug/jack combination. It includes two 4-pair jacks plus a 152mm (6 in.) modular cord terminated with our patented 4-pair "universal" plug for accessing any standard 6or 8-position jack. Individual conductors are broken out by pin number and correspond to eight separate test pads. Test equipment can be securely attached to the test pads using alligator clips. For quick reference in the field, USOC, T568A, and T568B wiring charts are printed right onto the MODAPT body. When used with Siemon's TESTAR(R) adapter and S110(R) test adapter, the MODAPT can be used to test connections on S66M and S110 blocks. Part # Description MODAPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test adapter with one 152mm (6 in.) 4-pair universal plug-ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . modular cord MC-8-005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal plug-ended modular replacement cord, 152 mm (6 in.) www.siemon.com 15.3 NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 5 TOOLS AND TESTERS TESTAR(R) The TESTAR creates easy test access to 66 quick clips. It plugs directly onto S66M blocks, establishing a positive connection and providing a 4-pair modular jack for plugging in test equipment. The body is molded in blue plastic and has molded-in finger grips for easy handling. Part # Description TESTAR-8T-C5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e compatible, 4-pair, 8-position, TESTAR, T568A TESTAR-8A-C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e compatible, 4-pair, 8-position, TESTAR, T568B Other TESTARs The positive connection made by the TESTAR eliminates possible problems associated with handling alligator clips or test probes such as accidental shorting across terminals or intermittent test connections. Test equipment is inserted into the TESTAR through a 1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-pair modular jack. To utilize equipment requiring alligator clips, our MODAPT(R) adapter can be plugged into the TESTAR. Part # Description TESTAR-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-pair, 6-position, TESTAR, USOC TESTAR-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-pair, 6-position, TESTAR, USOC TESTAR-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pair, 6-position, TESTAR, USOC TESTAR-8R1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, 8-position, TESTAR, USOC TESTAR-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, 8-position, TESTAR, T568B TESTAR-8T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair, 8-position, TESTAR, T568A 1-pair 2-pair 3-pair 4-pair S110 (R) Test Adapters Siemon's 4-pair S110 test adapters provide a convenient way to test 110-type connecting blocks. These adapters plug directly onto any 110-type connecting block and provide a modular jack for connection to test equipment or patch cords. It is the only 110 style test adapter that can be attached to both terminated and unterminated 110 connecting blocks. The adapters are end-stackable, and are polarized to prevent incorrect insertion. The adapters have an area for a colored icon (a blue and red icon are included) for additional identification. They are available in T568A and T568B wiring configurations and are category 5e compatible. Part # Description TAP-110-T4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e compatible, 4-pair, 8-position, S110 test adapter, T568A TAP-110-A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 5e compatible, 4-pair, 8-position, S110 test adapter, T568B Technical Tip! The adapters utilize a unique, spring-loaded contact design to ensure a reliable connection without disturbing existing cross-connect terminations. This also extends the life-cycle of the test adapter. 15.4 www.siemon.com NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 6 Z-TOOLTM The Z-TOOL is an integral part of the exclusive Z-MAX(R) termination process and is used with both UTP and shielded Z-MAX modules. This easy-to-use and ergonomic designed tool is used both to secure the cable retention/grounding clip and to fully enage the termination module into the back of the outlet. Alignment Aids -- Keyed guide ensures correct outlet insertion during termination Ergonomic -- Minimal hand strain, limited pressure and zero-impact for comfortable repeatability Attachment Point -- For key ring or lanyard and rack-mount capability Retention Clip Locking -- Additional function closes and locks hinged cable retention/grounding clip One-Handed Activation -- Allows final Z-MAX termination step to be accomplished with one hand for operation space-restricted areas TOOLS AND TESTERS Termination Tools Ordering Information: Slim Profile -- To fit in a pocket or toolbox Part # Z-TOOL Description Z-MAX Termination Tool S110(R)/S210(R) Multi-Pair Termination Tools The Siemon S110/S210 multi-pair termination tool is a versatile impact tool designed to terminate and cut UTP cable, and seat connecting blocks. The impact mechanism and termination blades have been designed to reliably terminate and cut UTP cable the first time, every time. The tool features an easy to hold, ergonomically designed handle that helps reduce fatigue when trimming wire or seating connecting blocks to the wiring base. S788J4-210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair S210 termination tool S788J4B-210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair S210 replacement cutting blade and insertion assembly S788J4H-210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair S210 replacement head for impact tool, including housing, cutting blade and insertion assembly S788J4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair S110 termination tool S788J4B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair S110 replacement cutting blade and insertion assembly S788J4H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pair S110 replacement head for impact tool, including housing, cutting blade and insertion assembly S788J5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-pair S110 termination tool S788J5B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-pair S110 replacement cutting blade and insertion assembly S788J5H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-pair S110 replacement head for impact tool, including housing, cutting blade and insertion assembly www.siemon.com 15.5 NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 7 TOOLS AND TESTERS S814 Impact Tool The S814 impact tool terminates wires on 66 and 110 clips. The tool is spring-loaded and fully adjustable; a helpful feature when working with wires of varying thicknesses. The bayonet-style mount allows the blades to be changed quickly and easily, and a compartment in the handle stores an extra blade. Part # Description S814. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool body only S814-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool body with 66 termination blade S814-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool body with 110 termination blade S81401-66 . . . . . . . . . . . 66 termination blade S81401-110-88 . . . . . . . 110 termination blade Technical Tip! Termination blades for Siemon punch down tools are reversible -- one end terminates and cuts off the excess wire, the other end terminates without cutting. Palm Guard The Siemon palm guard has been ergonomically designed to provide a safe and convenient means of terminating our flat or angled CT couplers and MAX(R) modules. The palm guard absorbs the impact of termination while securing the connector to prevent movement. Includes an adjustable elastic strap and a removable insert, which can be used to hold MAX modules while terminating on flat surfaces. Part # Description PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Palm guard with MAX insert DG-MX6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX Insert CI-KIT The CI-KIT provides all the tools that a telecommunications technician needs for day-to-day activities. Included in the kit is an S814 impact tool with 66 and 110 termination blades, a probe pic, electrician's scissors, mini flathead screwdriver, and a CPTWEB cable preparation tool. These tools are stored in a handy, lightweight clip-on pouch which allows the installer to cut, strip, and terminate cabling without having to carry separate tools or larger tool kits. Part # Description CI-KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clip-on tool kit with S814 impact tool (with 66 and 110 termination blades), probe pic, electrician's scissors, mini flathead screwdriver, and CPT-WEB tool CI-POUCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clip-on CI-KIT tool pouch only CI-KIT2 Siemon's CI-KIT2 includes all the components of the standard CI-KIT, with the addition of our popular AllPrepTM cable preparation tool in place of the CPT-WEB tool. Also, a "D-Ring" has been added to carry additional tools. These tools are stored in a handy, lightweight, clip-on pouch which allows the installer to cut, strip and terminate cabling without having to carry separate tools or larger tool kits. Part # Description CI-KIT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clip-on tool kit with S814 impact tool (with 66 and 110 termination blades), probe pic, electrician's scissors, mini flathead screwdriver, and AllPrep cable preparation tool CI-POUCH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clip-on CI-KIT2 tool pouch only "D-Ring" 15.6 www.siemon.com NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 8 The AllPrep cable preparation tool provides a robust and reliable method of preparing both coaxial and twisted-pair cable for termination. The tool features two colour-coded dies that are interchangeable for each media type. The coaxial die strips RG59 and RG6 coaxial cable and the twisted-pair die strips a wide variety of UTP, shielded and fiber cables. Part # Description CPT-RGTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AllPrep cable preparation tool for coax/twisted pair cables CPT-DIE-RG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement coax die (black) CPT-DIE-TP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement twisted-pair die (yellow) CPT-DIE-TP CPT-DIE-RG TERA(R) Cable Preparation Tool TOOLS AND TESTERS AllPrepTM Cable Preparation Tool The TERA cable preparation tool significantly reduces the time required to prepare fully shielded (S/FTP) cable. The tool includes an insert die with a blade, which is specifically designed to accurately strip the jacket and foil from 4-pair fully shielded cable without damaging the conductors. A template is also included to pre-align cable pairs and ensure proper pair positioning during termination. Part # Description CPT-T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERA preparation tool. Includes CPT-DIE-T4 and TERA cable preparation template CPT-DIE-T4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement TERA cable die (red) CPT-DIE-TMPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement TERA wiring guide (red) CPT-DIE-T4 CPT-DIE-TMPL CPT The CPT provides a simple and effective method to remove the outer cable jacket from 2-, 3-, or 4-pair cables without damaging the inner conductor insulation. The CPT is recommended for use with any round cable with an exterior diameter from 2.54 - 6.35mm (0.1 - 0.25 in.) and an outer jacket thickness from 0.380 - 0.635mm (0.015 - 0.025 in.). Part # Description CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable preparation tool CPT-WEB The CPT-WEB is designed to easily strip the outer cable jacket, flatten and separate the webbed conductors of Siemon's category 5e cross-connect jumper wire and other UTP cable with webbed conductor pairs. Part # Description CPT-WEB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Webbed cable preparation tool www.siemon.com 15.7 NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 9 TOOLS AND TESTERS PT-908 Crimp Tool This 3-in-1 ratchet-style crimp tool cuts, strips, and crimps modular plugs on either round or flat cables. The parallel action design maintains accurate alignment of the die with the plug for a precision crimp every time. The PT-908 comes with a padded carrying case which includes a storage compartment for carrying spare dies, replacement stripper blades, and modular plugs, and will attach to a technician's belt. PT-908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crimp tool with built-in round cable cutter/stripper, 8-position die set and padded nylon carrying case PT-908-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crimp tool with built-in round cable cutter/stripper, 8-position die set packaged in a clear plastic display case PT-DIE-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement 8-position die set PT-DIE-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-position die set Technical Tip! Siemon does not recommend field termination of modular cords. We recommend the use of factory-terminated and tested modular cords for any category 5e or higher application. 15.8 www.siemon.com NA_15_ToolsTesters_A 11/12/12 10:14 AM Page 10 TOOLS AND TESTERS www.siemon.com NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 1 GLOSSARY Glossary Alien Crosstalk: Noise or interference caused by electromagnetic coupling from one cable to another cable, expressed in decibels. Attenuation: See Insertion Loss. Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio (ACR): The difference between insertion loss and crosstalk measured in decibels. Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio, Far-end (ACR-F): Crosstalk measured at the opposite end from which the disturbing signal is transmitted, normalized by the insertion loss of the cable or cabling. Backbone Cabling: Alternate name for Cabling Subsystem 2 or Cabling Subsystem 3 in a typical commercial building environment. Balance: An indication of signal voltage equality and phase polarity on a conductor pair. Perfect balance occurs when the signals across a twisted-pair are equal in magnitude and opposite in phase with respect to ground. Balanced Signal Transmission: Two voltages, equal and opposite in phase with respect to each other, across the conductors of a twisted-pair (commonly referred to as tip and ring). Balun: An impedance matching transformer used to convert unbalanced signals to balanced signals and vice versa. Bandwidth: A range of frequencies, usually the difference between the upper and lower limits of the range, typically expressed in megahertz (MHz). Bandwidth may also be used to describe the information-carrying capacity of a medium, for example optical fiber bandwidth is specified in megahertz kilometers (MHz.km). Bonding: The permanent joining of metallic parts to form an electrically conductive path that will assure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any current likely to be imposed on it. Bridged Tap: The multiple appearances of the same cable pair or optical fiber at several distribution points. Also known as parallel connections. Class: See category. Common Mode Transmission: A transmission scheme where voltages appear equal in magnitude and phase across a conductor pair with respect to ground; may also be referred to as longitudinal mode. Consolidation Point (CP): A connection facility within Cabling Subsystem 1 for interconnection of cables extending from building pathways to the equipment outlet. Cord: An assembly of cord cable with a plug on one or both ends used to connect telecommunications equipment to horizontal or backbone cabling. Cross-connect: A facility enabling the termination of cables as well as their interconnection or cross-connection with other cabling or equipment; also known as a distributor. Cross-connection: A connection scheme between cabling runs, subsystems and equipment using patch cords or jumpers that attach to connecting hardware on each end. Crosstalk: Noise or interference caused by electromagnetic coupling from one signal path to another. Crosstalk performance is generally expressed in decibels. Data center: A building or portion of a building whose primary function is to house a computer room and its support areas. Decibel (dB): A standard unit for expressing transmission gain or loss as derived from a ratio of signal voltages or power. Delay Skew: The difference in propagation delay between the fastest and slowest pair in a cable or cabling system. Demarcation Point (DP): A point where operational control or ownership changes. Bridging: A means of providing through connections between conductors or pairs that are terminated on connecting blocks. These through connections are commonly provided by means of individual metallic "bridging" clips or multiple "bridging" clips that are housed in a plastic insulator. Differential Mode Transmission: A transmission scheme where voltages appear equal in magnitude and opposite in phase across a twisted-pair with respect to ground; may also be referred to as balanced mode. Building Distributor (BD): The international term for intermediate cross-connect; the location where the building backbone cable(s) terminates and at which connections to the campus backbone cable(s) may be made. Distributor A: Optional connection facility that is cabled between the equipment outlet and Distributor B or Distributor C in a hierarchical star topology; representing the horizontal cross-connect (HC) in a typical commercial building environment. Bundled Cable: An assembly of two or more cables continuously bound together to form a single unit prior to installation (sometimes referred to as loomed, speedwrap or whip cable constructions). Distributor B: Optional intermediate connection facility that is cabled to Distributor C in a hierarchical star topology; representing the intermediate cross-connect (IC) in a typical commercial building environment. Cabling: A combination of cables, wire, cords and connecting hardware used in the telecommunications infrastructure. Distributor C: Central connection facility in a hierarchical star topology; representing the main cross-connect (MC) in a typical commercial building environment. Cabling Subsystem 1: Cabling from the equipment outlet to Distributor A, Distributor B, or Distributor C. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC): The ability of a system to minimize radiated emissions and maximize immunity from external noise sources. Cabling Subsystem 2: Cabling between Distributor A and either Distributor B or Distributor C (if Distributor B is not implemented). Electromagnetic Interference (EMI): The interference in signal transmission or reception caused by the radiation of electrical and magnetic fields. Cabling Subsystem 3: Cabling between Distributor B and Distributor C. Entrance Facility (EF): The location where both public and private network telecommunications services (e.g. cables, antennae, etc.) enters into a building and/or where backbone pathways linking to other buildings in a campus environment are located. The entrance facility may contain public network interface devices as well as telecommunications equipment. Entrance facilities are often used to house electrical protection equipment and connecting hardware for the transition between outdoor and indoor cable. Campus Backbone: Cabling between buildings that share telecommunications facilities. Campus Distributor (CD): The international term for main cross-connect; the location where the campus backbone cabling begins. Category: 1. ANSI/TIA/568-C family of Standards: These North American standards define mechanical and electrical performance of balanced twisted-pair cabling and components by a category of performance (i.e. category 3, category 5e, category 6, category 6A, and category 8). 2. ISO/IEC 11801 2nd edition and addenda: These international standards define mechanical and electrical performance of telecommunications cabling by a class of performance (class C, class D, class E, class EA, class F, and class FA) and components by a category or performance (i.e. category 3, category 5, category 6, category 6A, category 7, and category 7A). 16.0 Channel: The end-to-end transmission path connecting any two points between application specific equipment. Equipment and work area cords, with the exception of the modular interface connecting to equipment, are included in the channel. Entrance Point, Telecommunications: The point of emergence of telecommunications conductors through an exterior wall, a concrete floor slab, or from a rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit. Equipment Outlet (EO): Outermost connection facility in a hierarchical star topology; representing the telecommunications outlet/connector (TO) in a typical commercial building environment. Equipment Room (ER): A centralized space for telecommunications equipment that serves the occupants of the building or multiple buildings in a campus environment. An equipment room is considered distinct from a telecommunications room because it is considered to be a building or campus serving (as opposed to floor serving) facility and because of the nature or complexity of the equipment that it contains. www.siemon.com NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 2 Link: An end-to-end transmission path provided by the cabling infrastructure. Cabling links include all cables and connecting hardware that comprise the horizontal or backbone subsystems. Equipment and work area cables are not included as part of a link. Ethernet: A family of copper and optical fiber communications technologies for local area networks (LANs). Local Area Network (LAN): A geographically limited data communications system for a specific user group consisting of a group of interconnected computers, sharing applications, data, and peripheral devices such as printers and CDROM drives intended for the local transport of data, BAS services, video, and voice. Far-end Crosstalk (FEXT): Crosstalk measured at the opposite end from which the disturbing signal is transmitted. Fiber Optic Transmission: See Optical Fiber Transmission. Fibre Channel: A high-speed network communications technology (commonly running at 2, 4, 8, or 16 Gb/s speeds) that can be deployed over optical fiber or twisted-pair cabling and is primarily used for storage networking. Longitudinal Conversion Loss (LCL): A measure (in dB) of the differential voltage induced on a conductor pair as a result of subjecting that pair to longitudinal voltage. LCL is a measure of circuit balance. Main Cross-connect (MC): A cross-connect for first level backbone cables, entrance cables, and equipment cables. Floor Distributor (FD): The international term for horizontal cross-connect; the distributor used to connect between the horizontal cable and other cabling subsystems or equipment. Modular Jack: A telecommunications outlet/connector for wire or cords as defined in the FCC Part 68 Subpart F. Modular jacks can have 4, 6 or 8 contact positions, but not all the positions need be equipped with contacts. Fully Shielded twisted-pair (S/FTP): A balanced twisted-pair cable containing balanced twisted-pair conductors that are individually foil shielded, surrounded by an overall metallic braid, and bound in a single cable sheath. Modular Plug: A telecommunications connector for wire or cords as defined in the FCC Part 68 Subpart F. Modular plugs can have 4, 6 or 8 contact positions, but not all the positions need be equipped with contacts. Ground: A conducting connection, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit (telecommunications) or equipment and earth, or to some conducting body that serves in place of the earth. Multimode Optical Fiber: An optical fiber that will allow multiple modes of light to propagate. The fiber may be either a graded-index or step-index fiber. Multimode optical fibers have a much larger core than singlemode fibers. Hertz (Hz): A measure of frequency as defined in units of cycles per second. Multi-user Telecommunications Outlet Assembly (MuTOA): A grouping in one location of several telecommunications/outlet connectors. Horizontal Cabling: Alternate name for Cabling Subsystem 1 in a typical commercial building environment. Horizontal Cross-connect (HC): A cross-connect of horizontal cabling to other cabling, e.g., horizontal, backbone, or equipment. Hybrid Cable: An assembly of two or more cables, of the same or different types or categories, covered by one overall sheath. InfiniBand: A switched network communications technology featuring point-topoint bidirectional serial links connecting I/O networks such as storage area networks (SAN) or processors with high-speed peripheral devices such as disks. Insertion loss: 1. In a copper twisted-pair system, the voltage loss resulting from the insertion of a connector into a transmission line. 2. In an optical fiber system, the loss of optical power caused by inserting a component, such as a connector, coupler or splice, into a previously continuous optical path. Insulation Displacement Connection (IDC): A wire connection device that penetrates the insulation of a copper wire when it is being inserted (punched-down) into a metal contact, allowing an electrical connection to be made. Interbuilding Backbone: Telecommunications cable(s) that is part of the campus subsystem that connects one building to another. Interconnection: A connection scheme that provides direct access to the cabling infrastructure and the ability to make cabling system changes using equipment cords. Intermediate Cross-Connect (IC): The connection point between a backbone cable that extends from the main cross-connect (first-level backbone) and the backbone cable from the horizontal cross-connect (second-level backbone). GLOSSARY Equipment Room, Telecommunications: A centralized space for telecommunications equipment that serves the occupants of the building. An equipment room is considered distinct from the telecommunications room because of the nature and complexity of the equipment it houses. Nanosecond (ns): One billionth of a second (10-9 seconds). Near-end Crosstalk (NEXT Loss): The undesired coupling of a signal from one pair of wires to another. Signal distortion as a result of signal coupling from one pair to another at various frequencies. Network Demarcation Point: The point of interconnection between the local exchange carrier's telecommunication facilities and the telecommunications systems wiring and equipment the end user's facility. This point shall be located on the subscriber side of the telephone company's protector or the equivalent thereof in cases where a protector is not required. Open Office Cabling: The cabling that distributes from the telecommunications closet to the open office area utilizing a consolidation point or multi-user telecommunications outlet assembly. Optical Fiber Transmission: A communications scheme whereby electrical data is converted to light energy and transmitted through optical fibers. Outlet/Connector, Telecommunications: A connecting device in the work area on which horizontal cable terminates. Patch Cord: A length of cable with connectors on one or both ends used to join telecommunications links at a cross-connect. Patch Panel: Connecting hardware that typically provides means to connect horizontal or backbone cables to an arrangement of fixed connectors that may be accessed using patch cords or equipment cords to form cross-connections or interconnections. Pathway: A facility (i.e. conduit) for the placement and protection of telecommunications cables. Same as raceway or ducting. Plenum: A compartment or chamber to which one or more air ducts are connected and that forms part of the air distribution system. Intrabuilding Backbone: Telecommunications cable(s) that are part of the building /subsystem that connect one equipment room to another. Jumper: An assembly of twisted-pairs without connectors on either end used to join telecommunications links at a cross-connect. Laser Optimized: A multimode optical fiber with a refractive index profile optimized for use with laser light sources such as a vertical-cavity surface-emitting laser, or VCSEL. www.siemon.com 16.1 NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 3 G L O S S A R Y / A C R O N Y M S & A B B R E V I AT I O N S Acronyms & Abbreviations Private Branch Exchange (PBX): A private switching system usually serving an organization, such as a business, located on the customer's premises. It switches calls both inside a building or premises and outside to the telephone network, and can sometimes provide access to a computer from a data terminal. Propagation Delay: The amount of time that passes between when a signal is transmitted and when it is received at the opposite end of a cable or cabling. Punch Down: A method for securing wire to a quick clip in which the insulated wire is placed in the terminal groove and pushed down with a special tool. As the wire is seated, the terminal displaces the wire insulation to make an electrical connection. The punch down operation may also trim the wire as it terminates. Return Loss: Noise or interference caused by impedance discontinuities along the transmission line at various frequencies; may be called echo. Return loss is expressed in decibels. Shielded twisted-pair (F/UTP): A balanced twisted-pair cable surrounded by foil (screen) and bound in a single cable sheath. Shielded twisted-pair (F/FTP): A balanced twisted-pair cable where each twisted pair is surrounded by an individual foil, and all four pairs are surrounded by an overall foil (screen), bound in a single cable sheath. Singlemode Optical Fiber: An optical fiber that will allow only one mode of light to propagate; this fiber is typically a step-index fiber. Small Form Factor: An optical fiber connector and adapter that provide for two strands of fiber in a footprint similar to an unshielded twisted-pair (RJ-style) plug and socket. Star Topology: 1. A method of cabling each telecommunications outlet/connector directly to a cross-connect in a horizontal cabling subsystem. 2. A method of cabling each cross-connect (HC and IC) to the main cross-connect (MC) in a backbone cabling subsystem. Surge: A rapid rise in current or voltage, usually followed by a fall back to a normal level; also referred to as a transient. Telecommunications: Any transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writings, images, sounds or information of any nature by cable, radio, visual, optical or other electromagnetic systems. Telecommunications Room (TR): An enclosed space for housing telecommunications equipment, cable terminations, and cross-connect cabling used to serve work areas located on the same floor. The telecommunications room is the typical location of the horizontal cross-connect and is considered distinct from an equipment room because it is considered to be a floor serving (as opposed to building or campus serving) facility. Topology: The physical or logical layout of links and nodes in a network. These include star, ring, and bus configurations. Transfer Impedance: A measure (in milliohms/meter) of shield effectiveness. Trunk: A communication line between two switching systems. The term "switching systems" typically includes equipment in a central office (the telephone company) and PBXs. A tie trunk connects PBXs. Central office trunks connect a PBX to the switching system at the central office. Unshielded Twisted-Pair (UTP): A balanced twisted-pair cable bound in a single cable sheath. Work Area: A space, typically in a commercial building, where the occupants interact with telecommunications equipment. Work Area Cord: See Cord. 16.2 ACR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attenuation-to-crosstalk ratio ANSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American National Standards Institute AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American wire gauge BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building Automation System BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building distributor BER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bit Error Rate CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus distributor CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidation point CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Canadian Standards Association dB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decibel DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distributor A DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distributor B DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distributor C EF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance facility EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromagnetic compatibility EMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromagnetic interference EO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Outlet ER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment room FCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Federal Communications Commission FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor distributor ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet FEXT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Far-end crosstalk F/UTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shielded or screened twisted-pair Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gigabit per second GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gigahertz HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal cross-connect HDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal Distribution Area (same as Zone Distributor in ISO) HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heating, ventilation and air conditioning IC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate cross-connect IDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate Distribution Area IDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation displacement connection IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(R) ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International Standards Organisation Kb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilobit per second Km . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometer LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local area network lbf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds force LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light emitting diode m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meter m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Micron; one millionth of a metre (0.000001); also micrometer Mb/s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Megabits per second MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main cross-connect MDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Distribution Area (same as Main Distribution in ISO) MPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-fiber push on MTP(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registered trademark of US Connec MPO-Style Connector MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Megahertz MHz.km . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Megahertz kilometer mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeter MuTOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-user Telecommunications Outlet Assembly NAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Attached Storage NEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near-end crosstalk nm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nanometer POE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power over Ethernet PBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Private branch exchange PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Distribution Unit RF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio frequency RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rack mount space SAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage Area Network SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subscriber connector S/FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully shielded twisted-pair TIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telecommunications Industry Association TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telecommunications outlet/connector UL(R). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Underwriters Laboratories Inc.(R) UPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uninterruptible power supply USOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Service Order Code UTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unshielded twisted-pair Vrms .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volts root mean square WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work area ZDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zone Distribution Area (same as Local Distribution Point in ISO) www.siemon.com NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 4 Siemon delivers a range of product and system warranties: * A one (1) year repair or replace warranty on Tools and Testers and active electronics (ie MapIT G2) * A five (5) year repair or replace warranty for all Siemon Products (cabling WARRANTY Warranty system connecting hardware) when not installed in a certified Siemon Cabling System(R) * An extended Siemon Cabling System Warranty covering application assurance, product, quality and performance margins when designed and installed by a Siemon Certified InstallerSM and registered with Siemon. *Please contact your local Siemon Company sales office or visit Siemon's website for more information. Limited Five (5) Year Product Warranty Siemon warrants its products to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Should any product fail to conform, Siemon will, upon written notice from Distributor of such non-conforming product, within five (5) years after date of purchase, either replace it F.O.B. original point-of-delivery, or refund the purchase price, at Siemons option, and shall have the right to require Distributor to return the defective product to Siemons plant unless such return is impracticable. The remedies provided herein shall be Buyers sole and exclusive remedies, and no statement or recommendation not contained herein shall have any force or effect unless in writing and signed by an authorized officer of Siemon. Siemon makes no warranty, expressed or implied, as to merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose of any product sold. In no event will Siemon be liable for any special incidental, or consequential damages, where asserted in contract, tort, or otherwise. This warranty applies only to those cabling products that are used to terminate or cross-connect telecommunications cabling. Warranty terms for other categories of cabling products (e.g., tools, test equipment, protection apparatus, etc.) may vary. www.siemon.com 16.3 NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 5 INDEX Index 10G 10GBPS-(XX)M-(XX)L . . . . . . .2.11 10GMX-FP(XXX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .9.3 10GMX-HFP-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . .9.5 1 157(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23 1923-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 7 700A-66-B1-25 . . . . . . . . . . . .5.26 7ENA-SPLIT-5 . . . . . . . . . . . .12.10 7ENS-TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.10 7ENS-TEMPHAF . . . . . . . . . .12.10 7MH(XX)-(XX)(XX)(X)-K1A . . .12.8 7MV(XX)-(XX)(XX)(X)-K1A . . .12.8 7SV(XX)-(XX)(XX)(X)-K1A . . .12.9 7TH22-BA24Z-KIA . . . . . . . . . .12.7 7TV(XX)-(XX)(XX)(X)-(XXX) . .12.7 7W(X)(XX)-(XX)(XX)(X)-K1A . .12.9 9 9A5R4-E1-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . . .8.2 9A5R4-E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 9A6L4-A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.13 9A6M4-A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.13 9A6P4-A5-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . .2.12 9A6R4-A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.13 9A6R4-A5-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . .2.12 9BB(X)(X)002B-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)004C-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)006D-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)008E-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)012G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)016C-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)024L-(XXXX)A . . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)036D-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)048G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BB(X)(X)072G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.18 9BC(X)(X)006D-(XXXX)A . . . .6.20 9BC(X)(X)012G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.20 9BC(X)(X)024L-(XXXX)A . . . . .6.20 9BC(X)(X)036G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.20 9BC(X)(X)048G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.20 9BC(X)(X)072G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.20 9BC(X)(X)096G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.20 9BC(X)(X)144G-(XXXX)A . . . .6.20 9C5P4-E1-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . .5.9 9C5P4-E2-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . .5.8 9C5R4-E2-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . . .5.8 9C6P4-A5-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . .2.21 9C6P4-E2-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . .3.16 9C6P4-E3-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . .3.15 9C6P4-E4-(XX)-RBA . . . . . . . .3.14 9C6R4-A5-(XX)-R1A . . . . . . . .2.21 9C6R4-E3-(XX)-RXA . . . . . . . .3.15 9C6R4-E4-(XX)-RBA . . . . . . . .3.14 17.0 9T7P4-E10-06-R1 . . . . . . . . . . .1.7 9T7R4-E10-06-R1 . . . . . . . . . . .1.7 A A25B-DE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 A25B-SE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9 B B25A-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 B25B-DE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 B25B-SE-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 BB55-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.13 BB55B-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.13 BC6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30. BC612 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30. BE55-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.13 BP5S-(XX)M-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .4.3 BP6-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.10 BP6A-(XX)(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .2.20 C CC-2005-(XXX) . . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2014-NS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2014-NS-NB . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2014-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2014-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2015-NS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2015-NS-NB . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2015-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2015-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2024-NS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2024-NS-NB . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2024-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2024-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2025-NS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2025-NS-NB . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2025-TB-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CC-2025-TS-DC . . . . . . . . . . .5.29 CF-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.6 CI-KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 CI-KIT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 CI-POUCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 CI-POUCH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 CI-SCISSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 CJ5-W1-1000-03 . . . . . . . . . . .5.10 CJ5-W1-1000-06 . . . . . . . . . . .5.10 CJ5-W2-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.10 CJ5-W2-1000-07 . . . . . . . . . . .5.10 CJ6-W4-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.20 CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.17 CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.7 CLIP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.11 CPM-2PLUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.35 CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CPT-DIE-RG . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CPT-DIE-T4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CPT-DIE-TMPL . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CPT-DIE-TP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CPT-RGTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CPT-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CPT-WEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.7 CT-(XX)-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-BA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-BA-BA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-FA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-LC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-LC-LC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-LCU-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-LCU-LCU-(XX) . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-SA-SA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-A-SC-SC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-BA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-BA-BA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.3 CT-C5-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.3 CT-C6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3 CT-C6-C6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3 CT-F-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.3 CT-F-C5-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .5.3 CT-F-C6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3 CT-F-C6-C6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3 CT-FA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-FA-FA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-FMT-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 CT-FP-CVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.19 CT-FP-LBL-104 . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.8 CT-ICON-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 CT-ICON-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.5 CT-LC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-LC-LC-(XX . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-LCU-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-LCU-LCU-(XX . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-MFP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.19 CT-MFP-HMA-(XX) . . . . . . . . .9.19 CT-MMO-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.14 CT-MMO-MAG . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.14 CT-PNL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.9 CT-PNL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.5 CT-PNL-(XX)-ID . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.9 CT-PNL-(XX)-ID . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.5 CT-SA-4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-SA-SA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-SC-4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-SC-SC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-U3-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT-U4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20 CT(X)-FP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.18 CT(X)-FP-SS-L . . . . . . . . . . . .9.18 CT12-FP-SS-L . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.18 CT2-HFPA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.18 CT4-BOX-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9 CT4-RING-050-(XX) . . . . . . . . .9.9 CT4-RING-100-(XX) . . . . . . . . .9.9 CT8-BOX-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9 CT8-RING-050-(XX) . . . . . . . . .9.9 CT8-RING-100-(XX) . . . . . . . . .9.9 CTE-HZA-02-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.19 CTE-MXA-01-02 . . . . . . . . . . .9.19 CTE-MXA-02-02 . . . . . . . . . . .9.19 CTR-04-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.11 CTR-LRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.11 CX424-010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.10 CX426-007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.10 CX428-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.10 D D10-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31 D13-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31 DG-MX6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 DP-S-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 DR-D-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 DR-S-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 DRE-D-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 F FB(XX)-(XX)L(XXX)(X) . . . . . . .6.2 FB(XX)-(XX)P(XXX)(X) . . . . . . .6.2 FB(XX)-(XX)R(XXX)(X) . . . . . . .6.2 FC1-LC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . .6.13 FC1-LC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 FC1-LC-SM-B02 . . . . . . . . . . .6.13 FC1-LC-SM-B02 . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 FC1-LC-SM-J02 . . . . . . . . . . . .6.13 FC1-SA-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1-SA-MM-J80 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1-SA-SM-B06 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1-SA-SM-J06 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1-SC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1-SC-MM-J80 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1-SC-SM-B06 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1-SC-SM-J06 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC1M-LC-5MM-B01 . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-LC-5V-B12 . . . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-LC-6MM-B80 . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-LC-SM-B06 . . . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-LCA-SM-B07 . . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-SC-5MM-B01 . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-SC-5V-B12 . . . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-SC-6MM-B80 . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-SC-SM-B06 . . . . . . . . . .6.11 FC1M-SCA-SM-B07 . . . . . . . .6.11 FC2-LC-MM-J80 . . . . . . . . . . .6.13 FC2-LC-MM-J80 . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 FC2-LC-SM-J02 . . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 FC2-SC-MM-B80 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC2-SC-SM-B06 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FC2-SC-SM-J06 . . . . . . . . . . .6.12 FCP3-DWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.6 FCP3-DWR-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.4 FCP3-RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.6 FE(XX)-(XX)L(XXX)(X) . . . . . . .6.2 FE(XX)-(XX)P(XXX)(X) . . . . . . .6.2 FE(XX)-(XX)R(XXX)(X) . . . . . . .6.2 FJ2-(XXXX)(X)MM-(XX) . . . . . .6.8 FJ2-(XXXX)(X)MM-(XX)H . . . . .6.8 FJ2-LCLC5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCLC5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCLC5V-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCLC5V-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCSA5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCSA5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCSC5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCSC5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCSC5V-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 www.siemon.com NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 6 www.siemon.com FT-MS400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-MSLC2HEAD . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-PF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-PF12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-PF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-PF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-PRBOT-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-PUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-SCRIBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-SYRMTIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-TMPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-WIPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FTERM-L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.13 FTERM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.13 FTERM-XLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 FTERM-XLR8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.10 FTERM-XLR8-A . . . . . . . . . . . .6.10 FTERM-XLR8-C2 . . . . . . . . . .6.10 G GR-NT25D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 GR-NT48D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 GR-NT48S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 GR-SM48D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 H HD-RWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 HD5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.4 HD5-89D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.4 HD5-ICON6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 HD5-ICON6-LBL . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 HD5-LBL-480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 HD5-LBL6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 HD5-QP-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.5 HD6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5 HD6-89D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.6 HT-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 HT-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 I IC5-8A-(XX)-B(XX)P . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC5-8A-(XX)-B(XX)R . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC5-8A-(XX)P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC5-8A-(XX)R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC5-8T-(XX)-B(XX)P . . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC5-8T-(XX)-B(XX)R . . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC5-8T-(XX)P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC5-8T-(XX)R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.7 IC6-8(X)-(XX)-B(XX)(X) . . . . . .3.12 IC6E-8(X)-(XX)-B(XX)(X) . . . . .3.12 J J2-LCLC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-LCLCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-LCSA(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-LCSAP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-LCSC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-LCSCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-SASA(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-SASAP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-SASC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-SASCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-SCSC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 J2-SCSCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 JC2-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JC2-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JC2-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JC2-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JC2-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JC4-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JC4-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 JH4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.19 L LKEY-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2 LL-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2 LL-LC-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2 LP6-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2 LP6A-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2 LP6A-S(XX)M-(XX)L . . . . . . . . .9.2 M M-10GMC-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . .8.6 M-10GMCS-(XX)M(XX)L . . . . . .8.6 M-DCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 M-FE-LC48-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.8 M-ICM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3 M-J2-LCLC5L-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .8.9 M-J2-LCLC5V-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .8.9 M-J2-LCULCUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . .8.9 M-MC6-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .8.6 M-MCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 M-MTP-LC5V48-01 . . . . . . . . . .8.8 M-PEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 M-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 M-SFE-LC48-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .8.8 M-SFE-LC48-(XX)C . . . . . . . . . .8.8 M-SFE-PCBA-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .8.8 M-SMTP-LC5V48(XX) . . . . . . . .8.8 M-SMTP-LCSM48(XX) . . . . . . .8.8 M-SPP-K24E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.5 M-SPP-K24E-001 . . . . . . . . . . .8.5 M-SPP-K24ENS . . . . . . . . . . . .8.5 M-SPP-PCBA-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .8.5 M-SPPA-K24E . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.5 M-SPPA-K24E-001 . . . . . . . . . .8.5 M-SPPA-K24ENS . . . . . . . . . . . .8.5 M-SPPA-PCBA-24 . . . . . . . . . . .8.5 MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9 MC-8-005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.2 MC4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 MC4-LBL-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31 MC425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 MC425LH-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31 MC4LH-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31 MC5-8-T-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .5.7 MC5-8T-(XX)-B(XX)C . . . . . . . . .5.7 MC5-S-8-005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.2 MC5S-(XX)M-(XX)L . . . . . . . . . .4.4 MC6-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .3.11 MH-25-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 MH-50-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 MODAPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.3 MT-5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.3 MX-89D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.8 MX-BL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.8 MX-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.2 MX-D1Z-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-D2Z-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-D4F-15-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-D4F-15E-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-D4Z-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-D6F-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-E2A-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-E2F-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-E4A-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-E4F-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX-F-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-F-BA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-F-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.2 MX-F-FA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-F-RC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-F-S2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MX-F-SA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MX-F-SC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MX-F1-LC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MX-FA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-FP-CVR-00 . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.8 MX-FP-D-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.4 MX-FP-D-(XX)-SS-(X) . . . . . . . .9.4 MX-FP-S-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.4 MX-FP-S-(XX)-SS-(X) . . . . . . . .9.4 MX-HFP-(XX)(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .9.5 MX-K-C5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.2 MX-MFP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.8 MX-MFP-HMA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.8 MX-MMO-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.14 MX-PNL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.8 MX-PNL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.6 MX-PNL-LBL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.8 MX-PNL-LBL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.6 MX-PNL-LBL6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.8 MX-PNL-LBL6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.6 MX-PNLA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.8 MX-PNLA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.6 MX-RC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-S2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MX-SA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MX-SC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 MX-SM-BLNK-(XX) . . . . . . . . .9.11 MX-SM1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.11 MX-SM2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.11 MX-SM4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.11 MX-SM6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.11 MX-SMB-MM-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.11 MX-SMB-SC-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.11 MX-SMZ1-(XX)-(X) . . . . . . . . .9.10 MX-SMZ2-(XX)-(X) . . . . . . . . .9.10 MX-SMZ4-(XX)-(X) . . . . . . . . .9.10 MX-SMZ6-(XX)-(X) . . . . . . . . .9.10 INDEX FJ2-LCSC5V-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCULCUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCULCUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCUSAUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCUSAUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCUSCUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-LCUSCUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SASA5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SASA5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SASC5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SASC5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SAUSAUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SAUSAUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SAUSCUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SAUSCUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SCSC5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SCSC5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SCSC5V-(XX)AH . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SCSC5V-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SCUSCUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . .6.7 FJ2-SCUSCUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . .6.7 FL(XX)-(XX)AP(XXX)(X)C . . . . .6.2 FL(XX)-(XX)AR(XXX)(X)C . . . . .6.2 FL(XX)-(XX)L(XXX)(X)-C . . . . . .6.2 FL(XX)-(XX)P(XXX)(X)-C . . . . .6.2 FL(XX)-(XX)R(XXX)(X)-C . . . . .6.2 FMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.14 FOB-BZL-BL-01 . . . . . . . . . . . .9.17 FOB-BZL-LC(X)-01 . . . . . . . . .9.17 FOB-BZL-LC(X)1-01 . . . . . . . .9.17 FOB-BZL-SA-01 . . . . . . . . . . .9.17 FOB-BZL-SC-01 . . . . . . . . . . .9.17 FOB2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.17 FOB2-GRD-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .9.17 FP1B-(XX)(X)MM-(XX)H . . . . . .6.8 FP1B-LC5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-LC5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-LC5V-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-LC5V-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-LCUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-LCUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SA5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SA5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SAUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SAUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SC5L-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SC5L-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SC5V-(XX)AH . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SC5V-(XX)AQ . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SCUL-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B-SCUL-(XX)H . . . . . . . . . .6.7 FP1B(XX)(X)MM-(XX) . . . . . . . .6.8 FR(XX)-(XX)AP(XXX)(X)C . . . . .6.2 FR(XX)-(XX)AR(XXX)(X)C . . . .6.2 FR(XX)-(XX)L(XXX)(X)-C . . . . .6.2 FR(XX)-(XX)P(XXX)(X)-C . . . . .6.2 FR(XX)-(XX)R(XXX)(X)-C . . . . .6.2 FT-ADH-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-ALPAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-BSTRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-CKIT-L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-CRIMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-FF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-JSTRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 FT-LC2PUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 FT-LCPUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14 17.1 NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 7 INDEX MX-TFP-S-06-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .9.9 MX-U3-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-U4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16 MX-WP-(XX)SS . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 MX5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.1 MX5-F(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.1 MX5-K(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.1 MX6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2 MX6-F(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2 MX6-K(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2 P P-6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.22 P-6-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.22 P-8-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.22 P-8-8SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.22 P1B-LC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 P1B-LCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 P1B-SA(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 P1B-SAP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 P1B-SC(X)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 P1B-SCP-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.9 PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 PG-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.35 PH-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 PK-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.35 PM-(XXX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.34 PNL-BLNK-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 PP-CT-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 PP2-12-LC(X)-01(X) . . . . . . . . .6.1 PP2-12-SC(X)-01(X) . . . . . . . . .6.1 PP2-24-LC(X)-01(X) . . . . . . . . .6.1 PPM-12-LC(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . . .6.4 PPM-24-LC(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . . .6.4 PPM-BLNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.4 PPM-F-LC(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . . . .6.4 PPM-F-LCU(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . . .6.4 PS-8-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 PT-908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.8 PT-908-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.8 PT-DIE-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.8 PT-DIE-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.8 Q QP25M-AA-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 QSFP-F-(XXX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.8 QSFP24-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.4 QSFP26-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.4 QSFP30-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.4 R RG6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23 RHNG-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 RHNG-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 RIC-F-BLNK-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-LC12-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-LC16-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-LC24-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 17.2 RIC-F-LCU12-01C . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-LCU16-01C . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-LCU24-01C . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-MP(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . . . .6.1 RIC-F-SA12-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-SA6-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-SA8-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-SC12-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-SC6-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC-F-SC8-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 RIC3-(XX)-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.2 RS-07-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.6 RS-07E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.6 RS-CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 RS-CNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.9 RS-CNL-MGR . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 RS-CNL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.9 RS-P04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 RS-RWM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.6 RS-RWM-2DS . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.6 RS-RWM(X)-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.6 RS-RWM(X)-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.6 RS-VCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 RS-VCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 RS3-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4 RS3-RWM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4 RS3-RWM-2DS . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4 RS3-RWM(X)-2 . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4 RS3-RWM(X)-4 . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4 RSQ-BAY-VPC12 . . . . . . . . . . .10.2 RSQ-BAY-VPC6 . . . . . . . . . . . .10.2 RSQ-BAY-VPP . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.2 RSQ1-07-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.2 RTA-B08-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTA-D1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTA-U1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTC-C(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTC-P(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTC-T-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTR-1-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.17 RTR-C12-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.17 RTR-F0242-PS . . . . . . . . . . .10.17 RTR-G-P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTR-HV(XX)-PS . . . . . . . . . .10.17 RTR-HVF-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.17 RTR(X)-T(XXXX)-PS . . . . . . .10.17 RTS-1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTS-2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTS-2H-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTS-3-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTS-4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTT-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RTT(X)-(XXX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .10.15 RTW-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .10.16 RWM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 RWM-1DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 RX-APT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 RX-CDA(XXX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.2 RX-CDF(XXX)-NT1 . . . . . . . . .12.2 RX-CDF(XXX)-RT1 . . . . . . . . .12.2 RX-CDR(XXX)-NK . . . . . . . . . .12.2 RX-HKR-KK-(XXX) . . . . . . . . .12.3 RX-HKR-KZ-(XXX) . . . . . . . . .12.3 RX-HKS-KK-(XXX) . . . . . . . . .12.3 RX-HKS-KZ-(XXX) . . . . . . . . . .12.3 RX-MAN-(XXX)-KR . . . . . . . . .12.4 RX-SVC-(XXX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .12.5 RX-TW05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 RX-TW55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 RX-V6A-BR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.1 RX-V6A-TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.1 RX-VP1A-BR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.1 RX-VP1A-TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.1 RX-VP2A-BR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.1 RX-VP2A-TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.1 S S-857-916 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 S100A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S100A2-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110-CVR-100-(XX) . . . . . . . .3.20 S110-CVR-50-(XX) . . . . . . . . .3.20 S110-HLDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.23 S110-HLDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14 S110-LBL-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14 S110-RWM-01 . . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 S110-RWM-02 . . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 S110-RWM2-01 . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 S110-RWM2-02 . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 S110-SHT-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.23 S110A(X)-100(XXX)-(X) . . . . .5.18 S110A(X)-300(XXX)-(X) . . . . .5.18 S110A(X)1-50FT . . . . . . . . . . .5.12 S110A(X)2-100FT . . . . . . . . . .5.12 S110A(X)2-300FT . . . . . . . . . .5.12 S110A1RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110A1RMS-01 . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110A2RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110A2RMS-01 . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110AB5-(XXX)JP . . . . . . . . . .5.20 S110AW1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110AW2-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110AW2-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110AW2-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110B1RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110B1RMS-01 . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110B2RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110B2RMS-01 . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21 S110C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110C-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110D(X)(Y)-(XX)RCT . . . . . .5.19 S110D(X)1-(XXX)RFT . . . . . . .5.14 S110D(X)1-50FT-89 . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110D(X)2-(XXX)RWM . . . . . .5.14 S110DB5-24RJP . . . . . . . . . . .5.20 S110DB5-50JP89 . . . . . . . . . .5.20 S110DW1-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110DW1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110DW1-50-89 . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110DW2-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13 S110M-WM-(XXX) . . . . . . . . . .3.19 S110M(X)2-(XXX)FT . . . . . . . .5.16 S110MB5-(XXX)JP . . . . . . . . .5.20 S110P1-P1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P1-U1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P1-U4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P2-E2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P2-P2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P2-UT-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.2 S110P4-A4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P4-P4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S110P4-T4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .5.15 S143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 S144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 S145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 S146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 S147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 S188-(XXX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.19 S188-GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.19 S188-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.19 S188M-WM(XXX) . . . . . . . . . .5.16 S20(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 S210-LBL-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.23 S210AB2-128FT . . . . . . . . . . .3.17 S210AB2-192FT . . . . . . . . . . .3.17 S210AB2-64FT . . . . . . . . . . . .3.17 S210C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.20 S210DB1-(XX)FT-89 . . . . . . . .3.18 S210DB2-128RFT . . . . . . . . . .3.18 S210DB2-128RWM . . . . . . . . .3.18 S210DB2-192RFT . . . . . . . . . .3.18 S210DB2-64RFT . . . . . . . . . . .3.18 S210DB2-64RWM . . . . . . . . . .3.18 S210MB2-(XXX)FT . . . . . . . . .3.19 S210P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 S210P1-P1-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 S210P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 S210P2-P2-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 S210P2E2-(XX)-B(XX) . . . . . .3.23 S210P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 S210P4-P4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . .3.22 S210P4A4-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .3.23 S210P4T4-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .3.23 S606P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 S66B1-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B3-100MH-49 . . . . . . . . . .5.30 S66B3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B3-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B3-50MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 S66B3-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B3-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B4-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B4-25MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 S66B4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27 S66B4-50MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 S66M1-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22 S66M1-100MH-49 . . . . . . . . . .5.30 S66M1-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22 S66M1-25MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 S66M1-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22 S66M1-50-3T25 . . . . . . . . . . . .5.25 S66M1-50MH-49 . . . . . . . . . . .5.30 S66M1-50R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.26 S66M2-(X)W . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23 S66M2-5T-(XX)L-125R . . . . . .5.24 S66M2-5T-124LR . . . . . . . . . . .5.24 S66M2-5T-128LR . . . . . . . . . . .5.24 S66M2-5T-68L . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.24 www.siemon.com NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 8 T T1-(XX)M-B(XX)L . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 T1S4V-(XX)M-B01L . . . . . . . . . .1.5 T1U1-(XX)M-B(XX)L . . . . . . . . .1.5 T1VC-(XX)M-B01L . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 T1VF-(XX)M-B01L . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 T2E2-(XX)M-B(XX)L . . . . . . . . .1.5 T2UT-(XX)M-B(XX)L . . . . . . . . .1.5 www.siemon.com T4-(XX)M-B(XX)L . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 T4A-S(XX)M-B(XX)L . . . . . . . . .1.5 T4T-S(XX)M-B(XX)L . . . . . . . . .1.5 T7F-01-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2 T7P4-B(XX)-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.4 TAP-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 TAP-110-A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.4 TAP-110-T4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.4 TAP-50F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.3 TAP-50M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.3 TCPD6E-A1A1(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TCPD6E-P0P0(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TCRD6E-A1A1(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TCRD6E-P0P0(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TDPD6E-(XXXX)(XXX)F . . . . .2.19 TDRD6E-(XXXX)(XXX)F . . . . .2.19 TEPD6E-(XXXX)(XXX)F . . . . .2.10 TERD6E-(XXXX)(XXX)F . . . . .2.10 TESTAR-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.4 TESTAR-8A-C5 . . . . . . . . . . . .15.4 TESTAR-8T-C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.4 TF-(X)(X)(X)(X)(XX)(XX)(XXX)(X) . . .6.16 TF(X)(X)(XX)(X)(XX)LC(XXX)(X) . . . .6.3 TJPD6E-F1F1(XXX)F . . . . . . . .1.6 TJRD6E-F1F1(XXX)F . . . . . . . .1.6 TL(X)(X)(XX)(X)(XX)LC(XXX)(X) . . . .6.3 TM-PNLZ-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3 TM-PNLZ-24-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3 TM-PNLZA-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3 TM-PNLZA-24-01 . . . . . . . . . . .1.3 TPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 TPPD6E-A1A1(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TPPD6E-P0P0(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TPRD6E-A1A1(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TPRD6E-P0P0(XXX)F . . . . . . .3.13 TRAY-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.6 TRAY-B-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.4 TRAY-M-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.6 U UP-2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.22 V V-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.9 V1-(X)A(X)(X)11 . . . . . . . . . . .11.9 V1-VP1-BAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.9 V2-(X)A(X)(X)11 . . . . . . . . . . .11.9 V2-VP2-BAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.9 VCM-25-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . . .10.12 VCM-250-(XX)-(XX) . . . . . . . .10.12 VP-BAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-BAY2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-BLNK-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-DRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP-DRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP-DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP-DUCT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.4 VP-DUCT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.4 VP-FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.9 VP-FAN-EU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-FAN-EU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-FGR(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-GRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-PDU-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-PDU-002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP-SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-SPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP-TRAY2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-VPC(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-VPP-2U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-VPP-6U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP-VPP-TM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP-VPP-TMRIC . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP-VWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 VP-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5 VP1(X)-(X)(X)(X)(X)11 . . . . . . .11.2 VP2-BFL-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.7 VP2-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 VP2-SPAA1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.7 VP2(X)-(X)(X)(X)(X)11 . . . . . . .11.2 VPC-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.9 VPC-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.9 W WM-(XXX)-S . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.12 WM-BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.14 WPJP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.6 X X-CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.4 X-IBOX-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.4 X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2 X5-MC5-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . .14.3 X5-X5S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2 X5S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2 X5S-MC5S-(XX)B05L . . . . . . .14.3 X6 14.2 X6S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2 XC5-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5-(XX)-B05T . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5-(XX)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5NS-(XX)-B05T . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5S-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5S-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5S-(XX)-B05T . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5S-(XX)-B05U . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5S-(XX)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5S-(XX)U . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5SNS-(XX)-B05T . . . . . . . .14.3 XC5SNS-(XX)-B05U . . . . . . . .14.3 XC6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XC6-(XX)-B05 . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.3 XFP-S-(XX)SS . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.4 XL-(X)-3600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17 XL-(XX)00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17 XL-(XX)00-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17 XL-CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17 XL-K23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17 XLC-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 XLC-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 XP-CAP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.4 XP85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2 XP85S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2 XPLC2-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 XPLC2-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.6 INDEX S66M2-5T-84L . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.24 S66M25T-124LR-125R . . . . . .5.24 S66M4-(X)W . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23 S66M4-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22 S66M425-128LR . . . . . . . . . . .5.26 S66M425-2T2-8 . . . . . . . . . . . .5.25 S66M6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22 S700A110-B1-50 . . . . . . . . . . .5.19 S788J4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J4-210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J4B-210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J4H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J4H-210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J5B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S788J5H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 S814 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 S814-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 S814-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 S81401-110-88 . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 S81401-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 S89(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.28 SA1-(XXXX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 SA1-SS-(XXXX) . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 SA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 SA2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 SA3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 SAS24-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.12 SAS26-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.12 SAS28-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.12 SB6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.28 SB8-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.28 SBH-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 SCREW-1224 . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7 SFPP24-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.2 SFPP28-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.2 SFPP30-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.2 SFPPQSFP28-(XX) . . . . . . . . .13.6 SFPPQSFP30-(XX) . . . . . . . . .13.6 SH-D19-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 SH-S19-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 SH-S19V-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.13 SMAK-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.33 SMBC-2-(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.32 SP5-C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.11 SPB-V(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.25 SPB-V4-ATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.25 STM-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.2 STM-8-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.2 STM8-R(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.2 STM8-RA-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.2 SWIC3-(X)-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.4 SWIC3-M-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.4 SWIC3G-(X)(X)-01 . . . . . . . . . . .7.4 Y Y-BRIDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YA4-4U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YA4-A3-U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YA4-U2-U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YT4-4U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YT4-E2-E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YT4-E2-U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YT4-U2-U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 YU4-U2-U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21 Z Z-ICON-(XX)B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.5 Z-PNL-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 Z-PNL-PL24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 Z-PNL-PL48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 Z-PNL-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.4 Z-PNL(X)-24E . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.18 Z-PNL(X)-U48E . . . . . . . . . . . .2.18 Z-TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.5 Z5-S(XX)(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1 Z5-SK(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1 Z5-SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2 Z5S-PNL(X)-24K . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2 Z5S-PNL(X)-U48K . . . . . . . . . . .4.2 Z6-(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.1 Z6-K(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.1 Z6-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.4 Z6-PNL(X)-24K . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.4 Z6-PNL(X)-U48K . . . . . . . . . . . .3.4 Z6A-(XX)(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.16 Z6A-K(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.16 Z6A-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.18 Z6A-PNL(X)-24K . . . . . . . . . . .2.18 Z6A-PNL(X)-U48K . . . . . . . . . .2.18 Z6A-S(XX)(X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.6 Z6A-SK(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.6 Z6A-SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 Z6AS-PNL(X)-24K . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 Z6AS-PNL(X)-U48K . . . . . . . . . .2.8 ZC6A-(XX)(X)(X)(X) . . . . . . . . .2.17 ZC6A-S(XX)_(X)(X)(X) . . . . . . .2.7 ZM6A-(XX)(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .2.17 ZM6A-S(XX)(XX) . . . . . . . . . . . .2.7 ZS-PNL(X)-24E . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 ZS-PNL(X)-U48E . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 ZU-MX-24-0515 . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 ZU-MX-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15 17.3 NA_16-17_Glossary_Index_A 11/12/12 10:15 AM Page 9 INDEX 17.4 www.siemon.com NA_INS_FRNT_BACK_Cover_2012_Layout 1 11/12/12 10:29 AM Page 2 WEB RESOURCES Contractor Pitstop Contractor Pitstop Online resource dedicated to the needs of cabling contractors, focused on the products, tools and news you can use every day to be more efficient and successful. Link: http://www.siemon.com/us/contractors/ Standards Informant Your guide to the latest activities and advancements in critical network cabling and data center standards. Created and maintained by the experts that lead the standards-setting bodies. Link: http://blog.siemon.com/standards/ Network Infrastructure Blog Data center and enterprise cabling experts from across the global IT market deliver educational resources, industry intelligence and actionable advice on a wide range of network infrastructure issues. Link: http://blog.siemon.com/infrastructure/ www.siemon.com NA_OUT_BCK_Cover_2012_Layout 1 11/12/12 10:34 AM Page 1 SIEMON WORLD WIDE LOCATIONS Worldwide Headquarters North America Watertown, CT USA Phone (1 ) 860 945 4200 US Phone (1 ) 888 425 6165 Regional Headquarters EMEA Europe/Middle East/Africa Surrey, England Phone (44 ) 0 1932 571771 Regional Headquarters Asia/Pacific Shanghai, P.R. China Phone (86) 21 5385 0303 Regional Headquarters Latin America Bogota, Colombia Phone (571) 657 1950 Visit our website at www.siemon.com for a complete list of Siemon locations and contact details. (c)2013 Siemon W W W . S I E M O N . C O M CAT-13 (US)